diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/54797-h/54797-h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54797-h/54797-h.htm | 12427 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 12427 deletions
diff --git a/old/54797-h/54797-h.htm b/old/54797-h/54797-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 6c7a3d5..0000000 --- a/old/54797-h/54797-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12427 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents Vol. VIII, -by Reuben Gold Thwaites. - </title> -<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - <style type="text/css"> - -body {margin: auto 15%;} - -h1,h2,h3 {text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ clear: both;} -.break {page-break-before: avoid;} - -.page {page-break-before: always; page-break-after: always;} -.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -p {margin-top: .51em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: .49em;} - -.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} -.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} -.p10 {margin-top: 10em;} -.hang {text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 1em;} -.pmar {margin-left: 3em;} - -.dropcap:first-letter {font-size: 2.5em; line-height: 80%; padding: 0em; -text-indent: 0em; margin: 0 0.2em 0 0; float: left;} - -span.dropfix {float:left; -font-size: 40%; -position:absolute; width:auto;} -span.dropcap {font-size: 2.5em; line-height: 80%; padding: 0em; -text-indent: 0em; margin: 0 0em 0 0; } - -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 4em; visibility: hidden; -page-break-before: always;} -hr.full {width: 95%; margin-top: 6em; margin-bottom: 6em; visibility: hidden;} -hr.small {width: 30%; margin-left: 35%; margin-right: 35%; margin-top: 0.5em; -margin-bottom: 0.5em; visibility: visible;} - -.gesperrt {letter-spacing: 0.2em; - margin-right: -0.2em;} - -em.gesperrt {font-style: normal;} - -.xlarge {font-size: 150%;} -ul {list-style-type: none; } - -.err {border-bottom: thin dotted red;} -.bt {border-top: 2px solid black;} -.br {border-right: 2px solid black;} -.original {float: left; padding: 0; margin: auto; width: 45%;} -.translation {padding: 0; margin: auto; float: right; width: 45%;} - -.sync {clear: both;} - -table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse;} -.tdindex {vertical-align: top; } -.tdr {text-align: right;} -.vr {vertical-align: bottom;} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ -/* visibility: hidden; */ /* define the position */ -position: absolute; right: 3%; margin-right: 0em; -text-align: right; /* remove any special formating that could be inherited */ -font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-variant: normal; -letter-spacing: 0em; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0em; -font-size: x-small; /* never wrap this */ white-space: nowrap;} -.pagenum span { /* do not show text that is meant for non-css version*/ -visibility: hidden;} -.pagenum a {display: inline-block; color: #808080; border: 1px solid silver; -padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;} - -.pagenuml { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ -/* visibility: hidden; */ /* define the position */ -position: absolute; left: 3%; margin-right: 0em; -text-align: right; /* remove any special formating that could be inherited */ -font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-variant: normal; -letter-spacing: 0em; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0em; -font-size: x-small; /* never wrap this */ white-space: nowrap;} -.pagenuml span { /* do not show text that is meant for non-css version*/ -visibility: hidden;} -.pagenuml a {display: inline-block; color: #808080; border: 1px solid silver; -padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;} - -.narrow {width: 40%; margin-left: 30%; margin-right: 30%; text-align: justify;} -.leftpar {float: left; padding: 0; margin: auto; width: 45%;} -.rightpar {padding: 0; margin: auto; float: right; width: 45%;} -.center {text-align: center;} - -.right {text-align: right;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.u {text-decoration: underline;} - -.figcenter {margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; margin-left: auto; -margin-right: auto; clear: both; max-width: 100%; /* div no wider than -screen, even when screen is narrow */ text-align: center;} - -img {max-width: 100%; border: none} - -.endanchor {vertical-align: super; bottom: 0.4em; - font-size: 80%; white-space: nowrap;} - -.endnote {margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; font-size: 0.9em;} -.endnote .label {position: relative; bottom: 0.4em; - vertical-align: baseline; font-size: 80%; text-decoration: none;} -.endanchor {vertical-align: super; bottom: 0.4em; - font-size: 80%; text-decoration: none;} - -.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; - color: black; font-size: .9em; padding: 0.5em; - margin-bottom:5em; font-family:sans-serif, serif; } -.hidden {visibility: hidden;} - -@media handheld -{ -.pagenum {display: none;} -.pagenuml {display: none;} -body {margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%; margin-top: 1%; margin-bottom: 1%;} -.translation {margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 10%;} -.leftpar {float: left; padding: 0; margin: auto; width: 20%;} -.rightpar {padding: 0; margin: auto; float: right; width: 20%;} -em.gesperrt {font-style: normal; font-weight: bold;} -.hide {display: none;} -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents, -v. 8: Quebec, Hurons, Cape Breton, 1634-16, by Various - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - - -Title: The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents, v. 8: Quebec, Hurons, Cape Breton, 1634-1636 - -Author: Various - -Editor: Reuben Gold Thwaites - -Release Date: May 27, 2017 [EBook #54797] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JESUIT RELATIONS, VOL VIII *** - - - - -Produced by Karl Hagen, Eleni Christofaki and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions -(www.canadiana.org)) - - - - - - -</pre> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="transnote"><h3>Transcriber's Note.</h3> - -<p> -A <a href="#Transcribers_Note">list</a> of the changes made can be found at the end of the book. -In the text, the corrections are underlined by a red dotted line <span class="err" title="underlined error">"like this"</span>. -<span class="hide">Hover the cursor over the underlined text and an explanation of the error should appear.</span> -</p> -</div> - -<h1>THE JESUIT RELATIONS<br /> -<small>AND</small><br /> -ALLIED DOCUMENTS -<br /> -<span class="smcap"><small>Vol. VIII</small></span></h1> -<hr class="full" /> -<p class="center"> -The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents</p> -<hr class="small" /> -<p class="center"> -<span class="smcap"><big>Travels and Explorations</big><br /> -of the Jesuit Missionaries<br /> -in New France</span></p> -<p class="center"> -1610-1791</p> -<p class="narrow"> -THE ORIGINAL FRENCH, LATIN, AND ITALIAN -TEXTS, WITH ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS -AND NOTES; ILLUSTRATED BY -PORTRAITS, MAPS, AND FACSIMILES -</p> -<p class="center"> -<small> -EDITED BY</small></p> -<p class="center"> -REUBEN GOLD THWAITES</p> -<p class="center"> -<small>Secretary of the State Historical Society of Wisconsin</small></p> -<p class="center p4"> -Vol. VIII</p> -<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Quebec, Hurons, Cape Breton</span> <br />1634-1636</p> -<p class="center p4"> -CLEVELAND: <b>The Burrows Brothers<br /> -Company</b>, PUBLISHERS, M DCCCXCVII -</p> - -<hr class="full" /> -<div class="page"> - -<p class="center"> -<span class="smcap">Copyright, 1897<br /> -<small>by</small><br /> -The Burrows Brothers Co</span></p> -<p class="center p2"> -ALL RIGHTS RESERVED</p> -<p class="center p4"> -<i>The Imperial Press, Cleveland</i> -</p> -</div> - -<div class="page"> -<hr class="full" /> - -<h2>EDITORIAL STAFF</h2> - -<table summary="editorial staff"> -<tr> -<td>Editor</td> -<td><span class="smcap">Reuben Gold Thwaites</span></td> -</tr> - -<tr><td>Translator from the -French</td> -<td><span class="smcap">John Cutler Covert</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td>Assistant Translator from -the French</td> -<td><span class="smcap">Mary Sifton Pepper</span></td> -</tr> -<tr><td>Translator from the -Latin</td> -<td><span class="smcap">William Frederic Giese</span></td> -</tr> -<tr><td>Translator from the -Italian</td> -<td><span class="smcap">Mary Sifton Pepper</span></td> -</tr> -<tr><td>Assistant Editor</td> -<td><span class="smcap">Emma Helen Blair</span></td> -</tr> -<tr><td>Bibliographical Adviser</td> - <td><span class="smcap">Victor Hugo Paltsits</span></td> -</tr> - -</table> -</div> - -<hr class="full" /> -<div class="page"> - -<h2>CONTENTS OF VOL. VIII</h2> - -<table summary="contents"> -<tr> -<td colspan="2"> -<span class="smcap">Preface to Volume VIII</span> </td> -<td class="tdr vr"><a href="#PREFACE_TO_VOL_VIII">1</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td colspan="2"> -<span class="smcap">Documents:</span>—</td> -</tr> - <tr> -<td class="tdindex tdr"> -XXV.</td> -<td> Relation de ce qui s'est passé en la Novvelle France, en l'année -1635 [Chapters iii., iv., etc., completing the document]. <i>Paul le -Jeune</i>; Kébec, August 28, 1635; <i>Jean de Brébeuf</i>; Ihonatiria, May 27, -1635; <i>Julien Perrault</i>; 1634-35</td> -<td class="tdr vr"><a href="#XXV_concluded">7</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdindex tdr"> -XXVI.</td> -<td> Relation de ce qui s'est passé en la Novvelle France, en l'année -1636 [Chapters i., ii., first installment of the document]. <i>Paul le -Jeune</i>; Kébec, August 28, 1636 </td> -<td class="tdr vr"><a href="#XXVI">199</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td colspan="2"> -<span class="smcap">Bibliographical Data: Volume VIII</span></td> -<td class="tdr vr"><a href="#BIBLIOGRAPHICAL_DATA_VOL_VIII">283</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td colspan="2"> - -<span class="smcap">Notes</span></td> -<td class="tdr vr"><a href="#NOTES_TO_VOL_VIII">287</a></td> -</tr> -</table> - -</div> -<div class="page"> -<hr class="full" /> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<img src="images/image-illustration.jpg" width="482" height="100" alt="decoration" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="break">ILLUSTRATION TO VOL. VIII</h2> - -<table summary="illustrations"> -<tr><td class="tdindex tdr">I.</td> -<td>Photographic facsimile of title-page, Le Jeune's <i>Relation</i> of 1636</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#facsimile">202</a></td> -</tr> -</table> - -</div> -<hr class="full" /> - -<h2><a id="PREFACE_TO_VOL_VIII"></a>PREFACE TO VOL. VIII</h2> - -<p>Following is a synopsis of the documents contained -in the present volume:</p> - -<p>XXV. A summary of the contents of the first two -chapters of the <i>Relation</i> of 1635 was given in Volume -<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">VII.</a> of our series. Continuing his narrative, Le -Jeune urges that French colonies be sent to Canada, -to develop and hold the country for the French crown. -Still more important, in his view, is the aid which -these would afford to his favorite project,—that of -rendering the nomadic tribes stationary, by furnishing -nuclei for Indian settlements. He then, as -usual, closes his yearly letter by a resumé, in the -form of a journal, of the chief events during the past -year, beginning with the departure of the French -fleet, in August, 1634. He relates how he and Buteux -went, in September, to Champlain's new settlement -at Three Rivers, and describes the region thereabout. -An elk-hunt, a funeral, the cruel treatment -of an Iroquois prisoner, an Indian dance, and various -conversations on religion, with the savages, are narrated. -The superior gives a sad account of the famine -among the Indians that winter, and the consequent -epidemic, which often proves fatal, even among -the French. He has heard ill news of his brethren -who had ventured into the Huron country, but letters -from them show that these reports are in a measure -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">2</a></span> -false. In May, Le Jeune and a companion go to -Quebec, to meet the French fleet, which, however, -is delayed until July, when it brings a reinforcement -of six Jesuit priests and two brothers, whereat there -is great rejoicing among the missionaries. Champlain -holds a council with the Hurons, and recommends -to their friendship Fathers Le Mercier and Pijart, -who depart with them. Le Jeune remains at -Quebec. Again he urges that efforts should be made -to render the wandering Indians sedentary,—intimating -that not only could they thereby be more easily -converted, but that the beaver might thus be kept -from extermination. He mentions the crafty attempts -of the Iroquois to arouse hostilities among -the tribes on the St. Lawrence, and thus to divert -the Indian trade from the French to the Dutch and -English, at Albany. The journalist describes the -conversion of a young French Huguenot, and closes -by giving directions to his correspondents in France -as to the forwarding of their letters.</p> - -<p>In his report on the Huron mission, sent to Le -Jeune the preceding May (1635), Brébeuf describes -his journey to Lake Huron, with its attendant hardships -and perils. He, with his companions, settles at -Ihonatiria, near the place where he had formerly -lived, when on his first mission to the Hurons. -These savages welcome his return, and build a cabin -for the French. The former suffer much from the -same epidemic that had attacked Three Rivers; but -the French keep in good health. Brébeuf describes -his cabin, which is at once a dwelling and a church; -and relates the astonishment of the natives at the -sight of various articles brought by the French,—a -small mill, a clock (which the Indians thought was -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">3</a></span> -alive), a loadstone, a magnifying glass, etc.,—but -especially at the art of writing, which is utterly incomprehensible -to their simple minds.</p> - -<p>Brébeuf writes of the Huron myths of creation, the -morals and superstitions of that tribe, the doings of -their medicine men; he praises their spirit of hospitality, -their patience in sickness, their courage in -view of death,—upon which qualities he hopes to -build a Christian faith and life in their hearts. He -describes the baptisms and the apparent conversions -that had rewarded the efforts of the missionaries; the -kind of religious instruction they give the savages; -the condition of their affairs; and the friendly relations -existing between them and the Hurons. He -adds a postscript, to mention a new baptism, and the -mildness of the recent winter and spring.</p> - -<p>Julien Perrault, of the mission in Cape Breton Island, -describes in a letter to his superior (Le Jeune), -the situation, climate, resources, and people of that -island. He praises the docility and honesty of the -natives, and the decency of their behavior and conversation.</p> - -<p>The <i>Relation</i> ends with an interesting collection of -"various sentiments and opinions of the Fathers who -are in New France, taken from their last letters of -1635,"—embodying their religious experiences, observations -and opinions concerning their work, and -the qualifications they consider necessary in those -who would come to Canada as missionaries.</p> - -<p>XXVI. Like the preceding document, the <i>Relation</i> -of 1636, although throughout styled by bibliographers -Le Jeune's, because he was the superior and the -editor, is a composite: the first half being a <i>Relation</i> -(or annual report) of eleven chapters, sent by Le -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">4</a></span> -Jeune to his provincial at Paris, and dated Quebec, -August 28, 1636; the second half consists of a <i>Relation</i> -on the Huron mission, by Brébeuf, dated at Ihonatiria, -July 16 of the same year, and sent down to -Le Jeune by a native messenger. Brébeuf's <i>Relation</i> -is divided into two parts, one of four chapters, the -other of nine.</p> - -<p>We have space in the present volume but for the -two opening chapters of Le Jeune's own yearly narrative. -He begins by describing the arrival of Montmagny, -Champlain's successor as governor of New -France. The missionaries are rejoiced to find that -the new governor has brought with him Chastelain -and Garnier, priests of their order, to aid them in -their great task; and, still more, that Montmagny is -a pious man, and greatly interested in their work. -This is evinced by his becoming sponsor in baptism -for a savage, almost as soon as he has landed at -Quebec. Le Jeune mentions also the arrival of Father -Nicolas Adam, as well as several families of -colonists, especially those of De Repentigny and La -Poterie. He then relates how interest in the Canadian -mission is spreading in France, not only in religious -circles, but among the nobility, court officers, -and persons of wealth. He praises the piety and -generosity of the Marquis de Gamache, who largely -supports the Quebec mission; and several members -of the Hundred Associates, whose letters are quoted, -showing their zeal and liberality. He is especially -pleased at the intention of a wealthy lady, Madame -Combalet, to establish a hospital in New France. -He continues, as usual, with circumstantial accounts -of conversions among the savages, and the pious -deaths of several.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">5</a></span> - -The translation of Brébeuf's portion of the <i>Relation</i> -of 1635 (Doc. xxv.) is the work of the late James -McFie Hunter, M.A., principal of the Collegiate Institute -at Barrie, Ont. Mr. Hunter had intended to -publish an English translation of all the <i>Relations</i> -emanating from the Huron country, but his death in -1893 terminated the project.</p> - -<p class="right"> -R.G.T.</p> -<p> -<span class="smcap">Madison, Wis.</span>, May, 1897. -</p> - -<div class="page"> -<hr class="full" /> -<p class="center"> -<a id="XXV_concluded"></a>XXV (concluded)</p> - -<h2 class="break"><span class="smcap">Le Jeune's Relation, 1635</span></h2> - -<p class="center"> -<span class="smcap">Paris</span>: SEBASTIEN CRAMOISY, 1636</p> -<hr class="small" /> - -<p>Chaps, i.-ii., of the opening <i>Relation</i> by Le Jeune, appeared -in Volume VII. Chaps, iii.-iv., concluding Le Jeune's -part, here follow; the document closes with reports on the -Huron and Cape Breton missions, by Brébeuf and Perrault -respectively; and a collection of "sentiments and opinions -of the Fathers who are in New France."</p> -</div> -<hr class="full" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">8</a></span></p> - -<h3>[51] CHAPITRE III.</h3> - -<p class="center">QUE C'EST VN BIEN POUR L'VNE & L'AUTRE FRANCE, -D'ENUOYER ICY DES COLONIES.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">IL est à craindre que dans la multiplication de nos -François en ces contrées, la paix, la ioye, & la -bonne intelligence ne croissent pas [52] à proportion -que croistront les Habitans de la Nouuelle France. -Il est bien plus facile de contenir vn petit nombre -d'hommes, que des peuples entiers; si faut-il neantmoins -confesser, que ce seroit vne chose tres-honorable, -& tres-profitable à l'Ancienne France, & tres-vtile -à la Nouuelle, de faire icy des peuplades, & d'y -enuoyer des Colonies.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<h3>[51] CHAPTER III. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">9</a></span> -</h3> - -<p class="center">HOW IT IS A BENEFIT TO BOTH OLD AND NEW -FRANCE, TO SEND COLONIES HERE.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">It is to be feared that in the multiplication of our -French, in these countries, peace, happiness, and -good feeling may not increase [52] in the same -ratio as do the Inhabitants of New France.<a name="endanchor_1_1" id="endanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Endnote_1_1" class="endanchor">1</a> It is -much easier to control a few men than whole multitudes; -yet it must be confessed that it would be an -enterprise very honorable and very profitable to Old -France, and very useful to the New, to establish settlements -here, and to send over Colonies.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Les François seront-ils seuls entre toutes les Nations -de la terre, priuez de l'honneur de se dilater, & -de se respandre dans ce Nouueau Monde. La France -beaucoup plus peuplée, que tous les autres Royaumes, -n'aura des Habitans que pour soy? ou bien si ses enfans -la quittent, s'en vont qui de-çà, qui de-là perdre -le nom de François chez l'Estranger.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> - -<p>Shall the French, alone of all the Nations of the -earth, be deprived of the honor of expanding and -spreading over this New World? Shall France, much -more populous than all the other Kingdoms, have -Inhabitants only for itself? or, when her children -leave her, shall they go here and there and lose the -name of Frenchmen among Foreigners?</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Les Geographes, les Historiens, [53] & l'experience -mesme nous fait veoir, qu'il sort tous les ans de la -France vn grand nombre de personnes, qui vont -prendre party ailleurs: Car encor que le Sol de nostre -patrie soit tres-fecond, les Françoises ont ceste benediction, -qu'elles le sont encore dauantage: de là vient -que nos anciens Gaulois manquans de terres, en ont -esté chercher en diuers endroits de l'Europe. Les - -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">10</a></span> -Galates tirent d'eux leur origine, ils ont trauersé l'Italie, -ils sont passez dans la Grece, & en plusieurs -autres endroits. Or maintenant nos François ne sont -pas en moindre nombre que nos vieux Gaulois; mais -ils ne sortent plus en troupes, ains s'en võt espars, -qui d'vn costé, qui d'autre, busquer leur fortune chez -l'Estranger. Ne vaudroit-il pas mieux décharger -l'Ancienne France dans la Nouuelle, par des Colonies -[54] qu'on y peut enuoyer, que de peupler les pays -Estrangers?</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Geographers, Historians, [53] and experience itself, -show us that every year a great many people -leave France who go to enroll themselves elsewhere. -For, although the Soil of our country is very fertile, -the French women have this blessing, that they are -still more so; and thence it happens that our ancient -Gauls, in want of land, went to seek it in different -parts of Europe. The Galatians draw their origin -from them; they have crossed Italy, they have passed -into Greece, and into many other regions. At present, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">11</a></span> -our French people are no less numerous than -our old Gauls; but they do not go forth in bands, -but separately, some going in one direction, some in -another, to make their fortunes among Strangers. -Would it not be better to empty Old France into -New, by means of Colonies [54] which could be sent -there, than to people Foreign countries?</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Adioustez, s'il vous plaist, qu'il y a vne infinité -d'artisans en France, qui faute d'employ, ou faute de -posseder quelque peu de terre, passent leur vie dans -vne pauureté, & dans vne disette pitoyable. Vn tres-grand -nombre vont mandier leur pain de porte en -porte: plusieurs se iettent dedans les vols & dans les -brigandages publics; d'autres dans les larcins & -tromperies secrettes, chacun s'efforçant de tirer à soy -ce que plusieurs ne sçauroient posseder. Or comme -la Nouuelle France est de si grande estenduë, on y -peut enuoyer si bon nombre d'habitans, que ceux qui -resteront à l'Ancienne auront dequoy employer leur -industrie honnestement, sans se ietter dans des vices -qui perdent les Republiques; ce n'est pas qu'il fallust -[55] enuoyer icy des personnes perduës, & de mauuaise -vie: car ce seroit bastir des Babylones; mais les -bons faisant places aux méchants, leurs donneroient -occasion de fuyr l'oysiueté qui les corrompt.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Add to this, if you please, that there is a multitude -of workmen in France, who, for lack of employment -or of owning a little land, pass their lives in poverty -and wretched want. Many of them beg their bread -from door to door; some of them resort to stealing -and public brigandage, others to larceny and secret -frauds, each one trying to obtain for himself what -many cannot possess. Now as New France is so immense, -so many inhabitants can be sent here that -those who remain in the Mother Country will have -enough honest work left them to do, without launching -into those vices which ruin Republics; this does -not mean that [55] ruined people, or those of evil -lives, should be sent here, for that would be to build -Babylons; but if the good were to make room for -the bad, it would give the latter an opportunity to -escape the idleness that corrupts them.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>De plus si ces Contrées se peuplent de nos François, -non seulement on affoiblit les forces de l'Estranger, -qui tient dans ses vaisseaux, dans ses villes, & -dans ses armées, grand nombre de François à ses -gages: -Non seulement on bannit la famine des maisons -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">12</a></span> -d'vne infinité de pauures artisans, mais encore -fortifie-on la France; car ceux qui naistront en la -Nouuelle France, seront François, & qui pourront -dans les besoins rendre de bons seruices à leur Roy, -ce qu'on ne doit pas attendre de ceux qui s'habituent -chez nos voisins, & hors la domination de leur Prince.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Besides, if these Countries are peopled by our -French, not only will this weaken the strength of -the Foreigner,—who holds in his ships, in his towns, -and in his armies, a great many of our Countrymen -as hostages,—not only will it banish famine from -the houses of a multitude of poor workman, but it -will also strengthen France; for those who will be -born in New France, will be French, and in case of -need can render good service to their King,—a thing -which cannot be expected from those who dwell -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">13</a></span> -among our neighbors and outside the dominion of -their Prince.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[56] En fin si ces pays se peuplent de François, ils -s'affermiront à la Couronne, & l'Estranger ne les -viendra plus troubler. Et on nous dit que ceste année -les Anglois ont rendu à Monsieur le Commandeur -de Rasilly l'habitation de Pemptegoüs, qu'ils prirent -aux François l'année mil six cens treize. D'icy prouiendra -vn bien, qui attirera sur l'vne & l'autre -France vne grande benediction du Ciel; c'est la Conuersion -d'vne infinité de Nations Sauuages, qui habitent -dans les terres, lesquelles se vont tous les iours -disposans à receuoir le flambeau de la Foy.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>[56] Finally, if this country is peopled by the -French, it will be firmly attached to the Crown, and -the Foreigner will come no more to trouble it. And -they tell us that this year the English have restored -to Monsieur the Commander de Rasilly the settlement -of Pemptegoüs, that they took from the French -in the year one thousand six hundred and thirteen.<a name="endanchor_2_2" id="endanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Endnote_2_2" class="endanchor">2</a> -From this will result a good which will draw down -upon both old and new France a great blessing from -Heaven; it is the Conversion of a vast number of -Savage Nations, who inhabit these lands and who -are every day becoming disposed to receive the light -of the Faith.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Or il ne faut point douter qu'il ne se trouue icy de -l'employ pour toutes sortes d'artisans. Pourquoy les -grands bois de la Nouuelle France ne pourroient ils -pas bien fournir de Nauires à l'Ancienne? qui doute -qu'il n'y ait icy des mines de fer, de [57] cuiure, & -d'autre metail? On en a desia fait la découuerte de -quelques vnes, qu'on va bien-tost dresser; & par consequent -tous ceux qui trauaillent en bois & en fer, -trouueront icy dequoy s'occuper. Les bleds n'y -manqueront non plus qu'en France. Ie ne fais pas -profession de rapporter les biens du pays, ny de monstrer -ce qui peut occuper icy l'esprit & le corps de nos -François. Ie me cõtenteray de dire, que ce seroit vn -honneur & vn grand bien à l'vne & à l'autre France, -de faire passer des Colonies, & dresser forces peuplades -dans les terres, qui sont en friche depuis la -naissance du monde.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Now there is no doubt that there can be found -here employment for all sorts of artisans. Why cannot -the great forests of New France largely furnish -the Ships for the Old? Who doubts that there are -here mines of iron, [57] copper, and other metals?<a name="endanchor_3_3" id="endanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Endnote_3_3" class="endanchor">3</a> -Some have already been discovered, which will soon -be worked; and hence all those who work in wood -and iron will find employment here. Grain will not -fail here, more than in France. I do not pretend to -recite all the advantages of the country, nor to show -what can give occupation here to the intelligence and -strength of our French people; I will content myself -by saying that it would be an honor and a great benefit -to both old and new France to send over Emigrants -and establish strong colonies in these lands, -which have lain fallow since the birth of the world.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">14</a></span> -On me dira que Messieurs de la Compagnie de la -Nouuelle France se sont chargez de le faire; ie répõds -qu'ils s'acquittẽt parfaictemẽt bien de leur deuoir, -quoy qu'auec de tres [58] grands frais: mais -quand ils feroient passer trois fois autant de personnes -qu'ils ont promis, ils déchargeroient de fort -peu l'Ancienne France, & ne peupleroient qu'vn petit -Canton de la Nouuelle. Neantmoins auec le temps -il se fera progrés, & aussi-tost que par le défrichement -on pourra recueillir de la terre, ce qui est necessaire -pour la vie, on trouuera mille vtilitez sur le -pays, qui seront encore profitables, à la Frãce: mais -il semble qu'il soit necessaire qu'vne grande estenduë -de bois soit changée en terres labourables, auparauant -que d'introduire plus grand nombre de familles, -autrement la faim les pourroit égorger.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>They will tell me that the Gentlemen of the Company -of New France have taken it upon themselves -to do this; I answer that they are discharging their -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">15</a></span> -duty perfectly, although at very [58] great expense;<a name="endanchor_4_4" id="endanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Endnote_4_4" class="endanchor">4</a> -but even if they should bring over three times as -many people as they have promised, they would but -slightly relieve Old France, and would people only -a little Canton of the New. Nevertheless, in time -they will make some progress; and as soon as, -through the clearing of the land, they can obtain -from it what is necessary for life, thousands of useful -things will be found in the country which will -also be profitable to France. But it seems necessary -that a great extent of forest should be converted into -tillable land, before introducing many families, otherwise -famine might consume them.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p> -Ie m'estens trop sur vn point, qui sẽble éloigné de -mon sujet, quoy qu'il y soit tres-conforme; car si ie -voyois icy quelques villes ou bourgades, recueillir -suffisamment des fruicts de [59] la terre pour leurs -besoins, nos Sauuages errans se rangeroiẽt bien-tost -à leur abry, & se faisans sedẽtaires à nostre exemple, -notamment si on leur rendoit quelque assistance, on -les pourroit aisément instruire en la Foy. Pour les -peuples stables qui sont bien auant dans les terres, on -iroit en grand nombre les secourir, & auec d'autant -plus d'authorité & moins de crainte qu'on se sentiroit -appuyé de ces Villes ou Bourgades. Plus la puissance -de nos François aura d'éclat en ces Contrées, -& plus aisément feront-ils receuoir leur creance à ces -Barbares, qui se menent autant & plus par les sens -que par la raison.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>I enlarge upon a point which seems remote from -my subject, although it is closely related thereto; -for if I could see here a number of towns or villages, -gathering enough of the fruits of [59] the earth for -their needs, our wandering Savages would soon range -themselves under their protection; and, being rendered -sedentary by our example, especially if they -were to be given some help, they could easily be instructed -in the Faith. As to the stationary tribes -farther back in the interior, we would go in great -numbers to succor them; and would have much more -authority, and less fear, if we felt that we had the -support of these Towns or Villages. The more imposing -the power of our French people is made in -these Countries, the more easily they can make their -belief received by these Barbarians, who are influenced -even more through the senses, than through -reason.</p> -</div> -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">16</a></span></p> - -<h3>[60] CHAPITRE IV.</h3> - -<p class="center">RAMAS DE DIUERSES CHOSES DRESSÉ EN FORME DE -IOURNAL.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">TOVT ce qui se dira en ce Chapitre, n'est qu'vn -mélange qui n'aura pas beaucoup de suitte, ny -de liaison, sinon peut-estre du temps auquel les -choses sont arriuées: encore ne se suiura-il que de -loin à loin.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">17</a></span></p> -<h3>[60] CHAPTER IV.</h3> - -<p class="center">A COLLECTION OF VARIOUS MATTERS PREPARED IN -THE FORM OF A JOURNAL.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">ALL that will be said in this Chapter is a mere -medley, in which there will be but little sequence -or connection, except perhaps that of -the time in which the things happened; and still -they will follow each other only at wide intervals.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le douziesme d'Aoust de l'année precedente mil -six cens trente quatre, Monsieur du Plessis Bochard -General de la flotte, leua l'ancre, & quitta la Rade de -Kebec, pour tirer à Tadoussac, & de là en France, où -l'on nous dit qu'il arriua enuiron la my-Septembre, -n'ayant esté qu'vn mois à trauerser la mer.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twelfth of August of the preceding year, one -thousand six hundred and thirty-four, Monsieur du -Plessis Bochard,<a name="endanchor_5_5" id="endanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Endnote_5_5" class="endanchor">5</a> Commandant of the fleet, weighed -anchor and left the Roadstead of Kebec, to go to -Tadoussac and thence to France, where we are told -he arrived about the middle of September, having -been only a month in crossing the sea.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[61] Le vingt-sixiesme du mesme mois d'Aoust, -quelques Sauuages passans proche de nostre Maison -nous firent veoir des prunes qu'ils auoient cueilly -dans les bois, non pas bien loin de nostre Maison: -elles estoient aussi grosses que les petits abricots de -France, leur noyau est plat comme celuy de l'abricot: -cela me fait dire que les froids de ces Contrées, n'empescherõt -pas qu'on n'en retire des fruits. Nous en -verrons l'experience dans quelques années; car nous -auons greffé quelques antes qui ont fort bien repris.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>[61] On the twenty-sixth of the same month of -August, some Savages who were passing our House -showed us some plums they had gathered in the -woods not far from there; they were as large as the -little apricots of France, their stone being flat like -that of the apricot. This leads me to say that the -cold of these Countries does not prevent fruit from -growing. We shall know from experience, in a few -years, for we have grafted some cuttings which have -started very well.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le troisiesme de Septembre nous nous embarquasmes -le Pere Buteux & moy, pour aller secourir -nos François en la Nouuelle Habitation, qu'on commençoit -aux trois Riuieres. Nous passasmes proche -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">18</a></span> -de l'Islet de Rich[e]lieu, nommé des [62] Sauuages <i>Ka -ouapassiniskakhi</i>. Monsieur de Champlain y a fait -dresser vne platte-forme, sur laquelle on a posé du -Canon, pour commander à toute la Riuiere. Depuis -cet Islet iusques à vne bonne traite de chemin an de-là, -le passage est fort dangereux, à qui n'a cognoissance -du vray chenal, nous touchasmes vne fois, -eschoüasmes vne autre, & nostre barque, dans vn -grand nordest, frisa vne roche, qui donna de l'horreur -à tous ceux qui la virent. Dieu semble auoir -armé ce passage pour la conseruation du Pays, entre -les mains des François qui le possedent.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the third of September, we, Father Buteux and -I, embarked to go and help our French in the New -Settlement they are beginning at the three Rivers. -We passed near the Island of Rich[e]lieu, called by -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">19</a></span> -the [62] Savages <i>Ka ouapassiniskakhi</i>. Monsieur de -Champlain has had a platform erected there, upon -which they have placed some Cannon in order to -command the whole River.<a name="endanchor_6_6" id="endanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Endnote_6_6" class="endanchor">6</a> From this Islet to a -considerable distance above, the passage is very dangerous -to any one who does not know the real channel. -Once we touched bottom, another time we were -stranded; and in a strong northeaster our bark grazed -a rock, which filled with horror all those that saw it. -God seems to have armed this passage for the preservation -of the Country in the hands of the French, -who now possess it.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le huictiesme nous arriuasmes aux trois Riuieres, -le seiour y est fort agréable, la terre sablonneuse, la -pesche en son temps tres-abõdante. Vn Sauuage rapportera -quelquefois dans son Canot douze ou quinze -[63] Esturgeons, dont le moindre sera par fois de la -hauteur d'vn homme. Il y a quantité d'autres poissons -tres-excellens. Les Français ont nõmé ce lieu -les trois Riuieres, pource qu'il sort des terres vn assez -beau fleuue, qui se vient dégorger dans la grande -Riuiere de sainct Laurens par trois principales emboucheures, -causées par plusieurs petites Isles, qui se -rencontrent à l'entrée de ce fleuue, nommé des Sauuages -<i>Metaberoutin</i>. Ie décrirois volontiers la beauté -de ce lieu, mais ie crains d'estre long; Tout le pays -entre Kebec & ceste nouuelle Habitation, que nous -appellerõs la Residence de la Conception, m'a semblé -fort agreable, il est entrecoupé de ruisseaux & de -fleuues, qui se déchargent d'espaces en espaces dans -le Roy des fleuues, c'est à dire, dans la grande riuiere -de S. Laurens, [64] qui a bien encore en ce lieu là -quelque deux à trois mille pas de large quoy qu'il -soit à trente lieuës au dessus de Kebec.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the eighth, we arrived at the three Rivers. -We found living there very agreeable; the ground -is sandy, the fish very abundant in its season. A -Savage will sometimes bring in his Canoe twelve or -fifteen [63] Sturgeon, the smallest of which is occasionally -as long as the height of a man; besides these, -there are also a number of other very good fish. The -French have named this place the three Rivers, because -there emerges here a very beautiful river which -flows into the great River saint Lawrence through -three principal mouths, caused by several little Islands -which are found at the entrance of this river, -which the Savages call <i>Metaberoutin</i>.<a name="endanchor_7_7" id="endanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Endnote_7_7" class="endanchor">7</a> I would like -to describe the beauty of this place, but I am afraid -of being tedious. The whole country between Kebec -and this new Settlement, which we will call the -Residence of the Conception, seems to me very -pleasant; it is intersected by brooks and streams, -which empty at short distances from each other into -the King of rivers, that is, into the great river St. -Lawrence, [64] which is, even at this place, fully two -or three thousand paces wide, although it is thirty -leagues above Kebec.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p> -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">20</a></span> -Le vingt-septiesme du mesme mois de Septembre -vn Elan parut de l'autre bord de ceste grande riuiere, -nos François en donnerent aduis à quelques Sauuages -cabanez proche de l'Habitation, quelques-vns d'eux -s'en vont attaquer ce grand animal, qui se rafraichissoit -dedans l'eau, l'allant prendre du costé des terres, -pour le pousser plus auant dans le fleuue, ils voloient -apres dans leurs petits Canots d'écorce, ils l'approcherent -à la portée d'vn iauelot, & l'vn d'eux luy -lança vne espée qui le fit bondir, & chercher le chemin -de la terre pour se sauuer; ce qu'il eust fait aisément, -s'il eust peu aborder; mais voyant ses ennemis de ce -costé là, il [65] se iette à l'eau, où il fut bien-tost -lardé de coups d'espées. Comme il tiroit à la mort, -ils le repousserent vers le bord du fleuue, & là le -mirent en vn momẽt en pieces, pour le pouuoir apporter -en leur cabane. Nous voyons ceste chasse de -nostre Habitation esleuée sur vne platte forme naturelle, -qui a veuë sur la grande Riuiere. Ie consideray -particulierement la teste de cest animal, il auoit -poussé vn bois de la longueur seulement des cornes -d'vn bœuf; car il estoit encore tout ieune ce bois -estoit tout velu, assez mince, & d'vne grosseur quasi -égale partout.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">21</a></span> -On the twenty-seventh of the same month of September, -an Elk appeared on the other bank of this -great river; our Frenchmen gave notice of it to some -Savages who were encamped near the Settlement, -and some of them went to attack this great animal, -which was standing in the water drinking. Approaching -it from the land side, to drive it farther -into the water, they flew after it in their little bark -Canoes; and, approaching it within range, one of -them launched a javelin at it, which made it give a -bound and start for the shore to save itself; it might -easily have done this if it had been able to touch the -shore; but seeing its enemies there, it [65] rushed -into the water where it was soon run through with -javelins. When it was near its death, they drove it -to the shore, and there in a moment they had cut it -in pieces, to be able to carry it to their cabin. We -saw this chase from our Settlement, which is on a -natural elevation and commands a view of the great -River. I carefully examined the head of this animal; -its antlers had grown only as long as the horns -of an ox, for it was still young; these antlers were -covered with hair which was quite fine and almost -equally thick throughout.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le vingt-huictiesme le Pere Buteux & moy trouuasmes -vne troupe de Sauuages, qui faisoient festin -auprés des fosses de leurs parens trespassez; ils leur -donnerent la meilleure part du banquet qu'ils ietterent -[66] au feu, & s'en voulans aller vne femme rompit -des branches, & des rameaux d'arbres, dont elle couurit -ces fosses; ie luy en demanday la raison, elle -repartit qu'elle abrioit l'ame de ses amis trespassez, -contre l'ardeur du Soleil, qui a esté fort grande cet -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">22</a></span> -Automne. Ils philosophent des ames des hommes -& de leurs necessitez, comme des corps, conformément -à leur doctrine, se figurans que nos ames ont -les mesmes besoins que nos corps; nous luy dismes -assez que les ames des creatures raisonnables descendoiẽt -aux enfers, ou montoient au Ciel; elle ne laissa -pas, sans nous rien respondre, de garder la vieille -coustume de ses ayeux. Ceux qui ne resentent pas -les obligations qu'ils ont à Dieu, d'auoir pris naissance -en vn lieu où il est cogneu & adoré, peuuent -icy veoir à l'œil quel preciput [67] ils ont par dessus -vn monde de barbares.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-eighth, Father Buteux and I found -a band of Savages who were having a feast near the -graves of their deceased relatives; they gave them -the best part of the banquet, which they threw [66] -into the fire; and, when they were about to go away, -a woman broke some twigs and branches from the -trees, with which she covered these graves. I asked -her why she did this, and she answered that she was -sheltering the souls of her dead friends from the heat -of the Sun, which has been very great this Autumn. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">23</a></span> -They reason about the souls of men and their necessities -as they do about the body; according to their -doctrine, they suppose that our souls have the same -needs as our bodies. We told her repeatedly that -the souls of reasonable beings descended into hell or -went up into Heaven; but, without giving us any -answer, she continued to follow the old custom of -her ancestors. Those who do not appreciate the -obligations they are under to God, for having been -born in a place where he is known and worshiped, -can see here at a glance what an advantage [67] they -have over a world of barbarians.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le vingt-troisiesme iour d'Octobre, quinze ou vingt -Sauuages reuindrent de la guerre, amenans vn prisonnier. -Si tost qu'il peurent découurir nostre Habitation -& leurs cabanes, ils rassemblerent leurs canots, -& s'en vindrent doucement par le milieu du -grand fleuue, poussant de leur estomach des chants -tout remplis d'allegresse; si tost qu'on les apperceut, -il se fit vn grand cry dans les cabanes; chacun sortit -au deuant pour veoir ces gueriers, qui firent leuer -tout debout le pauure prisonnier, & le firent danser à -leur mode au milieu d'vn canot; il chãtoit & eux -frappoient de leurs auirons à la cadence; il estoit lié -d'vne corde qui luy passoit de bras en bras derriere -le dos, & d'vne autre aux pieds, & encore d'vne autre -[68] assez longue par le trauers du corps; ils luy -auoient arraché les ongles des doigts, afin qu'il ne se -peust délier. Admirez ie vous prie la cruauté de ces -peuples, vne Sauuage nous ayant apperceu le Pere -Buteux & moy dans la meslée auec les autres, nous -vint dire toute remplie de ioye & de contentement, -<i>Tapoue kouetakiou nigamouau</i>; en vérité ie mangeray -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">24</a></span> -de l'Hiroquois. En fin ce pauure homme sorty du -canot fut conduit dans vne cabane, à l'entrée les enfans, -les filles & les femmes le frappoient, qui d'vn -baston, qui d'vne pierre: vous eussiez dit qu'il estoit -insensible, passant chemin, & receuant ces coups, sans -destourner la veuë: si tost qu'il fust entré, on le fit -dancer à la cadence de leurs hurlemens. Apres auoir -fait quelques tours, frappant la terre, & s'agitant le -corps, en quoy consiste toute [69] leur dance, on le fit -asseoir, & quelques Sauuages nous apostrophans, nous -dirent que cet Hiroquois estoit l'vn de ceux qui l'année -precedente auoient surpris & massacré trois de -nos François, c'estoit pour estouffer en nous la compassion -que nous en pouuiõs auoir, ils oserent bien -demander à quelques-vns de nos François, s'ils n'en -mangeroient pas bien leur part, puis qu'ils auoient -tué de nos Compatriotes. On leur repartit que ces -cruautez nous déplaisoient, & que nous n'estions point -des antropophages. Il ne mourut point neantmoins; -car ces Barbares ennuyez de la guerre, parlerent à ce -ieune prisonnier, qui est homme fort, & d'vne riche -& haute taille, de faire la paix; ils ont esté long-tẽps -à la traiter, mais en fin ils l'ont concluë. Ie croy -bien qu'elle ne durera gueres, [70] car le premier -vertige qui prendra à quelque estourdy, sur le souuenir -que l'vn de ses parens aura esté tué par les Hiroquois, -en ira surprendre quelqu'vn, & le massacrera -en trahison: & ainsi recommencera la guerre. Il ne -faut pas attendre de fidelité des peuples qui n'ont -point la vraye Foy.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-third day of October, fifteen or -twenty Savages returned from the war, bringing a -prisoner. As soon as they could descry our Settlement -and their cabins, they collected their canoes -and sailed slowly down the middle of the great river, -uttering from their chests songs full of gladness; as -soon as they were seen, there was a great outcry -among the cabins, each one coming out to see these -warriors, who made the poor prisoner stand up and -dance in their fashion in the middle of a canoe. He -sang, and they kept time with their paddles; he was -bound with a cord which tied his arms behind his -back, another was around his feet, and still another, -[68] a long one, around his body; they had torn out -his finger-nails, so that he could not untie himself. -Marvel, I pray you, at the cruelty of these people. -A Savage, having perceived Father Buteux and me -mingling with the others, came up to us and said, -full of joy and satisfaction, <i>Tapoue kouetakiou nigamouau</i>; -"I shall really eat some Hiroquois." Finally -this poor man came out of the canoe, and was -taken into a cabin, the children, girls, and women -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">25</a></span> -striking him, some with sticks, others with stones, -as he entered; you would have said he was insensible, -as he passed along and received these blows -without looking around; as soon as he entered, they -made him dance to the music of their howls. After -having made a few turns, striking the ground and -agitating his body, which is all there is of [69] their -dancing, they made him sit down; and some of the -Savages, addressing us, told us that this Hiroquois was -one of those who the year before had surprised and -killed three of our Frenchmen; this was done to -stifle in us the pity that we might have for him, and -they even dared to ask some of our French if they -did not want to eat their share of him, since they had -killed our Countrymen. We replied that these cruelties -displeased us, and that we were not cannibals. -He did not die, however; for these Barbarians, weary -of the war, spoke with this young prisoner, who was -a strong man, tall and finely formed, about making -peace; they have been treating about it for a long -time, but at last it is concluded. In truth, I believe -it will not last long; [70] for the first impulse that -seizes some hot-headed fellow, at the remembrance -that one of his relations was killed by the Hiroquois, -will make him go and surprise one of them, and -treacherously assassinate him; and thus the war will -begin again. Fidelity cannot be expected from -people who have not the true Faith.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"></div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le vingt-quatriesme du mesme mois grand nombre -d'Algonquains estans arriuez, ie m'en allay chercher -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">26</a></span> -par leur[s] cabanes, vne petite fillette que i'auois baptisée, -& nommée Marguerite l'ã passé: sa mere me recogneut -bien, & me dit qu'elle estoit morte, c'est -autant de gaigné pour le Ciel, ie ne l'auois pas fait -Chrestienne qu'à fin qu'elle y allast. Cõme ie vins à -demãder des nouuelles du pere de cét enfant que i'auois -cõmencé d'instruire, vn Sauuage me respondit -qu'il estoit mort; à ceste [71] parole vne sienne fille -aagée de dix-huict à vingt ans, fit vn grand cry toute -éplorée; on me fit signe que ie ne parlasse point de -la mort, dont le seul nom leur semble insupportable.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-fourth of the same month, a great -many Algonquains having arrived, I went through -their cabins, looking for a little girl I had baptized -and named Marguerite, the year before. Her mother -readily recognized me, and told me that she was -dead; that was so much gained for Heaven; I had -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></span> -only made her a Christian that she might go there. -When I came to ask news of the father of the child -whom I had begun to instruct, a Savage told me that -he was dead; at this [71] answer, one of his daughters, -about eighteen or twenty years old, uttered a -loud cry and burst into tears; they made me a sign -that I should not speak of death, its very name -seeming to them unbearable.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le vingt-neufiesme il arriua vne chose assez facetieuse, -que ie coucheray icy, pour faire veoir la simplicité -d'vn esprit qui ne cognoist point Dieu. Deux -Sauuages estans entrez en nostre Habitation, pendant -le Diuin Seruice, que nous faisions à la Chapelle, se -disoient l'vn à l'autre, Ils prient celuy qui a tout fait, -leur donnera-il ce qu'ils demandent? Or comme nous -tardions trop à leur gré, Asseurément, disoient-ils, il -ne leur veut pas donner: voyla ils crient tous tant -qu'ils peuuent (nous chantions Vespres pour lors). -Or vn ieune truchement venant à sortir, ils l'aborderent, -& [72] luy dirent, Hé bien! celuy qui a tout -fait, vous a-il accordé ce que vous demandiez? Ouy, -respond-il, nous l'aurons. Asseurémẽt, repartent-ils, -il ne s'en est gueres fallu qu'il ne vous ait éconduit; -car vous auez bien crié & bien chanté pour l'auoir: -nous disions à tous coups, que vous n'auriez rien; -mais encore que vous a-il promis? Ce ieune homme -soufriant, leur respondit, conformément à leur grande -attente, Il nous a promis que nous n'aurions point -faim: c'est la grande beatitude des Sauuages d'auoir -dequoy contenter leur ventre.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-ninth, a rather amusing thing happened, -which I shall relate here to show the simplicity -of a mind that does not know God. Two Savages -having entered our Settlement during Divine -Service, which we were holding in the Chapel, said -to each other, "They are praying to him who made -all things; will he give them what they ask?" Now -as we were going rather slowly, according to their -ideas, "Certainly," they said, "he does not want to -give it to them, see how they are all shouting as -loud as they can," (we were singing Vespers at the -time). Now, as a young interpreter was going away, -they approached him and [72] said "Well, now, he -who made all things, has he granted what you ask?" -"Yes," he answered, "we shall get it." "Certainly," -they replied, "he must have very nearly refused -you, for you have cried and sung so hard to get it; -we were saying all the time that you would not get -anything; but tell us now, what did he promise -you?" This young man, smiling, answered them -according to their expectations, "He promised us -that we should not be hungry." It is the highest -state of happiness for the Savages to have something -with which to satisfy their stomachs.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le cinquiesme de Nouembre, i'allay veoir les reliquas -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">28</a></span> -d'vne bonne-pallissade, qui a autrefois entouré -vne Bourgade, au lieu mesme où nos François ont -planté leur Habitation. Les Hiroquois ennemis de -ces Peuples ont tout bruslé; on voit encore [73] le -bout des pieux tous noirs; il y a quelques arpens de -terre défrichée, où ils cultiuoient du bled d'Inde. -I'espere qu'auec le temps nos Canadiens reprendront -cet exercice, qui leur sera autant profitable pour le -Ciel, que pour la terre; car s'ils s'arrestent, on aura -moyen de les instruire.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the fifth of November, I went to see the remains -of a good palisade, which formerly surrounded -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">29</a></span> -a Village in the very place where our French have -established their Abode. The Hiroquois enemies of -these Tribes have burned everything; there can still -be seen [73] the ends of the blackened stakes; there -are some arpents of cleared land, where they cultivated -Indian corn. I hope in the course of time our -Canadians will resume this industry, which will be -as profitable to them for Heaven as for earth; for, if -they stop their wanderings there will be opportunities -of instructing them.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le septiesme on nous décriuit vne façon de dance -des Sauuages que nous n'auions point encore veuë. -L'vn d'eux commence, pendant que les autres chantẽt; -la chanson finie, il va donner le bouquet, c'est à -dire, qu'il va faire vn present à celuy qu'il veut faire -dancer apres soy; l'autre finissant la dance en fait de -mesme, & si nos François se trouuent auec eux, on -leur porte le bouquet & le present aussi bien qu'aux -autres.</p> -</div><div class="translation"> -<p>On the seventh we had described to us a kind of -Savage dance that we had not yet seen. One of them -begins while the others sing; the song finished, he -goes and gives the bouquet, that is, he goes and -makes a present to the one whom he wishes to dance -after him; the other does the same thing when he -finishes the dance; and, if our French are with them, -they bring the bouquet and the present to our men -as well as to the others.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le dix-huictiesme de ce mois, [74] tous les Sauuages -s'escarterent, qui deça, qui de là dans les bois, -pour aller pendant l'hyuer chercher l'Elan, le Cerf -& le Caribou, dont ils viuent; Si bien que nous demeurasmes -sans voisins, nos seuls François restans en -nostre nouuelle Demeure.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the eighteenth of this month, [74] all the Savages -dispersed, some here and some there into the -woods, to go during the winter to hunt the Elk, the -Deer and the Caribou, upon which they live; so that -we were without neighbors, our French alone remaining -in our new Dwelling place.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le trentiesme de Decembre la neige n'estant ny -assez dure ny assez profonde, pour arrester les grandes -iambes de l'Elan, vne troupe de ces pauures Barbares, -s'en vindrent crier misericorde en nostre Habitation; -la famine qui fut cruelle l'an passé les a encore -traicté plus rudement cet hyuer, du moins en -plusieurs endroits; on nous a rapporté que vers Gaspé -les Sauuages ont tué & mangé vn ieune garçon que -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">30</a></span> -les Basques leur auoient laissé pour apprẽdre leur -langue. Ceux de Tadoussac auec lesquels i'hyuernay -il y a vn an, se sont mangez les vns les autres [75] -en quelques endroits. Monsieur du Plessis Bochart -montant à Kebec, nous a dit qu'il y en auoit encore -quelques-vns dans les bois, qui n'osoient paroistre deuant -les autres, à raison qu'ils ont meschamment surpris, -massacré, & mangé leurs compagnons. Nous -auons esté témoins de leur famine aux trois Riuieres: -ils venoient par bandes, tous défigurez, décharnez -comme des squelets, aymans, disoient-ils autant mourir -auprés des François, que dans leurs Forests: le -malheur pour eux, estoit, que comme ceste Habitation -ne faisoit que de commencer, il n'y auoit point -encore de magasins aux trois Riuieres, nos François -& nous n'ayans apporté de Kebec que les viures necessaires -pour le nombre des hommes qui y residoient: -nous nous efforçasmes pourtant de les secourir, chacun -de son costé leur [76] faisant la charité selon ses -forces, ou selon son affection, pas vn de ceux qui -vindrent vers nous ne mourut de faim.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the thirtieth of December, the snow having -been neither hard nor deep enough to arrest the long -legs of the Elk, a troop of these poor Barbarians came -crying for pity at our Settlement; the famine, which -was cruel last year, has treated them still worse this -winter, at least in several places; we have heard a -report that, near Gaspé, the Savages killed and ate a -young boy whom the Basques left with them to learn -their language. Those of Tadoussac, with whom I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">31</a></span> -passed the winter a year ago, have eaten each other -[75] in some localities. Monsieur du Plessis Bochart, -on his way to Kebec, told us that there were still -some in the woods who do not dare appear before the -others because they had wickedly surprised, massacred, -and eaten their companions. We have been -witnesses to their famine at the three Rivers; they -came in bands, greatly disfigured and as fleshless as -skeletons, liking, they said, as well to die near the -French as in their own Forests; the misfortune for -them was that, as this Settlement was only in its first -stages, there was not yet a storehouse at three Rivers, -our French and we having brought from Kebec -only the food necessary for the number of men who -were residing there; we tried, however, to help -them, each on his side [76] exercising charity according -to his means, or according to his inclinations; -not one of those who came to us died of hunger.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le Pere Buteux & moy entrans dans vne cabane, -vne femme nous dit, qu'il n'estoit resté qu'elle & sa -compagne, de tous ceux auec lesquels elles auoient -hyuerné dans les bois. On a trouué des Chasseurs -roides morts sur la neige, tuez du froid & de la faim, -entre autres, celuy qui auoit pris le prisonnier Hiroquois -duquel i'ay parlé cy dessus.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>When Father Buteux and I entered a certain cabin, -a woman told us that no one remained but she and -her companion, of all those with whom they had wintered -in the forest. Hunters had been found stiff -in death upon the snow, killed by cold and starvation,—among -others, the one who had taken prisoner -the Hiroquois of whom I have spoken above.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Vn Sauuage me dit dans ceste famine, que sa -femme & sa belle sœur estoient en deliberation de -tuer leur propre frere: I'en demanday la raison, nous -craignons, fit-il, qu'il ne nous assomme pendant nostre -sommeil pour nous manger. Nous vous apportons,<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">32</a></span> -luy dis-je, tous les iours vne partie de nos viures [77] -pour vous secourir. Cela est vray, respond-il, tu -nous donne la vie, mais cét homme est à demy fol; -il ne mange point, il a quelque méchant dessein, nous -le voulons preuenir, en seras-tu marry? Ie me trouuay -vn peu en peine, de consentir à sa mort, ie ne -pouuois: ie croyois d'ailleurs qu'ils auoient iuste occasion -de craindre. Nous luy donnasmes conseil de -ne point laisser de haches ny d'espees en sa cabane, -sinon celle dont il auroit à faire, laquelle il poseroit -sous sa teste en dormant; il s'accorda à cela, & nous -donna ses haches & ses espees, pour les emporter en -nostre chambrette. A trois iours de là ce pauure miserable -s'en alla à Kebec, où ayant voulu tuer quelque -François, Monsieur le Gouuerneur recognoissant sa -folie, le fit enchaisner pour le rendre aux premiers -Sauuages qui [78] viendroient.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>A Savage told me, during this famine, that his -wife and sister-in-law contemplated killing their own -brother; I asked him why, "We are afraid," he replied, -"that he will kill us during our sleep, to -eat us." "We supply you," said I, "a part of our -food every day [77] to help you." "That is true," -he replied, "thou givest us life; but this man is -half-mad; he does not eat, he has some evil design; -we wish to prevent him, wilt thou be displeased at -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a></span> -that?" I found myself a little troubled; I could not -consent to his death, and yet I believed they had -good cause for their fear. We advised him not to -leave any hatchets or javelins in his cabin, except -one which he would have to use, and he should place -that under his head when he was sleeping; he agreed -to this, and gave us his hatchets and javelins, to put -them away in our little room. Three days later, this -poor wretch went to Kebec, where, having tried to -kill some Frenchman, Monsieur the Governor, seeing -that he was mad, had him put in chains, to surrender -him to the first Savages that [78] might come -along.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Or ces allées & venuës des Sauuages affamez ont -duré quasi tout l'hyuer; nous faisions ordinairement -quelque festin de pois & de farine boüillie à toutes -les nouuelles bandes; i'en ay veu tel d'entre-eux qui -en mangeoient plus de huict escuellées, deuant que -de sortir de la place.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Now these comings and goings of famished Savages -lasted almost all winter; we usually made a -little feast of peas and boiled flour for all the new -bands, and I have seen certain ones among them eat -more than eight bowlfuls of this before leaving the -place.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Pendant qu'on leur preparoit le banquet, nous leur -parlions de Dieu, nous leur representions leurs miseres; -ils auoient tous la meilleure volonté du monde -de cultiuer au Printemps, ce qu'ont fait quelques vns: -mais ils ne demeurerent pas assiduëment auprés de -leurs bleds d'Inde, les abandonnans pour aller pescher, -qui deça, qui delà.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>While the banquet was being prepared, we talked -to them about God, we represented to them their -poverty; they all had the best intentions in the world to -cultivate the land in the Spring, as some of them -have done; but they did not remain constantly near -their Indian corn,—abandoning it to go fishing, -some in one direction, some in another.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Quand aux propositions que nous leur faisions de -croire en Dieu, l'vn d'eux me dit vn iour. Si nous -[79] croyons en vostre Dieu, neigera-il? Il neigera, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">34</a></span> -luy dis je. La neige sera-elle dure & profonde? Elle -le sera. Trouuerõs nous des Orignaux? Vous en -trouuerez. Les tuerons nous? Ouy; Car comme -Dieu sçait tout, qu'il peut tout, & qu'il est tres bon, -il ne manquera pas de vous assister, si vous auez recours -en luy, si vous receuez sa Foy, & luy rendez -obeyssance. Ton discours est bon, repart-il, nous -penserons à ce que tu nous as dit. Cependant ils s'en -vont dans les bois, & mettẽt bien-tost en oubly ce -qu'on leur a dit: Il est bien vray qu'à la parfin on -fera quelque impression sur leur esprit, s'il n'est plus -dure que la pierre qui se caue par des gouttes d'eau.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>As to the proposals we make to them to believe in -God, one of them said to me one day, "If we [79] -believe in your God, will it snow?" "It will snow," -I said to him. "Will the snow be hard and deep?" -"It will be." "Shall we find Moose?" "You will -find them." "Shall we kill some?" "Yes; for as -God knows all things, as he can do all things, and as -he is very good, he will not fail to help you, if you -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">35</a></span> -have recourse to him, if you receive the Faith, and if -you reader him obedience." "Thy speech is good," -answered he, "we will think upon what thou hast -told us." Meanwhile, they go off into the woods, -and soon forget what has been said to them. It is -indeed true that, in the end, some impression will -be made upon their minds, if they are not harder -than the stone hollowed out by drops of water.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Vne autrefois ayant vn assez long-temps discouru -sur nostre creance à vne escouade, qui s'en retournoit -chercher dequoy nourrir [80] leurs femmes & leurs -enfans, ie leur conseillay, au cas qu'ils ne peussent -rien trouuer, de se mettre à genoux, & de s'addresser -à celuy qui a fait le Ciel & la terre, de luy promettre -qu'ils croiront en luy, s'il les vouloit secourir: ils me -promirent qu'ils le feroient; nous leur presentasmes à -cet effect vne petite Image de nostre Seigneur Iesus-Christ, -& les aduertismes de la façon qu'ils la deuoient -placer dans leur[s] grandes necessitez, des prieres -qu'ils deuoient faire à celuy qu'elle representoit, leur -donnant bonne esperãce qu'ils seroient secourus. Ie -mis cette Image entre les mains d'vn nommé <i>Sakapouan</i>, -dont i'ay fait mention cy-dessus. Il me promit -qu'il feroit de point en point ce que nous luy -auions ordonné: mais le miserable ne tint pas sa -promesse; car il n'osa iamais produire ceste Image, -de [81] peur d'estre gaussé de ses Compagnons, voire -mesme il se rioit auec les autres de ce que nous leur -auions presché. Aussi Dieu le chastia-il, car il tomba -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">36</a></span> -malade, & fut contraint de venir rechercher les François; -nous luy redemandasmes l'Image & la rendit. -Interrogé pourquoy il n'auoit point prié le Fils du -Tout-puissant, Ie m'en estois allé, respond-il, auec -bonne volonté de le prier, i'auois conceu vne bonne -esperance, qu'il nous donneroit à manger, i'auois -mesme retenu la meilleure de toutes les oraisons que -tu nous as enseigné: mais estant arriué à nos cabanes, -i'ay eu peur que si ie produisois l'Image, qu'on ne -s'en moquast, & que celuy qui a tout fait ne se faist -chast cõtre moy, & nous fist mourir. En vn mot le -respect humain retiẽt ce peuple. I'eus beau luy dire, -que s'il eust esté fidele dans [82] ces gausseries, s'il -n'eust point adheré à ces mocqueurs, que Dieu l'auroit -puissamment assisté, Il faut, dit-il, parler à nos Capitaines. -Et en effet qui les auroit gaignez, il auroit -tout gagné. Ie reuiens tousiours sur mes brisées, qui -sçauroit parfaictement la langue pour les accabler -de raisons, & pour refuter promptement leurs niaiseries, -seroit bien puissant parmy eux. Le temps apportera -tout, & Dieu donnant sa benediction, <i>Populus qui -est in tenebris videbit lucem magnam</i>.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Another time, having talked a long time upon our -belief with a squad of them, who had returned to -seek food for [80] their wives and children, I advised -them, in case they could not find anything, to fall -upon their knees and to address themselves to him -who has made Heaven and earth, to promise him they -would believe in him if he would relieve them; they -promised that they would do so; we gave them for -this purpose a little Image of our Lord Jesus Christ, -and instructed them in the way in which they were -to place it in the time of their great need, and in -some prayers they were to make to him whom it represented, -giving them strong hope that they would -be helped. I placed this Image in the hands of a -certain one named <i>Sakapouan</i>, of whom I have spoken -above. He promised me that he would do everything -just as we had directed; but the wretch did -not keep his promise, for he never dared produce this -Image, lest [81] he should be sneered at by his Companions; -yes, he even laughed with the others about -what we had preached to them. And indeed God -chastised him, for he fell sick and was obliged to -come seeking the French; we asked for the Image -and he returned it. When asked why he had not -prayed to the Son of the All-powerful, "I went -away," he replied, "with the good will to pray to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">37</a></span> -him; I felt a strong hope that he would give us something -to eat, I had even kept in mind the best of all -the prayers thou hast taught us; but, when I arrived -at our cabins, I was afraid that if I brought out the -Image they would make sport of me, and that he -who has made all would be angry with me, and make -us die." In one word, these people are restrained -by worldly considerations. It was in vain I told -him that if he had been faithful in [82] the midst of -these mockeries, if he had not clung to these mockers, -God would have given him powerful assistance; -"It is necessary," he said "to talk to our Captains." -And, in fact, one who could gain them could gain -all. I am always retracing my footsteps, in saying, -that one who knew the language perfectly, so that -he could crush their reasons and promptly refute -their absurdities, would be very powerful among -them. Time will bring all things; God giving his blessing, -<i>Populus qui est in tenebris videbit lucem magnam</i>.</p> - -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Or pour vuider tout cét article; ie demanday à ce -Sauuage, quelle estoit ceste Oraison qu'il preferoit -aux autres. Tu nous dis plusieurs choses, me fit-il, -mais ceste priere m'a semblé la meilleure de toutes. -<i>Mirinan oukachigakhi nimitchiminan</i>: donne nous auiourd'huy -nostre nourriture: donne nous à manger; -[83] voyla vne excellente Oraison, disoit-il. Ie ne m'estonne -pas de ceste Philosophie; <i>Animalis homo, non -percipit ea quæ sunt Spiritus Dei</i>. Qui n'a iamais esté -qu'à l'escole de la chair, ne sçauroit parler le langage -de l'esprit.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Now to end this whole story, I asked this Savage -what this Prayer was that he preferred to all others. -"Thou hast told us many things," he replied; "but -this prayer has seemed to me the best of all: <i>Mirinan -oukachigakhi nimitchiminan</i>, 'Give us to-day our -food, give us something to eat.' [83] This is an excellent -Prayer," he said. I am not surprised at this -Philosophy; <i>Animalis homo, non percipit ea quæ sunt -Spiritus Dei</i>. He who has never been at any school -but that of the flesh, cannot speak the language of -the spirit.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">38</a></span> -Le vingt-septiesme du mesme mois de Ianuier vn -Sauuage me vint apprendre vn secret bien cogneu -des Algonquains, mais non pas des Montagnais; aussi -n'est-il pas de ce pays-cy, ains de bien auant dans -les terres. Il me dit donc, que si quelqu'vn de nos -François vouloit l'accompagner, qu'il s'en iroit pescher -sous la glace d'vn grand estang, placé à quelque -cinq mille pas au delà de la grande Riuiere, vis-à-vis -de nostre Habitation. Il y alla en effet, & rapporta -quelques poissons; ce qui consola fort nos François: -car ils peuuent maintenant au plus fort [84] des -glaces, tendre des rets dans cét estang. I'ay veu -ceste pesche: voicy comme ils s'y comportent. Ils -sont à grands coups de hache vn trou assez grandelet -dans la glace de l'estang; ils en font d'autres plus -petits, d'espaces en espaces, & auec des perches ils -passent vne fiscelle de trous en trous par dessous la -glace: ceste fiscelle aussi longue que les rets qu'on -veut tendre, se va arrester au dernier trou, par lequel -on tire, & on estend dedans l'eau toute la rets qui luy -est attachée. Voyla comme on tend les filets pour la -premiere fois, quand on les veut visiter, il est fort -aisé: car on les retire par la plus grande ouuerture, -pour en recueillir le poisson, puis il ne faut que retirer -la fiscelle pour les retendre, les perches ne seruans -qu'à passer la première fois la fiscelle. Quand -Dieu aura beny ces contrées d'vne peuplade de François, -[85] on trouuera mille biens, & mille commoditez -sur le pays, que ces Barbares ignorent.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-seventh of the same month of January -a Savage came to acquaint me with a secret well -known among the Algonquains, but not among the -Montagnais; neither is it known in this part of the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">39</a></span> -country, but farther into the interior. He told me -that, if some one of our Frenchmen would accompany -him, he would go and fish under the ice of a -great pond, located some five thousand paces beyond -the great River, opposite our Settlement. One of -them did, in fact, go there, and brought back some -fish, which greatly comforted our French people, for -they can now, in the thickest [84] ice, stretch their -nets in this pond. I have seen them fish in this way; -now see how they do it. With great blows of the -axe they make a tolerably large hole in the ice of the -pond; then at intervals they make other smaller -ones, and by the use of poles they pass a cord from -hole to hole under the ice; this cord, which is as -long as the nets they wish to stretch, stops at the last -hole, through which it is drawn, and they spread -out in the water the whole net which is attached to -it. This is the way they spread the nets the first -time. When they wish to examine them, it is very -easily done, for they draw them out through the -largest opening, to collect the fish from them; then -it is only necessary to draw back the cord to respread -the nets, the poles serving only to put the cord -through the first time. When God has blessed these -countries with a colony of French, [85] there will result -a thousand benefits and a thousand conveniences for -the country, of which these Barbarians are ignorant.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le sixiesme de Feurier la grande Riuiere fut gelée -tout à fait, en sorte qu'on passoit dessus en asseurance; -elle gela mesme deuant Kebec, ce qui est fort -extraordinaire, à raison que les marées sont là fort -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">40</a></span> -violentes. Il me semble que la rigueur de l'hyuer -s'est fait sentir particulièrement en ce mois cy.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the sixth of February, the great River was -completely frozen over, so that one could walk over -it in safety; it even froze opposite Kebec, which is -very extraordinary, as the tides there are very strong. -It seems to me that the severity of the winter makes -itself especially felt during this month.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p> -Le huictiesme de Mars mourut ceste femme Sauuage -nommée Anne, dont i'ay parlé au Chapitre second: -cõme les douleurs de la mort approchoient, -elle disoit par fois toute seule, <i>nitapoueten, nitapoueten</i>, -Ie croy, ie croy, <i>nisadkihau, nisadkihau</i>. Ie l'ayme, -ie l'ayme: <i>ouaskoucki nioui itoutan</i>. Ie veux aller au -Ciel: & vne fois elle me dit, comme ie la quittois, -après l'auoir instruite & [86] visitée en sa maladie; -Tu m'as seruy de père iusques icy, continuë iusques -à ma mort, qui ne tardera pas; retourne moy voir au -plustost, & si tu me vois si bas, que ie ne puisse parler, -souuienne toy que ie penseray tousiours à ce que -tu m'as dit, & que ie croiray tousiours en mon cœur. -Vn Sauuage m'ayant informé qu'elle n'estoit point -de ce pays-cy, ie l'interrogeay quelques iours deuant -sa mort de sa patrie: elle me dit, que ceux de sa Nation -s'appelloient <i>ouperigoue ouaouakhi</i>, qu'ils habitoiẽt -bien auant dans les terres plus bas que Tadoussac, de -mesme costé; qu'on pouuoit par des fleuues descendre -de leur pays dans la grande riuiere de sainct Laurens; -que ses Compatriotes n'auoient aucun commerce auec -les Europeans; c'est pourquoy, disoit-elle, ils se seruent -de haches de pierres; qu'ils ont des [87] Cerfs, -& des Castors en abondance, mais fort peu d'Elans; -qu'ils parlent le langage Montagnais, & qu'ils ne -manqueroient de venir à la traitte auec les François, -n'estoit que les Sauuages de Tadoussac les veulent -tuer quand ils les rencontrent. Ie ne sçay si ce ne -sont point ceux que nous appellons Bersiamites, dont -quelques-vns ont esté cruellement massacrez cette année -à Tadoussac. Ces perfides Sauuages les accueillirent -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">42</a></span> - fort humainement, & quand ils les eurent en leur -puissance, ils les mirent à mort traistreusement.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>On the eighth of March occurred the death of the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">41</a></span> -Savage woman named Anne, of whom I have spoken -in Chapter second; as the anguish of death approached, -she said at times to herself, <i>nitapoueten, nitapoueten</i>, -"I believe, I believe;" <i>nisadkihau, nisadkihau</i>, -"I love him, I love him;" <i>ouaskoucki nioui itoutan</i>, -"I wish to go to Heaven;" and once she said to -me, as I was leaving her after having instructed -and [86] visited her in her sickness; "Thou hast been -a father to me up to the present; continue so until -my death, which will not be long; come back and see -me very soon, and if thou seest me so low I cannot -speak, remember that I shall always think of what -thou hast said to me, and that I shall always believe -in my heart." As a Savage had informed me that -she did not belong to this region, I asked her a few -days before her death about her native country: she -told me that the people of her Nation were called -<i>ouperigoue ouaouakhi</i>, that they dwelt farther back in -the interior, below Tadoussac, and on the same side; -that they could descend through the rivers from their -country to the great river saint Lawrence; that her -Countrymen had no commerce with the Europeans; -"that is why," she said, "they use hatchets made -of stone;" that they have [87] Deer and Beavers in -abundance, but very few Elk; that they speak the -Montagnais language, and that they would certainly -come and trade with the French, were it not that the -Savages of Tadoussac try to kill them when they encounter -them. I do not know whether these are the -ones that we call Bersiamites, some of whom have -been cruelly massacred this year at Tadoussac. These -perfidious Savages received them very kindly, and, -when they had them in their power, treacherously -put them to death.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le cinquiesme d'Auril vn Sauuage Montaignais -vint rapporter au Pere Buteux, que nos Peres, & nos -François qui les accompagnoient auoient esté delaissez -dans les bois, & liez à des arbres par les Hurons -qui les menoient en leur pays, lesquels [88] s'estans -trouuez mal d'vne certaine epidemie qui affligea l'Automne -passé toutes ces Nations, creurent que ceste -maladie leur estoit causée par les François, ce qui les -auoit reduits à les traitter de la sorte, & ce sauuage -asseuroit auoir appris ceste nouuelle de la bouche de -quelques Bissiriniens, voisins des Hurons. Nous remismes -toute ceste affaire entre les mains de N. Seigneur, -qui prendra nos vies dans les temps, & dans -les occasions qu'il luy plaira. Nous auiõs desia appris, -comme i'escriuy l'an passé des mauuaises nouuelles -du P. Anthoine Daniel qu'on nous faisoit quasi -mort: mais en fin la bonté de Dieu nous a consolez; -car la pluspart de ces bruits se sont trouuez faux. Il -est vray que le Pere Daniel, & tous les autres, ont -souffert incomparablement en leur voyage, comme V. -R. pourra veoir [89] par la Relation du Pere Brebeuf.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">43</a></span> -On the fifth day of April, a Montaignais Savage -came to report to Father Buteux that our Fathers -and our Frenchmen who accompanied them had been -abandoned in the woods and tied to trees, by the -Hurons who were taking them to their country,—who, -[88] falling ill with a certain epidemic which -last Autumn afflicted all these Nations, believed that -this malady was caused by the French, and it was -this which made them treat the French in this way; -this savage declared that he had heard the news -from the lips of some Bissiriniens, neighbors of the -Hurons. We placed the whole matter in the hands -of Our Lord, who will take our lives at the time and -in the manner that shall please him. We had already -learned, as I wrote last year, the bad news -about Father Anthoine Daniel, who had been reported -to us as almost dead; but at last the goodness -of God has comforted us, for most of these reports -are found to be false. It is true that Father Daniel -and all the others have endured incomparable sufferings -in their voyage, as Your Reverence can see [89] -by the Relation of Father Brebeuf.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le quatorziesme du mesme mois, toutes les glaces -estant parties, ie m'embarquay dans vn canot auec -vn de nos François, & vn Algonquain, pour aller -veoir ce beau lac ou estang, dont i'ay parlé cy dessus, -que i'auois veu tout glacé pendant l'hyuer. En chemin -ie vis la chasse du Rat musqué; cét animal a vne -fort longue queuë, il y en a de gros comme des lapins: -quand il[s] paroissent sur l'eau les Sauuages les -suiuent dans leurs petits canots; aussi-tost ces Rats se -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">44</a></span> -voyant poursuiuis se plongent en l'eau, & leurs ennemis -s'en vont viste, où ils preuoyent qu'ils reuiendront -au dessus pour prendre haleine: bref ils les -poursuiuent tant qu'ils les lassent, en sorte qu'ils sont -contraints de rester quelque tẽps au dessus de l'eau, -pour n'estre suffoquez: alors ils les [90] assomment -auec leurs auirons, ou les tuent à coups de fleches. -Quand cét animal a gaigné la terre, il se sauue ordinairement -dans son trou. On l'appelle Rat musqué, -pource qu'en effect vne partie de son corps prise au -Printemps sent le musc, en autre temps elle n'a point -d'odeur.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the fourteenth of the same month, as the ice -was completely broken up, I embarked in a canoe -with one of our Frenchmen and an Algonquain, to -go and see the beautiful lake or pond of which I -have spoken above, and which I had seen all frozen -over during the winter. On the way, I saw a Muskrat -hunt. Some of these animals are as large as rabbits; -they have very long tails. When they appear -upon the water, the Savages follow them in their -little canoes; these Rats, upon seeing themselves pursued, -immediately dive into the water, their enemies -hurrying quickly to the place where they expect -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">45</a></span> -them to come up again to take breath; in short, they -pursue them until they are tired out, so that they -must remain above the water a little while, in order -not to suffocate; then they [90] knock them down -with their paddles, or kill them with arrows. When -this animal has gained the land, it usually saves itself -by hiding in its hole. It is called Muskrat because, -in fact, a part of its body smells of musk, if -caught in the Spring,—at other times, it has no odor.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-vniesme, ie partis des trois Riuieres pour -venir à Kebec, afin de m'y trouuer, selon le desir de -nos Peres, à la venuë des vaisseaux. Nous les attendions -de bonne heure, ils sont venus bien tard, le -mauuais temps leur a causé vne rude trauerse; nous -esperions de les veoir sur la fin de May, & nous n'en -auons eu nouuelle que le vingt-cinquiesme de Iuin; -auquel temps arriua vn canot enuoyé de Tadoussac, -qui rapporta qu'vn vaisseau estoit à l'Isle du Bic, & -qu'il en venoit encore cinq ou six, auec bonne [91] -deliberation de combattre tous ceux qu'ils trouueroient -dans la Riuiere sans Commission.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-first, I left three Rivers to come -to Kebec, in order to be there, according to the wish -of the Fathers, at the coming of the ships. We expected -them early, but they came very late, the bad -weather having caused them to have a rough passage; -we hoped to see them towards the end of May, and -we had no news of them until the twenty-fifth of -June, when a canoe arrived, sent from Tadoussac, -which reported that a ship was at the Island of Bic, -and that five or six more of them were coming, with -the firm [91] determination to attack all those they -found in the River without Commissions.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le quatriesme de Iuillet, vne chalouppe enuoyée -de la part de Monsieur du Plessis Bochart, general de -la flotte, resioüit tous nos Frãçois, & nous asseura de -sa venuë, & qu'il estoit suiuy de huict forts nauires, -six pour Tadoussac, & deux pour Mifcou, sans ce que -l'on enuoyoit au Cap Breton, & coste de l'Acadie à -M<sup>r</sup> le Com. de Razilly.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the fourth of July, a shallop sent from Monsieur -du Plessis Bochart, commandant of the fleet, -gladdened all our French,—assuring us of his coming, -and that he was followed by eight strong ships, -six for Tadoussac and two for Miscou, not including -the one sent to Cape Breton and the coast of Acadia, -to Monsieur the Commandant de Razilly.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le dixiesme vne barque montant en haut, nous apporta -le Pere Pijart. A mesme temps deux de nos -François descendant des Hurons, nous presenterent -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">46</a></span> -les lettres de nos Peres qui sont en ce pays-là; c'estoit -nous réjoüyr de toutes parts. D'vn costé le Pere -nous témoignoit que V. R. nous enuoyoit 4. de nos -Peres, & 2. de nos Freres pour renfort, [92] & deux -autres Peres pour la Residẽce de S. Charles. Qu'vne -infinité de personnes cherissoient ceste Mission, & que -V. R. toute pleine de cœur, nous donneroit tous les -ans autant d'ouuriers Euangeliques, que la Mission en -pourroit nourrir; l'ardeur de venir souffrir quelques -choses en ces contrées pour la gloire de nostre Seigneur, -estant quasi incroyable. D'autre costé la sãté de -nos Peres dans les Hurons, où on les faisoit morts, les -bonnes dispositions de ces Peuples, pour receuoir les -veritez Chrestiennes; l'affection qu'ils nous portent, -nous faisoit benir le sainct Nom de Dieu, & luy rendre -graces de tant de benedictions, qu'il va respandant sur -ceste entreprise.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the tenth, a bark which was ascending the -river brought us Father Pijart.<a name="endanchor_8_8" id="endanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Endnote_8_8" class="endanchor">8</a> At the same time, -two of our Frenchmen, coming down from the Hurons. -presented to us the letters of our Fathers who -are in that country; so we received cheering news -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">47</a></span> -from all sides. On the one hand, the Father testified -to us that Your Reverence was sending us 4 of -our Fathers, and 2 of our Brothers, as a reinforcement, -[92] and two other Fathers for the Residence of St. -Charles; that a vast number of people cherished this -Mission, and that Your Reverence, in the fulness of -your heart, would every year give as many Gospel -workers as the Mission could support; the zeal to -come and suffer something in these countries for the -glory of our Lord, being almost incredible. On the -other hand, the good health of our Fathers among -the Hurons, where they were reported dead, and the -good disposition of those Peoples to receive the Christian -truths, and the affection they bear us, make us -bless the holy Name of God, and render him thanks -for so many blessings as he is about to pour down -upon this enterprise.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le douziesme, Monsieur le Cheualier de la Roche-Iacquelin, -commandant le nauire nommé le Sainct [93] -Iacques, vint moüiller l'ancre deuant Kebec. Nostre -Frere Pierre Feauté l'ayant remercié de sa bienueillance, -nous vint veoir en nostre petite Maison de nostre -Dame des Anges. Le lendemain nostre ioye s'accreut -par la venuë du Père Claude Quantin & de nostre -Frere Pierre Tellier, portez dans le vaisseau du Capitaine -de Nesle.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twelfth, Monsieur the Chevalier de la -Roche-Jacquelin, commandant of the ship called -"Sainct [93] Jacques," cast anchor before Kebec. -Our Brother Pierre Feauté,<a name="endanchor_9_9" id="endanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Endnote_9_9" class="endanchor">9</a> having thanked him for -his kindness, came to see us in our little House of -nostre Dame des Anges. The next day our joy was -increased by the arrival of Father Claude Quantin<a name="endanchor_10_10" id="endanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Endnote_10_10" class="endanchor">10</a> -and of our Brother Pierre Tellier, who were brought -in the ship of Captain de Nesle.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingtiesme, Monsieur le General nous rendit le -Pere le Mercier, qu'il amena dans sa barque; tous -ces iours nous estoient des iours de ioye & de contentement, -voyant & nos François & nos Peres en bonne -santé, apres beaucoup de tourmente sur la mer.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twentieth, Monsieur the General conveyed -to us Father Mercier,<a name="endanchor_11_11" id="endanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Endnote_11_11" class="endanchor">11</a> whom he had brought in his -bark. All these days were for us days of joy and -contentment, seeing both our French and our Fathers -in good health after much suffering upon the -sea.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-deuxiesme de Iuillet se fit vne Assemblée -ou vn Conseil entre les François & les Hurons. Le -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">48</a></span> -Pere Buteux qui estoit descendu de la Residence de -la Conception, & moy [94] y assistasmes. Apres les -affaires communes, Monsieur de Champlain nostre -Gouuerneur, recommanda auec vne affection energigue -nos Peres, & les François qui les accompagnoient -à ces Peuples; il leur fit dire, que s'ils vouloient -conseruer & accroistre l'amitié qu'ils ont auec -les François, qu'il falloit qu'ils receussent nostre creance, -& adorassent le Dieu que nous adorons; que -cela leur seroit grandement profitable: car Dieu pouuant -tout, les benira, les protegera, leur donnera la -victoire contre leurs ennemis; que les François iront -en bon nombre en leur Pays; qu'ils épouseront leurs -filles quand elles seront Chrestiennes: qu'ils enseigneront -à toute leur nation à faire des haches, des cousteaux, -& autres choses qui leur sont fort necessaires, -& qu'à cet effet ils deuroient dés l'an prochain [95] -amener bon nombre de leurs petits garçons, que nous -les logerons bien, que nous les nourrirons, & que -nous les instruirons & cherirons comme s'ils estoient -nos petits Freres. Et pour autant que tous les Capitaines -ne pouuoient des descendre en bas, qu'ils tiendroient -Conseil sur ce sujet en leur Pays, auquel ils -appelloient <i>Echom</i>, c'est ainsi qu'il[s] appellent le Pere -Brebeuf: & là dessus leur donnant vne lettre pour luy -porter, il adiousta: Voicy que i'informe le Pere de -tous ces points. Il se trouuera en vostre Assemblée, -& vous fera vn present que ses Freres luy enuoyent: -là vous ferez paroistre si veritablement vous aymez -les François. I'auois suggeré ces pensées à Monsieur -nostre gouuerneur qu'il approuua; mais encore il les -amplifia auec mille loüanges & mille tesmoignages -d'affectiõ enuers nostre [96] Compagnie. Monsieur -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">50</a></span> -le General prit aussi la parole sur ce sujet, & fit tout -son possible pour donner à cognoistre à ces Peuples, -l'estime que sont les grands Capitaines de France des -Peres qu'on leur enuoye; & tout cela pour les disposer -à recognoistre le Dieu des François, & de tout -l'Vniuers. A ce discours vn Capitaine repartit, qu'ils -ne manqueroient pas de rendre ceste lettre, & de tenir -Conseil sur les Articles proposez. Qu'au reste -que toute leur Nation aymoit tous les François, & -qu'il sembloit neantmoins, que les François n'aymoient -qu'vne seule de leurs Bourgades, puisque -tous ceux qui montoient en leur Pays la prenoient -pour leur demeure. On leur respondit, que iusques -icy ils n'auoient eu qu'vn petit nombre de nos François, -& que s'ils embrassoient nostre creance, qu'ils -en auroient [97] en toutes leurs Bourgades.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-second of July, there was held an -Assembly or Council between the French and the -Hurons. Father Buteux, who had come down from -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">49</a></span> -the Residence of the Conception, and I [94] participated -therein. After public affairs, Monsieur de -Champlain, our Governor, very affectionately recommended -our Fathers, and the French who accompanied -them, to these Tribes; he told them, through -an interpreter, that if they wished to preserve and -strengthen their friendship with the French, they -must receive our belief and worship the God that we -worshiped; that this would be very profitable to -them, for God, being all-powerful, will bless and -protect them, and make them victorious over their -enemies; that the French will go in goodly numbers -to their Country; that they will marry their daughters -when they become Christians; that they will -teach all their people to make hatchets, knives, and -other things which are very necessary to them; and -that for this purpose they must next year [95] bring -many of their little boys, whom we will lodge comfortably, -and will feed, instruct and cherish as if -they were our little Brothers. And that, inasmuch -as all the Captains could not come down there, they -should hold a Council upon this matter in their Country, -to which they should summon <i>Echom</i>,—it is -thus they call Father Brebeuf;<a name="endanchor_12_12" id="endanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Endnote_12_12" class="endanchor">12</a> -and then, giving -them a letter to bear to him, he added, "Here I inform -the Father of all these points. He will be in -your Assembly, and will make you a present that his -Brothers send him; there you will show whether -you truly love the French." I suggested these -thoughts to Monsieur our governor, and he approved -them; but he also amplified them with a thousand -praises and a thousand proofs of affection towards -our [96] Society. Monsieur the General also said a -few words upon this subject, and did all he could to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">51</a></span> -let these Peoples know the high estimation in which -the great Captains of France hold these Fathers that -they send over to them; and all this was done to dispose -them to recognize the God of the French and of -the whole Universe. To this discourse a Chief replied -that they would not fail to deliver this letter, -and to hold a Council upon the Matters proposed. -That, as to the rest, their whole Nation loved all the -French; and yet, notwithstanding this, the French -loved only one of their Villages, since all those who -had come up to their Country selected that as their -dwelling place. They were answered that, up to the -present, they had had only a few of our Frenchmen; -and that, if they embraced our belief, they would -have some of them [97] in all their villages.</p> - -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Au sortir du Conseil nous allasmes veoir ceux qui -voudroient embarquer le P. le Mercier & le Pere Pijart -auec leur petit bagage, pour les porter en leur -Pays: le Pere Brebeuf m'en auoit assigné quelquesvns -dans ses lettres, mais plusieurs se presentoient; -ils regardoient les Pères attentiuement, les mesuroient -de leurs yeux, ils demandoient s'ils n'estoient -point meschants, s'ils rameroient bien, ils les prenoient -par les mains, & leur faisoient signe qu'il faudroit -bien remuer l'auiron.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>At the conclusion of the Council, we went to see -those who were to take on board Father le Mercier -and Father Pijart, with their little baggage, to convey -them into their Country; Father Brebeuf had designated -certain ones to me in his letter, but several -presented themselves. They gazed attentively at -the Fathers, measured them with their eyes, asked -if they were ill-natured, if they paddled well; then -took them by the hands, and made signs to them -that it would be necessary to handle the paddles well.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>En fin le vingt-troisiesme du mesme mois de Iuillet -nos Sauuages bien contens, embarquerent nos deux -Peres, & vn ieune garçon François, qui a desia passé -vne année dans le pays: iamais ie ne vy personnes -plus ioyeuses que ces bons Peres, on les fit mettre -pieds nuds à l'entrée [98] de leur nauire d'escorce, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">52</a></span> -de peur de les gaster, ils s'y mettent gayement, portans -vn œil, & vn visage tout ioyeux, dans les souffrances -qu'ils vont rencontrer. Ie me represente vn -S. André volant à la Croix; on les separa en trois canots; -celuy qui portoit le Pere Pijart estant le premier -prest tira droit au bord, c'est à dire au vaisseau -de Monsieur le Cheualier, pour luy donner le dernier -adieu, & le remercier encore vne fois, des courtoisies -fort particulieres qu'il auoit receu de luy, passant -dans son nauire depuis la France iusques à Tadoussac. -Apres l'auoir salüé Monsieur le Cheualier fit ietter -des pruneaux dãs son canot pour les Sauuages qui le -menoient, & fit tirer trois volées de canon par honneur. -Ces pauures Barbares tressailloiẽt d'aise, mettant -la main sur leur bouche en signe d'estonnement.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> - -<p>At last, on the twenty-third of the same month of -July, our Savages, well pleased, embarked our two -Fathers and a young French boy who has already -passed a year in the country. I never saw persons -more joyful than were these good Fathers; they had -to go barefooted into the [98] bark ships, for fear of -spoiling them, and they did this gayly, with glad -eyes and faces, notwithstanding the sufferings they -were about to encounter. I was reminded of St. Andrew -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">53</a></span> - flying to the Cross. They were taken in three -different canoes; the one that carried Father Pijart -being the first ready, it went directly alongside, that -is, of the ship of Monsieur the Chevalier, to say to -him his last adieus and to thank him once more for -very especial courtesies received from him while -crossing in his ship from France to Tadoussac. -After having saluted him, Monsieur the Chevalier -had some prunes thrown into his canoe for the Savages -who were taking him, and had the cannon fired -off three times in his honor. These poor Barbarians -were thrilled with delight, placing their hands over -their mouths as a sign of astonishment.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[99] Le Pere le Mercier vint apres dans son canot, -pour recognoistre les obligations qu'il a à Monsieur -le General, & prendre congé de luy; il ne sçauoit en -quels termes nous tesmoigner le soin qu'il a des nostres, -qui passent auec luy dans son vaisseau. Apres -les adieux, on ietta aussi des prunes à ses conducteurs, -le canon du vaisseau & de la barque, faisant entendre -aux Sauuages, qu'ils deuoient auoir grand soin de -ceux que nos Capitaines François honoroient auec -tant d'affection.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[99] Father le Mercier came afterward in his canoe, -to acknowledge the obligations he was under to -Monsieur the General, and to take leave of him; the -latter did not know how to express the interest he -felt in those of our society who had come over with -him in his ship. After the farewells, they also threw -some prunes to his boatmen, the cannon of the ship -and of the bark making these Savages understand -that they must take good care of those whom our -French Captains honored with so much affection.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Il arriua vne chose plaisante en ces entrefaites, le -Pere Buteux en mesme temps remontoit aux trois -Riuieres dans vn canot, les Sauuages qui le conduisoient, -voyans l'accueil qu'on faisoit aux Peres, & aux -Sauuages qui alloient aux Hurons, tirerent comme -auoient fait [100] les deux autres canots au vaisseau -où estoit Monsieur le General, & Monsieur le Cheualier. -Le Pere Buteux leur crie, Ce n'est pas là où il -faut aller, ie ne vay pas aux Hurons. Il n'importe, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">54</a></span> -puis qu'on faisoit là du bien à ceux qui portoient nos -Peres, ceux-cy en vouloient gouster aussi bien que -les autres; aussi leur fit on la mesme courtoisie.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>In the midst of these ceremonies a laughable incident -occurred. Father Buteux was starting at the -same time to return to the three Rivers in a canoe; -the Savages who were taking him, seeing the honors -bestowed on the Fathers and the Savages who were -going to the Hurons, turned, as [100] the other two -canoes had done, to the ship where Monsieur the -General and Monsieur the Chevalier were. Father -Buteux called to them, "You must not go there; I -am not going to the Hurons." It did not matter; -since favors had there been bestowed upon those who -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">55</a></span> -were taking our Fathers, these wished to taste some -of them, as well as the others; so they were shown -the same courtesy.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le premier iour d'Aoust le Pere Buteux m'escriuit -des trois Riuieres, ou il estoit allé, comme i'ay dit, -que les Sauuages Montaignais auoient esleu vn nouueau -Capitaine, celuy qu'ils auoient auparauant nõmé -Capitanal estant mort dés l'Automne passé: ce Capitanal -estoit vn homme de bon sens, grand amy des -François; assemblant les Principaux de sa Nation à -la mort, il leur enioignit de conseruer cette bonne -[101] intelligence auec ses amis, leur disant que pour -preuue de l'amour qu'il nous portoit, qu'il desiroit -encore apres sa mort demeurer auec nous, & sur -l'heure il se fit rapporter de delà le grand fleuue où -il estoit, pour mourir auprés de la nouuelle Habitation. -Il demanda aussi qu'il fust porté en terre par -les mains de nos François, ausquels il destina vn petit -present; bref il supplia, qu'on luy donnast sepulture -auprés de ses amis. Tout cela luy fut accordé, -Monsieur de Champlain a fait mettre vne petite -closture à l'entour de son tombeau, pour le rendre -remarquable. Si nous eussions esté pour lors aux -trois Riuieres, ie ne doute point qu'il ne fust mort -Chrestien: I'ay vn grand regret à la mort de cét -homme: car il auoit témoigné en plein Conseil, que -son dessein estoit d'arrester ceux [102] de sa Nation -aupres du fort de la riuiere d'Anguien; il m'en auoit -aussi donné parole en particulier, il estoit aymé des -siens & des François: c'est ce Capitaine qui rauit il y -a deux ans tous ses auditeurs en vne Harangue, dont -ie fis mention pour lors. S'il viuoit encore, il fauoriseroit -sans doute ce que nous allons entreprendre ce -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a></span> -Printemps, pour les pouuoir rendre sedentaires petit -à petit.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the first day of August, Father Buteux wrote -me from the three Rivers,—where he had gone, as -I have said,—that the Montaignais Savages had -elected a new Captain, the one whom they had formerly -called Capitanal having died the previous -Autumn. This Capitanal was a man of good sense, -and a great friend of the French. Assembling the -Principal Men of his Nation at the time of his death, -he charged them to preserve this good [101] understanding -with his friends, telling them that, as a -proof of the love he bore us, he would like, even -after death, to live with us; and he straightway had -himself carried from beyond the great river, where -he was, to die near the new Settlement. He also -asked to be borne to the grave by the hands of our -French, for whom he designated a little present; in -short, he begged that he might be buried near his -friends. All this was granted him; Monsieur de -Champlain has had a little enclosure placed around -his grave, to distinguish it. If we had then been at -three Rivers, I do not doubt that he would have -died a Christian. I was very sorry when this man -died; for he had shown in open Council that his purpose -was to have the people [102] of his Nation settle -near the fort of the Anguien river;<a name="endanchor_13_13" id="endanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Endnote_13_13" class="endanchor">13</a> he had spoken -to me also about this in private. He was loved by -his people and by the French; it was this Captain -who delighted all his hearers by a Speech he made -two years ago, which I mentioned at the time. If -he still lived, he would without doubt favor what -we are going to undertake this Spring, to be able -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">57</a></span> -to make them, little by little, a sedentary people.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Comme ainsi soit que ces pauures Barbares soient -dés long temps accoustumez à estre faineants, il est -difficile qu'ils s'arrestent à cultiuer la terre, s'ils ne -sont secourus. Nous auons donc dessein de voir, si -quelque famille veut quitter ses courses; s'il s'en -trouue quelqu'vne, nous employerons au renouueau -trois hommes à planter du bled d'Inde, proche de la -nouuelle Habitation [103] des trois Riuieres, où ce -peuple se plaist grandement. Si cette famille s'arreste -pendant l'hyuer, nous la nourrirons de bled de -nostre recolte & de la sienne; car elle mettra aussi la -main à l'œuure: si elle ne s'arreste point nous retirerons -nostre part, & la laisserons aller.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>As it happens that these poor Barbarians have -been for a long time accustomed to be idlers, it is -hard for them to locate and cultivate the soil unless -they are assisted. Our plan now is to see if some -family is not willing to give up these wanderings; if -one be found, we will in the spring employ three -men to plant Indian corn near the new Settlement -[103] at the three Rivers, with which these people -are greatly pleased. If this family settles there during -the winter, we will maintain them with corn -from our harvest and from theirs, for they will also -work; if they do not stay with us, we will withdraw -our assistance and let them go.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ce seroit vn grand bien, & pour leurs corps, & pour -leurs ames, & pour le trafique de ces Messieurs, si ces -Nations estoient stables, & si elles se rẽdoient dociles -à nostre direction; ce qu'elles feront comme i'espere -auec le temps. S'ils sont sedentaires, & s'ils cultiueut -la terre, ils ne mourront pas de faim comme il -leur arriue souuent dans leurs courses; on les pourra -instruire aisément, & les Castors se multiplieront -beaucoup; ces animaux sont plus feconds que nos -brebis de France, [104] les femelles portent iusques -à cinq & six petits chaque année: mais les Sauuages -trouuans vne cabane tuent tout, grands & petits, & -masles & femelles: il y a danger qu'en fin ils n'exterminent -tout à fait l'espece en ces Pays, comme il en -est arriué aux Hurons, lesquels n'ont pas vn seul -Castor, allans traitter ailleurs les pelleteries qu'ils -apportẽt au Magazin de ces Messieurs. Or on fera en -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">58</a></span> -sorte que nos Montaignais, auec le temps, s'ils s'arrestent, -que chaque famille prenne son cartier pour -la chasse, sans se ietter sur les brisees de ses voisins: -de plus on leur conseillera de ne tuer que les masles, -& encore ceux qui seront grands. S'ils goustent ce -conseil, ils auront de la chair & des peaux de Castor -en tres-grande abondance.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>It would be a great blessing for their bodies, for -their souls, and for the traffic of these Gentlemen, if -those Tribes were stationary, and if they became -docile to our direction, which they will do, I hope, -in the course of time. If they are sedentary, and if -they cultivate the land, they will not die of hunger, -as often happens to them in their wanderings; we -shall be able to instruct them easily, and Beavers -will greatly multiply. These animals are more prolific -than our sheep in France, [104] the females -bearing as many as five or six every year; but, when -the Savages find a lodge of them, they kill all, great -and small, male and female. There is danger that -they will finally exterminate the species in this Region, -as has happened among the Hurons, who have -not a single Beaver, going elsewhere to buy the skins -they bring to the storehouse of these Gentlemen. -Now it will be so arranged that, in the course of -time, each family of our Montaignais, if they become -located, will take its own territory for hunting, without -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">59</a></span> - following in the tracks of its neighbors; besides, -we will counsel them not to kill any but the males, -and of those only such as are large. If they act upon -this advice, they will have Beaver meat and skins -in the greatest abundance.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Quant aux hommes que nous desirons employer -pour l'assistance [105] des Sauuages, Monsieur de -Champlain nous a promis qu'il nous en accommoderoit -de ceux qui sont en l'habitation des trois Riuieres, -à raison que ne faisant point défricher pour nous là -haut, nous n'y tenons point d'hommes, mais deux -Peres tant seulement qui ont soin du salut de nos -François. Nous satisferons pour les gages, & pour -la nourriture de ces ouuriers, à proportion du temps -que nous les occuperons à défricher & cultiuer auec -les Sauuages: si i'en pouuois entretenir vne douzaine, -ce seroit le vray moyen de gaigner les Sauuages: Nostre -Seigneur pour lequel nous entrons dans ce dessein -la veille benir par sa bonté, & ouurir les oreilles à ce -pauure Peuple abandonné.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>As to the men whom we wish to employ for the -assistance [105] of the Savages, Monsieur de Champlain -has promised us that he would let us have those -who are at the settlement of the three Rivers; for, -as they have not cleared any land there for us, we -do not keep any workmen there, but merely two Fathers -who care for the religious needs of our French. -We will arrange for the wages and food of these -workmen, according to the time we shall employ -them in clearing and cultivating the land with our -Savages; if I had the means of supporting a dozen, -this would be the true way to gain the Savages. May -Our Lord, for whom we enter into this project, bless -it through his goodness, and open the ears of these -poor abandoned People.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le dixiesme de ce mois le Pere Masse, & le Pere -Buteux nous écriuent [106] de la Residence de la Conception, -que le bruit est la haut, que les Hiroquois -ont défait sept canots de la petite Nation des Algonquains; -si cela est la paix dont i'ay parlé cy-dessus est -desia rompuë: Car nos Montagnais alliez des Algonquains -suiuront leur party.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the tenth of this month, Father Masse and Father -Buteux wrote me [106] from the Residence of -the Conception that it was reported there that the -Hiroquois had destroyed seven canoes of the petite -Nation of the Algonquains;<a name="endanchor_14_14" id="endanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Endnote_14_14" class="endanchor">14</a> if this be true, the -peace, of which I have spoken above, is already -broken, for our Montagnais allies of the Algonquains -will take sides with them.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>On m'a rapporté, ie ne sçay s'il est vray, qu'vn certain -Sauuage nommé la Grenoüille, qui fait icy du -Capitaine, a dit que les Hiroquois, auec lesquels il -auoit traitté la paix, les ont incité à tuer quelques -Hurons, & de prendre guerre auec eux.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>I have heard a report, I do not know how true it -is, that a certain Savage named "the Frog" [la Grenoüille], -who acts as Captain here, has said that the -Hiroquois, with whom he had made a treaty of peace, -have incited them to kill some of the Hurons, and -to make war against them.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p> -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">60</a></span> -Les plus auisez croient que c'est vne ruse de ceux -qui traittent auec ces Peuples, & qui s'efforcent par -leur entremise, de diuertir les Hurons de commerce -qu'ils ont auec nos François; ce qui arriueroit, si nos -Montagnais leur faisoient la [107] guerre, & alors ils -les attireroient à leurs Habitations, d'où s'ensuiuroit -vn tres-notable detrimẽt pour Messieurs les Associez -de la Compagnie de la Nouuelle France.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">61</a></span> -Those best informed believe that this is a ruse of -those who trade with these Tribes, and who are -striving to divert, through their agency, the Hurons -from their commerce with our French; which would -happen if our Montagnais made [107] war against -them; and then they [the traders] would attract them -to their Settlements, and there would result a very -considerable injury to the Associated Gentlemen of -the Company of New France.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le dix-septiesme du mesme mois d'Aoust, le Pere -de Quen arriua à Kebec dans vne chalouppe, qu'enuoyoit -le Capitaine Bontemps pour donner aduis de -sa venuë à Tadoussac. Or comme on a veu ceste année -les glaces espouuantables sur la mer; vne entre -autres de trente à quarante lieuës, d'autres disent de -soixante lieuës d'estenduë; vn Pilote m'a asseuré -qu'ils la costoierent trois iours & trois nuits ayans vn -assez bon vent en poupe, & qu'en quelques endroits -elle auoit des campagnes toutes rases, & en d'autres -elle se releuoit en collines, & en hautes montagnes. -De plus on a veu quelques vaisseaux Turcs, au sortir -[108] de la Manche, & quelques nauires degradez -voguer en mer çà & là sans vergues & sans voiles, -qu'on croit auoir esté pris de ces infideles, lesquels -abandonnent souuent les vaisseaux qu'ils rauissent, -apres auoir enleué tout ce qui est dedans. Comme -disie tous ces bruits couroient, nous auions tous perdu -l'esperance de veoir le Capitaine Bontemps, la saison -de voguer icy se passant; c'est pourquoy sa venuë -inesperée a causé d'autant plus de ioye, qu'on eust -esté marry qu'vn si braue Capitaine & vn si bel equipage -se fust perdu. Le Pere de Quen nous raconta -l'occasion de leur retardement, & nous donna sujet -de loüer Dieu, qui les a tiré des ombres de la mort, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">62</a></span> -les sauuant d'vn naufrage qui sembloit ineuitable.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the seventeenth of the same month of August, -Father de Quen<a name="endanchor_15_15" id="endanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Endnote_15_15" class="endanchor">15</a> arrived at Kebec in a shallop which -Captain Bontemps sent to give the news of his arrival -at Tadoussac. Now as frightful icebergs have -been seen this year upon the sea,—among others, -one from thirty to forty, others say sixty leagues in -extent, so large that a Pilot has assured me that he -coasted along it for three days and three nights having -a fair wind astern, and that in some places it had -level plains, in others it rose into hills and high -mountains: and since some Turkish vessels had -been seen sailing out [108] of the English Channel, -and some damaged ships floating here and there -on the sea without masts and without sails,—which -are believed to have been captured by those infidels, -who often abandon ships which they plunder, after -having robbed them of all they contain:<a name="endanchor_16_16" id="endanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Endnote_16_16" class="endanchor">16</a> now as all -these reports were being circulated, we had all lost -hope of seeing Captain Bontemps, the season for -sailing to this country having passed. It was this -that made his unexpected arrival give us all the -more joy, for we would have been sorry if so brave -a Captain and so fine a crew had been lost. Father -de Quen related to us the cause of their delay, and -gave us reason to thank God, who drew them back -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">63</a></span> -from the shades of death, saving them from a shipwreck -which seemed inevitable.</p> -</div> -<div class="original"><div class="sync"> </div> -<p>Le vingt-sixiesme du mesme mois [109] vn ieune -homme qui est passé en la Nouuelle France, comme -Soldat volontaire dans le vaisseau commãdé par Monsieur -le Cheualier de la Roche Iacquelin, a abiuré publiquement -les erreurs de Caluin, & embrassé les veritez -Chrestiennes & Catholiques. Monsieur le Cheualier -le voyant d'vn assez bon naturel, & l'ayant disposé -à nous prester l'oreille, prit la peine luy-mesme de -l'amener en nostre petite Maison, où par apres il -m'est venu trouuer plusieurs fois luy tout seul, pour -conferer auec moy; en fin apres luy auoir éclaircy les -principaux points de nostre creance, il a voulu reporter -à l'Ancienne France, le thresor de la verité que Dieu -luy a fait trouuer en la Nouuelle.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-sixth of the same month [109] a -young man who came over into New France as a -volunteer Soldier, in the ship commanded by Monsieur -the Chevalier de la Roche Jacquelin, publicly -abjured the errors of Calvin, and embraced the -Christian and Catholic truths. Monsieur the Chevalier, -seeing he had a very good disposition, and having -inclined him to lend us an ear, himself took the -trouble to bring him to our little House, where he -afterwards came to see me several times alone, to -confer with me. Finally, after having enlightened -him upon the principal points of our belief, he desired -to carry back to Old France the treasure of -truth which God had led him to find in the New.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-septiesme du mesme mois, nous auons veu -sur les neuf [110] heures du soir ou enuiron vne -grande éclypse de Lune, laquelle à mon aduis n'aura -paru en France que sur les deux ou trois heures apres -minuit.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-seventh of the same month, we -saw, towards nine [110] o'clock in the evening or -thereabout, a great eclipse of the Moon, which in my -opinion did not appear in France until two or three -hours after midnight.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Mais il est temps d'arrester ma plume, laquelle ne -pourra pas cette année respondre à plusieurs lettres, -qu'vne barque qui descend à Tadoussac nous apportera -apres le depart des vaisseaux. Il arriue par fois, -soit par oubliance ou autrement, qu'on nous rend les -lettres quand la flotte a desia fait voile, ce qui fait -qu'on ne peut enuoyer les responses la mesme année. -Pour nos Francois, & pour nos Peres qui sont au pays -des Hurons, on ne doit attendre la response des lettres -qu'on leur enuoye de France que deux ans apres: -voire mesme si on nous donne icy les lettres qu'on -leur adresse [111] pour leur faire tenir, apres le depart -des Hurons qui ne descendent à Kebec qu'vne fois -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">64</a></span> -l'an, les responses ne seront portées en France qu'au -bout de trois ans. I'ay donné cét aduis tout exprés, -pour nous excuser enuers plusieurs personnes qui -nous font l'honneur de nous escrire, & qui ne voyent -point de réponses la mesme année, & quelques-fois -n'en voyent point du tout, les lettres ou les responses -se perdans dans vne si grande longueur de temps & -de chemin. Ie prie Dieu que celles-cy arriuent à -bon port auec toute la flotte, elles porteront à vostre -Reuerence, pour derniere conclusion, vne supplication -tres-humble de se souuenir à l'Autel, & à l'Oratoire -de nos pauures Sauuages, & de nous tous qui -sommes ses enfans, & de moy particulierement [112] -qui en ay plus de besoin que les autres, & qui me -diray auec vostre permission, ce que ie suis,</p> - -<p class="pmar"> - -<span class="smcap">Mon R. P.</span> -</p> -<blockquote> -<p>Elle nous permettra, s'il luy plaist, d'implorer -les prieres de tous nos Peres & de tous nos -Freres de sa Prouince, ce que nous faisons encore -tous tant que nous sommes, moy qui suis</p> -</blockquote> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<p class="leftpar"> -<i>En la Residence de nostre -Dame des Anges, proche -Kebec, en la Nouuelle -France, ce 28. d'Aoust -1635.</i></p> - -<p class="rightpar"> -Vostre tres-humble, & -tres-obligé seruiteur en -nostre Seigneur, -</p> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Pavl le Ievne</span>.</p> - -<p class="center">ET</p> -<ul> -<li>P. Charles l'Allemant.</li> -<li>P. Iean Brebeuf.</li> -<li>P. Iean Daniel.</li> -<li>P. Ambroise d'Auost.</li> -<li>P. Anne de Noüe.</li> -<li>P. Enemond Masse.</li> -<li>P. Antoine Richard.</li> -<li>P. François Mercier.</li> -<li>P. Charles Turgis.</li> -<li>P. Charles du Marché.</li> -<li>P. Claude Quantin.</li> -<li>P. Iacques Buteux.</li> -<li>P. Iean de Quen.</li> -<li>P. Pierre Pijart.</li> -</ul> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">66</a></span> -Et nos Freres Gilbert Burel, Iean Liegeois, Pierre -le Tellier, Pierre Feauté.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>But it is time to drop my pen, which will not be -able this year to answer several letters that a bark -which goes down to Tadoussac will bring us after -the departure of the ships. It sometimes happens, -either from forgetfulness or for some other reason, -that they deliver the letters after the fleet has already -set sail, so that we cannot send the answers the same -year. As to our Frenchmen and our Fathers who -are in the country of the Hurons, answers to letters -sent from France should not be expected until two -years afterwards; indeed, even if letters addressed to -them are given to us here [111] to hold for them, -after the departure of the Hurons, who come down -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">65</a></span> -to Kebec only once a year, the answers will not be -carried to France until the end of three years. I -have given this information purposely, so as to excuse -ourselves to persons who have done us the honor -of writing to us, and who do not get their answers -the same year, and sometimes do not get them at -all, the letters or the replies being lost in so great a -lapse of time and so long a journey. I pray God that -these may arrive safely, together with all the fleet; -they will bear to your Reverence, as a final conclusion, -a very humble supplication to remember, at the -Altar and in the Oratory, our poor Savages, and all -of us who are your children,—especially me, [112] -who have more need of it than the others, and who -will call myself, with your permission, what I am,</p> - -<p class="pmar"> - -<span class="smcap">My Reverend Father</span>, -</p> -<blockquote> -<p>You will permit me, if you please, to implore -the prayers of all our Fathers and of all our -Brothers in your Province,—as, moreover, do -all of us,—I who am,</p> -</blockquote> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<p class="leftpar"> -<i>At the Residence of nostre -Dame des Anges, near -Kebec, in New-France, -this 28th of August, -1635.</i></p> -<p class="rightpar"> -Your very humble and -greatly obliged servant -in our Lord,</p> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Paul le Jeune</span>. -</p> -<p class="center"> -AND</p> - <ul> -<li>Father Charles l'Allemant.</li> -<li>Father Jean Brebeuf.</li> -<li>Father Jean Daniel.</li> -<li>Father Ambroise d'Avost.</li> -<li>Father Anne de Noüe.</li> -<li>Father Enemond Masse.</li> -<li>Father Antoine Richard.<a name="endanchor_17_17" id="endanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Endnote_17_17" class="endanchor">17</a> -</li> -<li>Father François Mercier.</li> -<li>Father Charles Turgis.<a name="endanchor_18_18" id="endanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Endnote_18_18" class="endanchor">18</a> -</li> -<li>Father Charles du Marché.<a name="endanchor_19_19" id="endanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Endnote_19_19" class="endanchor">19</a> -</li> -<li>Father Claude Quantin.</li> -<li>Father Jacques Buteux.</li> -<li>Father Jean de Quen.</li> -<li>Father Pierre Pijart.</li> -</ul> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">67</a></span> - -And our Brothers Gilbert Burel, Jean Liegeois,<a name="endanchor_20_20" id="endanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Endnote_20_20" class="endanchor">20</a> -Pierre le Tellier, Pierre Feauté.</p> -</div> -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> - -<h3><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">68</a></span> - -[113] Relation de ce qui s'est passé avx Hvrons, -en l'année 1635.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Enuoyée à Kebec au Pere le Ieune, par le P. Brebeuf.</i></p> - -<p class="dropcap"><span class="smcap">Mon R. Pere</span>,</p> - -<p>C'est pour vous rendre compte de nostre -voyage en ce Pays des Hurons, lequel a esté -remply de plus de fatigues, de pertes & de cousts que -l'autre, mais aussi qui a esté suiuy & le sera, Dieu -aidant, de plus de benedictions du Ciel.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<h3> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">69</a></span> -[113] Relation of what occurred among the Hurons -in the year 1635.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Sent to Kebec to Father le Jeune, Father Brebeuf.</i></p> - -<p class="dropcap"><span class="smcap">My Reverend Father</span>,</p> - -<p>I send you an account of our journey into -this Huron Country. It has been filled with -more fatigues, losses and expenses than the other, -but also has been followed, and will be, God aiding, -by more of Heaven's blessings.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[114] Dés que l'an passé mil six cens trente quatre, -nous arriuasmes aux trois Riuieres, où se faisoit la -traitte, nous-nous trouuasmes dans plusieurs difficultez -& perplexitez. Car d'vn costé il n'y auoit qu'onze -canots de Hurons pour nous embarquer dix personnes -que nous estions de surcroist, & qui pretendions aller -en leur Pays. D'autre costé on estoit extremement -en doute s'il en descendroit cette année là d'autres, -attendu le grand eschet qu'ils auoient receu en guerre -par les Hiroquois, nommez <i>Sonontrerrhonons</i> au Printemps -dernier, & la crainte qu'ils auoient d'vne nouuelle -armée. Cela nous mettoit fort en doute, si -nous deuions prendre l'occasion d'aller telle qu'elle -s'offroit, ou en attendre vne meilleure.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[114] When last year, one thousand six hundred -and thirty-four, we arrived at the three Rivers, -where the trading post was, we found ourselves in -several difficulties and perplexities. For, on the one -hand, there were only eleven Huron canoes to embark -our ten additional persons who were intending -to go into their Country. On the other, we were -greatly in doubt whether any others would descend -this year, considering the great loss they had experienced -in war with the Hiroquois, named <i>Sonontrerrhonons</i>,<a name="endanchor_21_21" id="endanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Endnote_21_21" class="endanchor">21</a> -last Spring, and the fear they had of a new invasion. -This placed us much in doubt whether we -ought to take advantage of the opportunity which -was presented, or wait for a better one.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>En fin tout bien consideré nous [115] resolusmes de -tenter fortune, iugeans qu'il importoit du tout, d'auoir -vn pied dans le Pays, afin d'en ouurir la porte, -qui sembloit estroittement fermée à la Foy. Cette -resolution fut encore plus aisée que l'execution, qui -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">70</a></span> -parauanture eust esté impossible sans le soin, la faueur -& la liberalité de Monsieur du Plessis Bochard -General de la flotte: car incõtinent après son arriuée, -qui fut le cinquiesme Iuillet 1634. il fit tenir Conseil -auec les Bissiriniens, ausquels il proposa le dessein -qu'il auoit d'enuoyer quelques-vns auec eux, & de -nous ioindre aux Hurons. Ils en firẽt plusieurs difficultez, -& l'vn des Capitaines de l'Isle nommé la Perdrix -par dessus tous; neantmoins les raisons & les -presens les gagnerent.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>At last, after full consideration, we [115] resolved -to try our fortune, judging that it was of vital importance -to have a footing in the Country in order to -open the door which seemed firmly closed to the -Faith. This resolution was far easier than the execution -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">71</a></span> -of it, which perchance would have been impossible -without the care, the favor, and the liberality -of Monsieur du Plessis Bochard, General of the -fleet. For immediately after his arrival, which was -on the fifth of July, 1634, he held a Council with the -Bissiriniens, to whom he proposed the plan he had -of sending some men with them, and of joining us -to the Hurons. They made several objections, and -one of the Chiefs of the Island, named "the Partridge" -[la Perdrix],<a name="endanchor_22_22" id="endanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Endnote_22_22" class="endanchor">22</a> more than all the rest; nevertheless, -arguments and presents won them over.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le lendemain matin l'Assemblée se fit de rechef, par -le commandement [116] de Monsieur du Plessis Bochard, -où les Bissiriniens & les Hurons se trouuerent. -Le mesme dessein leur fut representé; mais pour respect -les vns des autres ils resolurẽt tous ensemble de -n'embarquer aucun François, & n'y eut pour lors -aucune raison qui les peust fléchir. Surquoy nostre -entreprise sembloit encore estre rompuë pour ce coup; -mais au depart de l'Assemblée vn des <i>Attiguenongha</i>, -me tirant à quartier, me dit que ie l'allasse veoir en -sa cabane. Là il me fait entendre que luy & son -camarade en embarqueroient trois; ie respons que -nous ne pouuions aller moins de cinq, sçauoir nous -trois, & deux de nos hommes.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>The next morning, the Assembly met again, by -the command [116] of Monsieur du Plessis Bochard, -and both the Bissiriniens and the Hurons were present. -The same plan was again presented to them; -but out of respect for one another they all agreed not -to embark any Frenchmen; and no arguments could, -for the time being, move them. Thereupon our enterprise -seemed again cut off, by this action. But, -at the close of the Assembly, one of the <i>Attiguenongha</i>,<a name="endanchor_23_23" id="endanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Endnote_23_23" class="endanchor">23</a> -drawing me aside, asked me to visit him in his -cabin. There he gave me to understand that he and -his companion would embark three of us. I replied -that we could not go unless five went, namely, we -three and two of our men.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Sur cela les <i>Arendarhonons</i> s'estant eschauffez à -nous embarquer, nous trouuasmes place pour six; si -bien que nous resolusmes de [117] partir, & laisser les -deux petits garçons que nous deuions mener iusqu'à -quelque autre occasion: aussi tost nous distribuasmes -nos pacquets, & fismes des presens à vn chacun pour -les encourager, & le lendemain septiéme du mois, -M<sup>r</sup> du Plessis Bochard leur en fit encore d'autres, en -consideration seulement de ce qu'ils nous embarquoiẽt, -& les festoya tous ensemble d'vn festin de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">72</a></span> -trois grandes chaudieres. Mais la contagion qui a -couru l'année passée parmy tous ces Peuples, auec de -grands rauages, ayant en vn instant saisi plusieurs -de nos Sauuages, & remply tout le reste de peur, nous -causa derechef vne grande confusion, & nous mit en -de grandes peines, veu qu'il falloit partir sur le -champ. Nos six canots estans reduits à trois, & nos -deux Peres & moy nous trouuans desembarquez; -[118] il me falloit chercher de nouueaux hommes; -reprendre nostre petit equipage; deliberer qui s'embarqueroit, -& qui demeureroit; choisir entre nos pacquets -ceux que nous porterions, & donner ordre pour -le reste, & tout cela en moins de demye-heure, où il -eust esté besoin des iournées entieres. Neantmoins -recognoissans bien que nostre embarquement estoit -vn coup de partie pour le Ciel, nous pensasmes qu'il -falloit y faire tous nos efforts, pour resister à ceux de -l'ennemy commun du salut des hommes, que nous -ne doutions nullement s'estre meslé dans cét affaire. -I'y fis tout mõ pouuoir, nous redoublasmes les presens, -nous diminuasmes nostre petit bagage, & prismes -seulement ce qui concernoit le sainct Sacrifice de la -Messe, & ce qui estoit absolument necessaire pour la -vie. Monsieur [119] du Plessis y interposa son authorité, -Monsieur Oliuer & Monsieur Coullart leur industrie, -& tous les François leur affection. Cependant -ie vis par plusieurs fois tout renuersé & desesperé, -iusqu'à ce que i'eus particulierement recours à -nostre Seigneur <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Iesvs</span></em>, -pour l'vnique gloire duquel -nous entreprenions ce penible voyage, & que i'eus -fait vn vœu au glorieux sainct Ioseph nouueau Patriarche -des Hurons. Car aussi-tost ie vis tout se calmer, -& nos Sauuages si contens, que ceux qui embarquerent -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">74</a></span> -le Pere Daniel l'auoient desia mis dans leur -canot, & sembloit qu'ils l'alloiẽt emmener, sans auoir -encore receu la paye ordinaire. Mais ledit Pere voyant -qu'ils n'auoient point de capots comme les autres, -sort du canot, m'en aduertit, & ie leur en fais donner.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Thereupon the <i>Arendarhonons</i><a name="endanchor_24_24" id="endanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Endnote_24_24" class="endanchor">24</a> -became eager to -embark us; we found place for six, and so we resolved -to [117] set out, and leave until some other -time the two little boys we were to take. We began -to distribute our baggage, and made presents to each -one, to encourage them; and on the morrow, the -seventh of the month, Monsieur du Plessis Bochard -gave them still others, on the single consideration -that they would embark us, and feasted all of them -at a great feast of three large kettles. But the contagion -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">73</a></span> -which spread among all these Tribes last year, -with great destruction, having suddenly seized several -of our Savages, and filled the rest with fear, -again threw us into confusion, and put us to great -trouble, seeing that we had to set out immediately. -Our six canoes being reduced to three, and our two -Fathers and I being disembarked, [118] I had to find -new men, to unload our slender baggage, to decide -who should embark and who should remain, to choose -among our packages those we were to carry, and to -give orders as to the rest,—and all this in less than -half an hour, when we would have needed entire -days. Nevertheless, recognizing clearly that our -embarkment was a decisive stroke for Heaven, we -thought it necessary to put forth our utmost energies -to resist the efforts of the common enemy of man's -salvation, who, we doubted not, was mixed up in -this matter. I therefore did everything I could; we -doubled the presents, we reduced the amount of our -baggage, and took only what belonged to the holy -Sacrifice of the Mass, and what was absolutely necessary -for life. Monsieur [119] du Plessis interposed -his authority, Monsieur Oliver and Monsieur Coullart -their ingenuity, and all the Frenchmen their -affection. Yet several times I was completely baffled -and desperate, until I had special recourse to -our Lord <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Jesus</span></em>, for whose glory alone we were undertaking -this painful journey, and until I had made -a vow to glorious saint Joseph, the new Patriarch of -the Hurons. Immediately I saw everything become -quiet, and our Savages so satisfied that those who -embarked Father Daniel had already placed him in -their canoe, and it seemed as if they were going to -take him without even receiving the ordinary pay. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">75</a></span> -But the Father, seeing that they had not cloaks like -the others, stepped out of the canoe, told me about -it, and I had some given to them.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>En fin donc apres auoir briéuement [120] remercié -M<sup>r</sup> du Plessis, luy auoir recommandé l'embarquement -du reste de nos gens, si l'occasion se presentoit, & luy -auoir dit adieu, & à tous nos François: Ie m'embarquay -auec le Pere Antoine Daniel, & vn de nos -hommes; les deux autres venoient auec les Algonquains. -Monsieur du Plessis honora nostre depart de -plusieurs canonnades, afin de nous rendre encore plus -recommandables à nos Sauuages. Ce fut le septiesme -Iuillet. Le P. Ambroise Dauost s'embarqua huict -iours apres auec deux autres de nos gens. Le reste -suiuit huict iours apres, pour prendre sa part des fatigues -d'vn voyage tres fascheux, non seulement à -raison de sa longueur, & de la mauuaise chere qu'on -y fait, mais encore pour les circuits qu'il faut faire -de Kebec iusques icy par les Bissiriniens & la petite -Nation; ie [121] croy qu'il y en a pour plus de trois -cens lieuës. Il est vray que le chemin est plus court -par le Saut de S. Louys, & par le Lac des Hiroquois, -mais la crainte des ennemis, & le peu de commodité -qui s'y rencontre, en rẽd le passage desert. De deux -difficultez ordinaires, la premiere est celle des sauts -& portages. Vostre Reuerence a desia assez veu de -sauts d'eau vers Kebec, pour sçauoir ce qui en est: -toutes les riuieres de ces Pays en sont pleines, & notamment -la riuiere de S. Laurens, depuis qu'on a -passé celle des Prairies. Car de là en auant elle n'a -plus son lit égal, mais se brise en plusieurs endroits, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">76</a></span> -roulant & sautant effroyablement, à guise d'vn torrent -impetueux, & mesmes en quelques endroits elle -tombe tout à coup de haut en bas, de la hauteur de -plusieurs brasses. Ie me souuenois [122] en passant -des Catadoupes du Nil, à ce qu'en disent nos Historiens. -Or quand on approche de ces cheutes ou torrens, -il faut mettre pied à terre, & porter au col à -trauers les bois, ou sur de hautes & facheuses roches, -tous les pacquets & les canots mesmes. Cela ne se -fait pas sans beaucoup de trauail, car il y a des portages -d'vne, de deux & de trois lieuës, ioint qu'il faut -en chacun faire plusieurs voyages, si on a tãt soit peu -de pacquets. En quelques endroits, qui ne sont pas -moins rapides que ces portages; mais neantmoins -plus aisez à l'abord, les Sauuages entrans dans l'eau, -trainent & conduisent à la main leurs canots, auec -d'extremes peines & dangers; car ils en ont par fois -iusques au col, si bien qu'ils sont contraints de quitter -prise, & se sauuer comme ils peuuent de la rapidité -de l'eau, qui emporte & [123] leur arrache le canot. -Cela est arriué à vn de nos François, qui demeura -seul dans le canot, tous les Sauuages l'ayans laissé -aller au gré du torrent mais son adresse & sa force luy -sauuerent la vie, & le canot aussi, auec tout ce qui -estoit dedans. I'ay supputé le nombre des portages, -& ie trouue que nous auons porté trente cinq fois, & -traisné pour le moins cinquante. Ie me suis quelquefois -meslé d'aider à mes Sa[u]uages: mais le fond de -la riuiere est de pierres si tranchantes, que ie ne pouuois -marcher long-temps estant nuds pieds.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>At last, then, after having briefly [120] thanked -Monsieur du Plessis, having entrusted to him the -embarkation of the rest of our people, if opportunity -presented itself, and having bid him and all our -Frenchmen adieu, I embarked with Father Antoine -Daniel and one of our men; the two others were -coming with the Algonquains. Monsieur du Plessis -honored our departure with several volleys, to recommend -us still more to our Savages. It was the -seventh of July. Father Ambroise Davost embarked -eight days later, with two others of our people. -The rest followed eight days after, to take their part -in the fatigues of a journey extremely wearisome, -not only on account of its length and of the wretched -fare to be had, but also on account of the circuits that -have to be made in coming from Kebec to this place -by way of the Bissiriniens and the petite Nation; I -[121] believe that they amount to more than three -hundred leagues. It is true the way is shorter by -the Saut de St. Louys and the Lake of the Hiroquois; -but the fear of enemies, and the few conveniences -to be met with, cause that route to be unfrequented. -Of two ordinary difficulties, the chief is that of the -rapids and portages. Your Reverence has already -seen enough of the rapids near Kebec to know what -they are. All the rivers of this Country are full of -them, and notably the St. Lawrence after that of the -Prairies<a name="endanchor_25_25" id="endanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Endnote_25_25" class="endanchor">25</a> is passed. For from there onward it has -no longer a smooth bed, but is broken up in several -places, rolling and leaping in a frightful way, like an -impetuous torrent; and even, in some places, it falls -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">77</a></span> -down suddenly from a height of several brasses. I -remembered, [122] in passing, the Cataracts of the -Nile, as they are described by our Historians. Now -when these rapids or torrents are reached, it is necessary -to land, and carry on the shoulder, through -woods or over high and troublesome rocks, all the -baggage and the canoes themselves. This is not -done without much work; for there are portages of -one, two, and three leagues, and for each several -trips must be made, no matter how few packages -one has. In some places, where the current is not -less strong than in these rapids, although easier at -first, the Savages get into the water, and haul and -guide by hand their canoes with extreme difficulty -and danger; for they sometimes get in up to the -neck and are compelled to let go their hold, saving -themselves as best they can from the rapidity of the -water, which snatches [123] from them and bears off -their canoe. This happened to one of our Frenchmen -who remained alone in the canoe, all the Savages -having left it to the mercy of the torrent; but -his skill and strength saved his life, and the canoe -also, with all that was in it. I kept count of the -number of portages, and found that we carried our -canoes thirty-five times, and dragged them at least -fifty. I sometimes took a hand in helping my Savages; -but the bottom of the river is full of stones, so -sharp that I could not walk long, being barefooted.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>La deuxiesme difficulté ordinaire est pour le viure; -souuent il faut ieusner, si l'on vient à perdre les -caches qu'on a faites en descendant, & quand on les -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">78</a></span> -retrouue, on ne laisse pas d'auoir bon appetit apres -s'y estre traicté. Car le manger ordinaire n'est que -d'vn peu de bled d'Inde [124] cassé assez grossierement -entre deux pierres, & quelquefois tout entier -dans de l'eau pure. Cela n'est pas de grand goust. -Quelquesfois on a du poisson, mais c'est hazard, -excepté quand on passe quelque Nation où l'on en -peut acheter. Adioustez à ces difficultez, qu'il faut -coucher sur la terre nuẽ, ou sur quelque dure roche, -faute de trouuer dix ou douze pieds de terre en quarré -pour placer vne chetiue cabane; qu'il faut sentir incessammẽt -la puanteur des Sauuages recreus, marcher -dãs les eaux, dãs les fanges, dans l'obscurité & -l'embaras des forests, où les piqueures d'vne multitude -infinie de mousquilles & cousins vous importunent -fort.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>The second ordinary difficulty, is in regard to provisions. -Frequently one has to fast, if he misses the -caches that were made when descending; and, even -if they are found, one does not fail to have a good -appetite after indulging in them; for the ordinary -food is only a little Indian corn [124] coarsely broken -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">79</a></span> -between two stones, and sometimes taken whole in -pure water; it is no great treat. Occasionally one -has fish, but it is only a chance, unless one is passing -some Tribe where they can be bought. Add to these -difficulties that one must sleep on the bare earth, or -on a hard rock, for lack of a space ten or twelve feet -square on which to place a wretched hut; that one -must endure continually the stench of tired-out Savages; -and must walk in water, in mud, in the obscurity -and entanglement of the forest, where the -stings of an infinite number of mosquitoes and gnats -are a serious annoyance.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ie laisse à part vn long & ennuyeux silence où l'on -est reduit. I'entends pour les nouueaux qui n'ont -par fois en leur compagnie personne de leur langue, -& ne sçauent [125] celle des Sauuages. Or ces difficultez -comme elles sont ordinaires, aussi nous ont elles -esté communes auec tous ceux qui viennent en ces -Pays. Mais en nostre voyage nous en auons eu tous -d'extraordinaires. La premiere a esté qu'il nous a -fallu continuellement ramer, ny plus ny moins que -les Sauuages: de sorte que ie n'auois le loisir de reciter -mon Breuiaire sinon à la couchée, lors que i'eusse -eu plus de besoin de repos que de trauail. L'autre a -esté qu'il nous falloit porter nos pacquets, és portages, -ce qui nous estoit aussi dur que nouueau, & encore -plus aux autres qu'à moy, qui sçait desia vn peu ce -que c'est que de fatigue. A chaque portage il me -falloit faire au moins quatre voyages, les autres n'en -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">80</a></span> -faisoiẽt gueres moins. I'estois desia venu aux Hurõs -vne autre fois, mais ie n'auois point manié [126] l'auiron, -ny porté de fardeaux non plus que les autres -Religieux, qui auoient aussi fait le mesme chemin. -Mais en ce voyage il nous a fallu tous commencer par -ces experiences à porter la Croix que Nostre Seigneur -nous presente pour son honneur, & pour le salut de -ces pauures Barbares. Certes ie me suis trouué quelquesfois -si las, que le corps n'en pouuoit plus. Mais -d'ailleurs mon ame ressentoit de tres-grands contentemens, -considerant que ie souffrois pour Dieu: nul ne -le sçait, s'il ne l'experimente. Tous n'en ont pas -esté quittes à si bon marché.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>I say nothing of the long and wearisome silence to -which one is reduced, I mean in the case of newcomers, -who have, for the time, no person in their company -who speaks their own tongue, and who do not -understand [125] that of the Savages. Now these -difficulties, since they are the usual ones, were common -to us as to all those who come into this Country. -But on our journey we all had to encounter -difficulties which were unusual. The first was that -we were compelled to paddle continually, just as -much as the Savages; so that I had not the leisure -to recite my Breviary except when I lay down to -sleep, when I had more need of rest than of work. -The other was that we had to carry our packages at -the portages, which was as laborious for us as it was -new, and still more for others than it was for me, -who already knew a little what it is to be fatigued. -At every portage I had to make at least four trips, -the others had scarcely fewer. I had once before -made the journey to the Hurons, but I did not then -ply [126] the paddles, nor carry burdens; nor did -the other Religious who made the same journey. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">81</a></span> -But, in this journey, we all had to begin by these -experiences to bear the Cross that Our Lord presents -to us for his honor, and for the salvation of these -poor Barbarians. In truth, I was sometimes so -weary that the body could do no more, but at the -same time my soul experienced very deep peace, -considering that I was suffering for God; no one -knows it if he has not experienced it. All did not -get off so cheaply.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le Pere Dauost, entre autres, a esté tres-mal mené; -on luy a dérobé beaucoup de son petit equipage; on -l'a contraint de ietter vn petit moulin d'acier, & quasi -tous nos liures, quelques linges, & vne bonne partie -[127] du papier que nous portions, dont nous auons -grand besoin. On l'abandonna à l'Isle parmy les Algonquains, -où il a eu dequoy souffrir à bonnes enseignes. -Quand il arriua aux Hurons, il estoit si défait -& abbatu, que de long-temps il ne pût se remettre.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Father Davost, among others, was very badly -treated. They stole from him much of his little outfit. -They compelled him to throw away a little steel -mill, and almost all our books, some linen, and a -good part [127] of the paper that we were taking, and -of which we have great need. They deserted him -at the Island, among the Algonquains, where he suffered -in good earnest. When he reached the Hurons, -he was so worn-out and dejected that for a long -time he could not get over it.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Le Pere Daniel fut delaissé & contraint de changer -de canot, comme aussi pareillemẽt Pierre l'vn de nos -hommes; le petit Martin fut bien rudement traitté, -& en fin abandonné aux Bissiriniens, où il demeura si -long-temps, qu'il fut quelques deux mois en chemin, -& n'arriua aux Hurons que le dix-neufiéme de Septembre. -Baron fut volé par les siens la mesme iournée -qu'il arriua en ces contrées, & eust encore bien -plus perdu, s'il ne les eust contraints par la peur de -ses armes luy en rendre quelque partie. Bref [128] -tous les François y ont souffert de grandes peines, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">82</a></span> -fait de grosses dépenses, eu égard à leurs petites commoditez, -& couru de notables dangers. Et quiconque -montera icy haut, se doit resoudre à tout cela, & à -quelque chose de plus; mesme à la mort, dont on -voit à chaque moment l'Image deuant les yeux. Pour -moy qui ne sçais point nager ie m'en suis veu vne -fois fort proche: car au partir des Bissiriniens en descendant -vn saut, nous-nous en allions tomber dedans -vn precipice, si mes Sauuages n'eussent promptement -& habilement sauté en l'eau, pour destourner le canot -que le courant emportoit. Il est croyable que les -autres en pourroient bien dire autant & plus, veu le -nombre qu'il y a de semblables rencontres. Trois -autres difficultez m'ont donné de la peine en mon -particulier. La premiere, [129] l'importunité que -mes gens me firent du commencement, pour cacher en -quelque part vne quaisse qu'vn de nos François auoit -mise dãs nostre canot. La seconde, le soing de ceux -de nos gens, que nous auions laissé derriere. La troisiesme, -que les Algonquains par où nous passions taschoient -de nous intimider, disans que les Hurons -nous tueroiẽt, comme ils auoient fait en la personne de -Brulé, desirans de nous retenir chez eux, auec beaucoup -de demonstration de bienueillance. Depuis nostre -arriuée, i'ay appris que le Maistre de mon canot -auoit ietté en auant de me degrader en quelque part, -auec mon petit bagage; mais que sa proposition auoit -esté aussi-tost rebuttée; aussi ne m'en fit-on iamais aucun -semblant. Tout cela, Dieu mercy, ne me tourmenta -pas beaucoup. Car leur ayant declaré [130] que -ie porterois moy-mesme la quaisse dont il estoit question, -quoy qu'ils en eussent receu le port; ie me resigné, -quant au reste, à la volonté de Dieu, prest à -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">84</a></span> -mourir pour l'honneur de son Fils nostre bon Seigneur, -& pour le salut de ces pauures Peuples.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Father Daniel was abandoned, and compelled to -seek another canoe, as also was Pierre, one of our -men. Little Martin was very roughly treated, and -at last was left behind with the Bissiriniens, where -he remained so long that he was about two months -on the road, and only arrived among the Hurons on -the nineteenth of September. Baron<a name="endanchor_26_26" id="endanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Endnote_26_26" class="endanchor">26</a> was robbed -by his savages on the very day he arrived in these -regions; and he would have lost much more if he -had not compelled them, through fear of his arms, to -give him back a part of what they had taken. In -short, [128] all the Frenchmen suffered great hardships, -incurred great expense, considering the few -goods they had, and ran remarkable risks. And -whosoever will come up here must make up his mind -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">83</a></span> -to all this, and to something more, even to death itself, -whose Image we see every moment before our -eyes. For myself, not knowing how to swim, I once -had a very narrow escape from drowning. As we were -leaving the Bissiriniens, while descending a rapid we -would have gone over a precipice, had not my Savages -promptly and skillfully leaped into the water, to -turn aside the canoe which the current was sweeping -on. It is probable that the others might say as -much, and more, considering the number of such incidents -there are. Three other difficulties gave -trouble to me in particular. The first [129] was the -importunity of my men, at the start, to hide somewhere -a box that one of our Frenchmen had put -into our canoe. The second was anxiety for those of -our men we had left behind. The third, that the Algonquains, -through whose territory we were passing, -tried to intimidate us, saying that the Hurons would -kill us as they had Brulé, and desiring to keep us -among them, with abundant demonstrations of good -will. Since our arrival, I have learned that the Master -of my canoe had proposed to land me somewhere -with my little baggage, but that his proposal had -been at once repelled, and so I saw no sign of anything -of the kind. All that, thank God, did not -trouble me much; for having declared to them [130] -that I would myself carry the box about which the -trouble arose, although they had received pay to -carry it, I resigned myself as far, as everything else -was concerned, to the will of God, ready to die for -the honor of his Son, our good Lord, and for the -salvation of these poor Peoples.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Ie ne sçay pas quand on parla de me quitter; mais -mes Saunages me témoignoient tãt d'affection, & disoiẽt -tãt de bien de nous aux autres, qu'ils faisoiẽt -enuie à tous les Hurõs que nous rencõtrions, d'embarquer -quelqu'vn des nostres. Cela me fait douter, -si ce qu'on m'a dit du Maistre de mon canot est vray. -Car ceux qui auoiẽt embarqué le Pere Daniel & Baron, -voulurent les quitter à l'Isle; mais le Maistre du -canot où estoit le Pere Daniel, le voyant mescontent -de cela, le fit aussi-tost embarquer, & le porta iusques -à ce qu'ils eussent rencontré [131] le Capitaine de la -Rochelle, lequel estant de la cognoissance du Pere, -pour l'auoir voulu conduire l'an passé, le mit volontiers -dans son canot, auec ses deux pacquets. Il luy -fit plaisir, & aux Sauuages aussi; car le Pere eust eu -encore bien de la peine dans vn canot fort chetif, qui -n'auoit que trois hommes languissans, & dont la demeure -estoit à douze lieuës loing de la nostre: là où -ce Capitaine demeuroit au village, où nous auiõs quelque -dessein de nous habituer, & assez proche du lieu -où nous sommes; & d'ailleurs son canot estoit fort, -& equippé de six puissans Sauuages tous sains & gaillards. -Ce bon eschange luy arriua la veille de sainct -Ignace au matin, ayant fait le iour precedent naufrage -par deux fois. Pour Baron, n'eust esté le Capitaine -de l'Isle qui fit remettre ses pacquets dans les -canots, [132] il y fust demeuré. Encore ses gens ne -luy furent pas si barbares, comme furent autresfois à -vn de nos François, ceux qui le ramenoient des Hurons -à Kebec. Ce ieune homme surnommé la Marche -fust mort dans les bois, si nous n'eussions eu le soin -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">86</a></span> -& le credit de le renuoyer chercher plus d'vne lieuë -loing du lieu où nous-nous en apperceusmes.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>I do not know when they spoke of leaving me; -but my Savages exhibited so much affection for me, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">85</a></span> -and said so much that is kind about us to others, -that they excited the desire in all the Hurons we met -to embark some one of our people. This makes me -doubt the truth of what has been said about the Master -of my canoe. For those who had embarked Father -Daniel and Baron wished to leave them at the -Island; but the Master of the canoe in which Father -Daniel was, seeing him dissatisfied at that, caused -him to embark at once, and carried him until they -met [131] the Captain of la Rochelle,<a name="endanchor_27_27" id="endanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Endnote_27_27" class="endanchor">27</a> who, knowing -the Father from having wished to take him last year, -willingly received him with his two packages into -his canoe. It pleased him, and the Savages also; for -the Father would have still had much trouble in a -wretched canoe which had only three sick men in it, -whose home was twelve leagues distant from ours; -this Captain lived at a village where we had some -intention of settling, and quite near the place where -we are. Besides, his canoe was strong, and manned by -six powerful Savages, quite healthy and good-natured. -This happy exchange happened to him the morning -of the day before the festival of saint Ignace, he -having been shipwrecked twice the previous day. -As to Baron, had it not been for the Captain of the -Island, who caused his baggage to be put back into -the canoes, [132] he would have remained there. -Still, his people were not so barbarous as formerly -were those who brought back one of our Frenchmen -from the Hurons to Kebec. This young man, surnamed -la Marche, would have died in the woods, if -we had not had the care and the interest to send -back in search of him more than a league from the -place where we missed him.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>Il ne faut quelquefois qu'vn mot, quelquefois -qu'vn songe, quelque fantaisie, ou la moindre pensée -d'incommodité, pour faire dégrader ou mettre à -terre, i'ose dire, pour faire massacrer vn hõme, ainsi -qu'il arriua l'an passé à vn pauure Algõquain, qui fut -abandonné en vn saut par son propre neueu: & il n'y -a pas vn mois qu'vn pauure ieune homme aussi Algonquain, -estant tombé dans le feu, fut tué auprés de -nostre village par ceux de sa Nation, de peur qu'ils -auoient [133] d'en estre incommodez dans le canot. -Ce qui me persuade qu'ils l'assommerent, c'est la -coustume qu'ils en ont; que les Hurons le disoient; -& que le soir auparauant il mangeoit bien, & en -bonne quantité de ce que nous luy donnions; outre -que deux Algonquains nous asseurerent, qu'on estoit -dans la pensée de le trépaner d'vn coup ou deux de -hache. Vostre Reuerence a veu ou sceu de semblables -cas en son hyuernement auec les Sauuages. En vn -mot, il faut se resoudre à beaucoup de dangers euidens, -& de grandes fatigues, qui veut venir icy. -I'attribue neantmoins toutes ces difficultez extraordinaires -à la maladie de nos Sauuages. Car nous sçauons -assez combien les maladies alterent les humeurs, -& les complexions mesmes des plus sociables. Ie ne -sçay pas à quel prix nos François, & les Montagnais -[134] en aurõt esté quittes. Biẽ sçay je que la pluspart -des Mõtagnais qui estoient aux trois Riuieres -quand nous-nous embarquasmes, estoient malades, & -que plusieurs en mouroient; comme aussi, qu'il n'est -quasi point reuenu de canot de la traitte, qui n'aye -esté affligé de ceste contagiõ. Elle a esté si vniuerselle -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">88</a></span> - parmy les Sauuages de nostre cognoissance, que -ie ne sçay si aucun en a euité les atteintes. Tous ces -pauures gents en ont esté fort incommodez, notamment -pendant l'Automne, tant en leurs pesches qu'en -leurs moissons. Plusieurs bleds sont demeurez sous -les neiges, grand nombre de personnes sont mortes; -il y en a encore à present qui ne sont pas gueris. -Cette maladie commençoit par des ardeurs violentes, -qui estoient suiuies d'vne espece de rougeolle, ou petite -verolle, differente [135] toutesfois de celle de Frãce, -accompagnée en plusieurs d'aueuglement pour quelques -iours, ou obscurcissement de veuë, & en fin se terminoit -en vn flux de ventre, qui en a conduit plusieurs, -& en conduit encore quelques-vns au tombeau.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Sometimes a word, or a dream, or a fancy, or even -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">87</a></span> -the smallest sense of inconvenience, is enough to -cause them to illtreat, or set ashore, and I dare say -to murder one,—as happened last year to a poor Algonquain, -who was abandoned in a rapid by his own -nephew; and, not a month ago, a poor young man, -also an Algonquain, having fallen into the fire, was -killed near our village by his own Tribesmen, for -fear he might [133] be an inconvenience in the canoe. -What makes me believe they killed him is that it is -the custom among them; that the Hurons said so; -and that, the evening before, he ate heartily a good -quantity of what we gave him; besides, two Algonquains -assured us that they had a mind to brain him -with one or two blows of an axe. Your Reverence -has seen or known of similar cases in your winter's -stay among the Savages. In a word, he who thinks -of coming here must make up his mind to many obvious -dangers and to great fatigues. I attribute, -nevertheless, all these extraordinary difficulties to the -sickness among our Savages. For we know very -well how sickness alters the disposition and the inclinations -even of the most sociable. I know not at -what price our French and the Montagnais [134] will -have become rid of it. I know, indeed, that the -greater part of the Montagnais who were at the three -Rivers when we embarked were sick, and that many -of them died; and also that almost no one who returned -by canoe from trading, was not afflicted with -this contagion. It has been so universal among the -Savages of our acquaintance that I do not know if -one has escaped its attacks. All these poor people -have been much inconvenienced by it, particularly -during the Autumn, as much in their fishing as in -their harvesting. Many crops are lying beneath the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">89</a></span> -snow; a large number of persons are dead; there are -still some who have not recovered. This sickness -began with violent fever, which was followed by a -sort of measles or smallpox, different, [135] however, -from that common in France, accompanied in several -cases by blindness for some days, or by dimness of -sight, and terminated at length by diarrhœa which -has carried off many and is still bringing some to the -grave.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Parmy ces peines & dangers, nous auons de grandes -obligations à la prouidence & bonté paternelle de -nostre Seigneur: car ny par les chemins, ny dedans -le Pays, pas vn de nous n'a esté pris de ce mal, ny -cedé à la faim, ou perdu l'appétit. Quelques-vns -ont eu du depuis quelque legere atteinte de maladie, -mais cela s'est passé en peu de iours. Nostre Seigneur -soit loüé à iamais, & la tres-immaculée Vierge, auec -son tres-chaste Espoux, de cette singuliere faueur, -qui nous a beaucoup aidé pour authoriser nostre Foy -parmy ces Peuples.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Among these troubles and dangers, we owe much to -the care and fatherly goodness of our Lord; for neither -on the journey hither, nor while in this Country, -has one of us been taken with this sickness, nor -yielded to hunger, nor lost appetite. Some have had -since then light attacks of sickness, but they have -passed away in a few days. Our Lord be forever -praised, and the most immaculate Virgin with her -most chaste Spouse, for this singular favor, which -has aided us much in giving authority to our Faith -among these Peoples.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[136] I'arriué aux Hurons le cinquiesme d'Aoust, -iour de nostre Dame des Neiges; ayant demeuré -trente iours par les chemins, en continuel trauail, excepté -vn iour de repos que nous prismes au pays des -Bissiriniens. Tous les autres, excepté Robert le Coq -& Dominique, demeurerent bien dauantage, quoy que -d'ordinaire le voyage ne soit que de 20. iours ou enuiron. -Ie pris terre au port du village de Toanché -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">90</a></span> -ou de <i>Teandeouïata</i>, où autresfois nous estions habituez; -mais ce fut auec vne petite disgrace, nostre -Seigneur nous voulant faire cognoistre dés l'entrée, -qu'il nous appelle icy afin d'y endurer. Mes Sauuages -s'oublians des caresses que ie leur avois fait, -& de l'assistance que ie leur auois rendu, pendant -leurs maladies, & outre cela des belles paroles & promesses -qu'ils m'auoient faites, apres m'auoir [137] -debarqué, auec quelques ornemens d'Eglise, & quelque -autre petit equipage, m'abandonnerent là tout -seul, sans viures, ny sans cabane, & reprindrent leur -route vers leurs villages, distans de quelques sept -lieuës; le mal estoit, que le village de Toanché auoit -changé depuis mon depart, & que ie ne sçauois pas -bonnement en quel endroit il estoit situé, & que ce -riuage n'estant plus hanté, ie ne pouuois pas bien -m'asseurer du chemin, & que quand ie l'eusse sceu, -ny ma foiblesse ne m'eust pas permis de porter tout -mon petit bagage à la fois, ny le hazard du lieu d'en -faire à deux. C'est pourquoy ie priois mes Sauuages -de m'accompagner iusques au village, ou au moins -de coucher en ce bord pour cette nuiét, & garder mes -hardes tandis que i'irois prendre langue. Mais leurs -oreilles estoient sourdes [138] à mes prieres, & à mes -remonstrances. Pour toute consolation ils me dirent -que quelqu'vn me viendroit trouuer là. Il fallut -auoir patience: ils partent, & ie me prosterne aussitost -à genoux, pour remercier Dieu, nostre Dame, & -sainct Ioseph, des faueurs & des graces que i'auois -receu durant le voyage. Ie saluay l'Ange tutelaire -du Pays, & m'offris à nostre Seigneur, auec tous nos -petits trauaux, pour le salut de ces pauures Peuples, -prenant esperãce que Dieu ne m'abandonneroit point -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">92</a></span> -là, puis qu'il m'auoit conserué & conduit auec tant -de faueurs. Apres ayant consideré que cet abbord -estoit desert, & que i'y pourrois bien demeurer longtemps, -auant qu'aucun du village m'y vinst trouuer; -ie caché mes pacquets dedans les bois, & prenant auec -moy ce que i'auois de plus precieux, ie m'en allé -chercher le [139] village, que ie rencontré heureusemẽt -enuiron à trois quarts de lieuës, ayant en passant -veu auec attendrissement & ressentiment le lieu où -nous auions habité, & celebré le S. sacrifice de la -Messe trois ans durant, cõuerty en vn beau champ; -comme aussi la place du vieux village, où excepté vne -cabane rien ne restoit que les ruines des autres. Ie -vis pareillement l'endroit où le pauure Estienne Brulé -auoit esté barbarement & traistreusement assommé; -ce qui me fit pẽser que quelque iour on nous -pourroit bien traitter de la sorte, & desirer au moins -que ce fust en pourchassant la gloire de N. Seig. -Dés aussi-tost que ie fus apperceu au village, & qu'on -eust crié, voyla Echom reuenu, c'est ainsi qu'ils me -nommẽt, tout le monde sortit pour me salüer & bienueigner, -chacun m'appellant par mon nom, & me -[140] disant: Quoy Echom, mon nepueu, mon frere, -mon cousin, es tu donc reuenu? Mais sans m'arrester, -parce que la nuict s'approchoit, ie prends logis, -& m'y estant bien peu de temps rafraischy, ie sors -aussi-tost auec vne bande de ieunes gens volontaires, -pour aller reprendre mon petit bagage. Il estoit -vne heure de nuict quand nous fusmes de retour au -village. Ie me logeay chez vn nommé <i>Aouandoïé</i>, lequel -est, ou au moins a esté vn des plus riches des -Hurons. Ce que ie fis à dessein, par ce qu'vn autre -moins fort eust pû estre incommodé du grand nombre -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">94</a></span> -de François que i'attendois, & qu'il falloit nourrir -iusques à ce que nous fussions tous assemblez, & que -nostre cabane fust faite. Vous pouuez vous loger où -vous voulez, car ceste Nation entre toutes les autres, -est fort hospitaliere enuers toute sorte [141] de personnes, -mesmes enuers les Estrangers: & vous y demeurez -tant qu'il vous plaist, tousiours bien traité à -la façon du pays, & au partir de là vous en voyla -quitte pour vn, <i>ho, ho, ho, outoécti</i>, ou vn grand mercy, -au moins par entre-eux. Car des François ils attendent -quelque recompense, à discretion toutesfois. -Il est bien vray que tous ne sont pas également hospitaliers, -il y a du plus & du moins. Mon hoste est -des premiers en ceste vertu, & peut-estre est-ce pour -ce sujet que Dieu l'a cõblé iusques à present de benedictiõs -temporelles, & l'a preserué entre tous ses Concitoyens. -Car leur village nommé <i>Teandeouïhata</i>, -ayant esté bruslé par deux fois, il n'y a eu en toutes -les deux fois, que sa seule maison exempte de l'embrasement. -Quelques vns attribuent cela au fort; -pour moy ie le rapporte à vne [142] cause plus noble; -& si ie me souuiens d'vn bon trait, soit de prudence, -soit d'humanité, dont il se seruit au premier embrasement; -car l'enuie s'estant allumée contre luy, & quelques-vns -voulant perdre sa cabane, que le feu auoit -espargnée, aussi tost il fait mettre chaudiere haute, -appreste vn bon festin, conuie tout le village, & les -ayant assemblez, leur fait ceste harangue. Mes -freres, i'ay vn tres-sensible déplaisir de l'accident qui -est arriué; mais qu'y ferions nous, c'en est fait. Pour -moy ie ne sçay pas ce que i'ay fait au Ciel, pour -auoir esté espargné entre tous les autres. Or pour -vous tesmoigner mon déplaisir, & le desir que i'ay de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">96</a></span> -participer à la calamité commune, voyla deux quaisses -de bled (elles tenoient pour le moins cent ou six -vingts boisseaux) i'en donne vne de bon cœur à tout -le [143] village. Cette action appaisa l'enuie, & esteignit -les mauuais desseins que l'on couuoit desia -contre luy. C'est faire sagement, que de perdre vne -partie pour sauuer le reste.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>[136] I arrived among the Hurons on the fifth of -August, the day of our Lady of the Snows, after being -thirty days on the road in continual work, except -one day of rest, which we took in the country of the -Bissiriniens. All the others, except Robert le Coq -and Dominique, took much longer; although usually -the journey is only 20 days, or thereabout. I -landed at the port of the village of Toanché or of -<i>Teandeouïata</i>, where we had formerly lived; but it -was with a little misfortune, our Lord wishing us to -recognize from the beginning that he is calling us -here to suffer. My Savages,—forgetting the kindness -I had lavished upon them and the help I had -afforded them in their sickness, and notwithstanding -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">91</a></span> -all the fair words and promises they had given me,—after -having [137] landed me with some Church ornaments -and some other little outfit, left me there -quite alone, without any provisions and without shelter, -and resumed their route toward their villages, -some seven leagues distant. My trouble was that the -village of Toanché<a name="endanchor_28_28" id="endanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Endnote_28_28" class="endanchor">28</a> -had changed since my departure, -and that I did not know precisely in what place -it was situated. The shore being no longer frequented, -I could not easily ascertain my way; and, -if I had known it, I could not from weakness have -carried all my little baggage at once; nor could I -risk, in that place, doing this in two trips. That is -why I entreated my Savages to accompany me as far -as the village, or at least to sleep on the shore for the -night, to watch my clothes while I went to make inquiries. -But their ears were deaf [138] to my prayers -and my remonstrances. The only consolation -they gave me was to tell me that some one would -find me there. I was obliged to be patient; they -went away, and I prostrated myself at once upon my -knees to thank God, our Lady, and saint Joseph, for -the favors and mercies I had received during the -voyage. I saluted the tutelary Angel of the Country, -and offered myself to our Lord, with all our little -labors, for the salvation of these poor Peoples, taking -hope that God would not abandon me there, since -he had preserved and led me with so many favors. -Then, having considered that this shore was deserted, -and that I might indeed remain there a long time before -any one in the village would come to find me, I -hid my packages in the woods; and, taking with me -what was most precious, I set out to find the [139] -village, which fortunately I came upon at about -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">93</a></span> -three-quarters of a league,—having seen with tenderness -and emotion, as I passed along, the place where -we had lived, and had celebrated the Holy sacrifice -of the Mass during three years, now turned into a -fine field; and also the site of the old village, where, -except one cabin, nothing remained but the ruins of -the others. I saw likewise the spot where poor Estienne -Brulé was barbarously and traitorously murdered, -which made me think that perhaps some day -they might treat us in the same manner, and to desire -at least that it might be while we were earnestly -seeking the glory of Our Lord. As soon as I was -perceived in the village, some one cried out, "Why, -there is Echom come again" (that is the name they -give me); and at once every one came out to salute -and welcome me, each calling me by name and [140] -saying: "What, Echom, my nephew, my brother, -my cousin, hast thou then come again?" But without -stopping, for night was approaching, I found a -place to lodge; and, having rested a short time, I -quickly set out with a volunteer band of young people -to bring my slender baggage. It was an hour -after sunset when we returned to the village. I -lodged with a man named <i>Aouandoïé</i>, who is, or at -least was, one of the richest of the Hurons. I did -this on purpose, because another with smaller means -might have been inconvenienced with the large number -of Frenchmen whom I was expecting, and who -had to be provided with food and shelter until we -had all gathered together, and our cabin was ready. -You can lodge where you please; for this Nation -above all others is exceedingly hospitable towards all -sorts [141] of persons, even toward Strangers; and -you may remain as long as you please, being always -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">95</a></span> -well treated according to the fashion of the country. -On going away, one acknowledges their hospitality -by a <i>ho, ho, ho, outoécti</i>, or "many thanks!" at least -among themselves; but from Frenchmen they expect -some recompense, always at one's discretion. It is -quite true that not all are equally hospitable, there -are some more and some less so. My host is one of the -first in this virtue; and perhaps it is on this account -that God has crowned him until now with temporal -blessings, and has preserved him among all his Fellow -Countrymen; for their village, named <i>Teandeouïhata</i>, -having been burned twice, each time his house -alone escaped the conflagration. Some attribute this -to chance; for myself, I ascribe it to a [142] nobler -cause, and so I recall a fine trait, call it prudence or -call it humanity, which he displayed on the occasion -of the first conflagration. For jealousy having been -enkindled against him, and some wishing to destroy -his cabin that the fire had spared, at once he caused -a large cauldron to be hung, prepared a good feast, -invited the whole village, and, having assembled -them, delivered this harangue: "My brethren, I am -very deeply grieved at the misfortune that has happened; -but what can we do about it? It is over. For -myself, I know not what I have done for Heaven, to -be spared before all others. Now, in order to testify -to you my deep grief and my desire to share in the -common misfortune, I have two bins of corn" (they -held at least one hundred to one hundred and twenty -bushels); "I give one of them freely to the whole -[143] village." This action calmed their jealousy, -and put an end to their wicked designs which they -were already forming against him. It was a wise -action, this losing a part to save the rest.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Ie me logeay donc chez cét homme, où ie demeuray -auec nos deux Peres, & vn de nos gens, l'espace -de plus d'vn mois & demy, iusques à ce que nous-nous -transportasmes en nostre nouuelle cabane. Cependant -ces pauures Sauuages nous faisoient toutes -les caresses possibles, les vns portez par leur bon naturel, -les autres par la consideration de quelques petits -presens que ie leur auois fait, & l'esperance de -quelques autres.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">97</a></span> -I lodged therefore with this man, and lived there -with our two Fathers and one of our people, for the -space of more than a month and a half, until we took -possession of our new cabin. Yet these poor Savages -lavished upon us all possible kindnesses,—some -influenced by their good natural disposition; others, -by a few trifling gifts I made them, and the hope of -some others.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Ie departis le reste de nos gens en vne autre cabane, -pour éuiter l'importunité & l'incommodité, si -nous eussions esté tous en vn seul logis.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>I distributed the rest of our people in another cabin, -to avoid the annoyance and inconvenience of being -all in one lodging.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[144] Le soir & le lendemain se passa en caresses, -visites, salutations & applaudissemens de tous ceux -du village. Les iours suiuans plusieurs des autres -villages, qui estoient de ma cognoissance, me vindrent -veoir, & remporterent tous en eschange de leur visite -quelques petits presens; c'est peu de chose en détail, -mais tout mis en gros fait beaucoup, & monte -assez haut pour les lieux. Les vns me disoient; -Quoy Echom? és tu donc reuenu? A la bonne heure, -nous te souhaittions & demandions grandement, adioustans -les raisons telles qu'ils iugeoient, & nous -fusmes fort resioüis, quand on nous dist que tu estois -à Kebec à dessein de remonter icy. D'autres disoient. -Nous voyla bien aises. Les bleds ne mourront plus, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">98</a></span> -pendant ton absence nous n'auions eu que famine. -Et en effet, ie croy qu'à nostre arriuée, [145] il n'y -auoit que deux familles en tout le village, qui eussent -prouision de bled. Tout le reste en alloit acheter -ailleurs, ce qui estoit commun à plusieurs autres villages. -Depuis nostre arriuée il y en a eu tres-grande -abondance par tout le Pays, quoy qu'au Printemps -il aye fallu semer par trois fois, à l'occasion des gelées -blanches, & des vers.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[144] That evening and the next day passed in the -exchanges of affection, visits, salutations, and encouraging -words from the whole village. On the following -days, several from other villages, who were of -my acquaintance, came to see me; and all took away -with them, in exchange for their visit, some trifling -presents. This is a small thing in detail, but on the -whole it exerts a great influence and is of great importance -in these regions. Some said to me: "What, -Echom, and so thou hast come back! That's right; -we were wishing and asking earnestly for thee" (adding -their reasons), "and we were heartily glad when -they told us that thou wert at Kebec, with the purpose -of coming up here." Others said: "We are -indeed very glad; the crops will no longer fail; during -thy absence we have had nothing but famine." -And, in truth, at our arrival there were, I believe, -[145] only two families in the whole village who had -a store of corn; all the others were going to buy elsewhere, -and this was the case in several other villages. -Since our arrival, there has been a very -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">99</a></span> -great abundance throughout the whole Country, although -in the Spring it was necessary to sow three -times by reason of white frosts and worms.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Bref ceux de nostre village me disoient, Si tu ne -fusses reuenu, la traite des François estoit perduë -pour nous: car les Algonquains, & mesmes les Hurons -des autres villages, ne nous menaçoiẽt que de -mort, si nous y allions, à cause du massacre de Brulé; -mais maintenant nous irõs traiter sãs crainte. I'ay -esté quelques quinze iours à visiter les villages, & à -ramasser auec beaucoup de frais & de peine tout nostre -monde, qui abordoit ça & là, & qui ne sçachant [146] -pas la langue, n'eust pu venir nous trouuer qu'apres -beaucoup d'ennuy. Il est vray qu'vn de nos hommes -n'a pas laissé de venir sãs autre adresse, que de ces -deux mots, <i>Echom Ihonatiria</i>, qui sont mon nom, & -celuy de nostre village. Entre tous les François, ie -n'en trouue point qui aye eu plus de peine que le P. -Dauost & Baron. Le Pere pour le mauuais traitement -de ses Sauuages, Baron pour la longueur du voyage. -Il a demeuré quarante iours par les chemins, souuent -il estoit luy seul auec vn Sauuage, à nager dans vn -canot fort grand & fort chargé. Il luy falloit porter -luy-mesme tous ses pacquets. Il a couru risque trois -ou quatre fois dans les torrens, & pour comble de ses -peines, on luy a dérobé beaucoup de ses marchandises. -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">100</a></span> -Certes il faut icy auoir bien de la force & de la patience, -& qui croira y venir [147] chercher autre que -Dieu, n'y trouuera pas son conte.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>In short, those of our village told me, "If thou -hadst not returned, the trade with the French was -lost for us; for the Algonquains and even the Hurons -of the other villages, threatened us with death if we -went there on account of the murder of Brulé; but -now we shall go to trade without fear." I was occupied -some two weeks in visiting the villages, and -bringing together, at much expense and trouble, all -our party, who landed here and there, and who, not -knowing [146] the language, could only have found -us out after much toil. It is true that one of our men -was able to come without any other address than -these two words, <i>Echom</i>, <i>Ihonatiria</i>, which are my -name and that of our village. Among all the French -I do not find any who had more trouble than Father -Davost and Baron; the Father from the wicked treatment -of his Savages, Baron from the length of the -journey. He occupied forty days on the road; often -he was alone with a Savage, paddling in a canoe very -large and very heavily laden. He had to carry all -his packages himself; he had narrow escapes three -or four times in the torrents; and, to crown his difficulties, -much of his property was stolen. Truly, to -come here much strength and patience are needed; -and he who thinks of coming here [147] for any other -than God, will have made a sad mistake.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Iean Nicolet, en son voyage qu'il fit auec nous iusques -à l'Isle, souffrit aussi tous les trauaux d'vn des -plus robustes Sauuages. Estans en fin tous ralliez, -nous prismes resolution de nous habituer icy à <i>Ihonatiria</i>, -& y bastir nostre cabane, pour les raisons suiuantes. -La premiere est, qu'apres auoir serieusement -recommandé cét affaire à Dieu, nous iugeasmes que -telle estoit sa volonté, parce que la moisson des ames -y est plus meure qu'en aucun-autre endroit, tant à -cause de la cognoissance que i'ay auec les habitans -du lieu, & de l'affection qu'ils m'ont tesmoignée autresfois, -que pource qu'ils sont desia à demy instruits -en la Foy. En effet nous y en auons baptizé huict, -dont les sept sont allez au Ciel, auec la grace du Baptesme, -[148] & tout le village est en telle disposition, -qu'il ne tient qu'à nous de le baptiser. Mais nous -attendons qu'ils soient mieux instruits, & qu'ils ayent -quitté par effect leurs principales superstitions.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Jean Nicolet,<a name="endanchor_29_29" id="endanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Endnote_29_29" class="endanchor">29</a> -in the voyage that he made with us -as far as the Island, suffered also all the hardships -of one of the most robust Savages. Being at last all -gathered together, we decided to dwell here at <i>Ihonatiria</i>, -and to build here our cabin, for the following -reasons: First, after having earnestly recommended -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">101</a></span> -the matter to God, we judged that such was his will, -because the harvest of souls is more ripe here than in -any other place,—as much because of the acquaintance -I have with the inhabitants of the place, and -of the affection they showed for me formerly, as because -they are already partly instructed in the Faith. -In truth, we have baptized eight of them, of whom -seven have gone to Heaven with the grace of Baptism, -[148] and the whole village is of such a disposition -that it is only a question of our readiness to baptize -it. But we are waiting until they are better -instructed, and until they have forsaken for good -their principal superstitions.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>La seconde raison est, que horsmis ce village, il n'y -auoit que la Rochelle où nous deussions auoir inclination -de nous arrester; & ç'auoit esté nostre pensée -dés l'an passé. Tous les habitans qui le desiroiẽt fort, -nous y inuitoient, disans que nous serions comme au -centre de la Nation, & adioutans d'autres motifs & -raisons qui nous aggreoient assez. Mesme sur le chemin -ie m'entretenois en ceste pensée, que ie ne quittay -que long-temps apres estre icy arriué; si bien que -nous laissasmes assez bon espace de temps à ce village -de la Rochelle, les pacquets du Pere Daniel chez le -Capitaine, qui [149] l'auoit accueilly dans son canot, -en intention d'y faire porter les autres, & nous y loger. -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">102</a></span> - Mais ayant consideré, qu'ils deuoient à ce Printemps -changer de place, comme ils ont déja fait, -nous ne voulusmes point bastir vne cabane pour vn -hyuer. D'ailleurs, quoy qu'il nous soit fort à desirer, -pour cueillir plus de fruit, d'auoir beaucoup d'auditeurs -en nos assemblées, ce qui nous peut faire choisir -les grand[s] villages, plustost que les petits; neantmoins -pour le commencement, nous auons trouué -plus à propos de nous tenir comme à l'ombre, prés -d'vne petite bourgade, où les habitans sont déja faits -à hanter les François, que de nous mettre tout à coup -en vne grãde, où l'on ne fust point accoustumé à nos -façous de faire. Autrement c'eust esté exposer des -hommes nouueaux & ignorans en la langue, à vne -[150] ieunesse nombreuse, qui par ses importunitez -& mocqueries eust peû apporter quelque desordre. -De plus si nous fussions allez ailleurs, ceux de ce village -eussent creû estre encore en la disgrace des -François, & eussent peut-estre abandonné le commerce -auec eux, veu mesmement que cét Hyuer dernier -le Borgne de l'Isle a fait icy courir le bruit, que -Monsieur de Champlain n'en vouloit pas demeurer -là, pour la mort de Brulé, & qu'il demandoit quatre -testes; & il est croyable que si nous n'eussions esté -icy, & si nous n'y demeurions comme pour gages, -plusieurs craignans d'estre arrestez, soit pour leurs -fautes, soit pour celles d'autruy, ne retourneroient -plus à la traicte. En outre ces bonnes gents ont pretendu -que nous deuiõs demeurer chez eux, s'il estoit -vray que nous les aimassions: car, disoiẽt-ils, [151] si -vous allez ailleurs, nõ seulemẽt nous aurions sujet de -craindre pour nostre particulier, mais encore pour -tout le Pays, nos interests estans vnis ensemble; -mais maintenãt que vous nous prenez pour vos hostes, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">104</a></span> -nous n'auons plus que craindre comme nous eussions -fait: car si vous eussiez choisi vn autre lieu, & que -quelque meschant vous eust fait du mal, non seulement -les François, mais encore les Hurons s'en -fussent pris à nous. Ie pourrois encore icy alleguer -quelques autres raisons & considerations qui ne sont -pas à mépriser, comme seroit vne plus grãde commodité, -tant pour le poisson & pour le gibier, comme -pour l'embarquement. Mais la principale est la premiere -que i'ay apportée, entre les villages qui nous -ont voulu auoir, ceux d'<i>Oënrio</i> en ont fait plus d'instance. -Ce petit village assez proche [152] du nostre, -faisoit autresfois vne partie de celuy où nous -estions iadis: mais nous n'auons pas iugé à propos -de nous y arrester ceste fois, seulement ayant reconneu -qu'il estoit expedient, que de ce village & du -nostre il s'en fist vn en quelque autre part, tant pour -leurs affaires communes, que pour nos fonctions & -ministeres particuliers. Nous auons fait depuis peu -quelques presens à tous les deux ensemble à cette -fin. Nos presents sont de grande consideration parmy -eux: neantmoins ils ne sont pas encore resolus. -Ayant donc arresté de nous tenir où nous -sommes, il fut question de bastir vne cabane. Les -cabanes de ce pays, ne sont ny des Louures ny des -Palais, ny rien de semblable aux riches bastimens de -nostre France, nõ pas mesmes aux plus petites chaumines; -c'est neantmoins quelque [153] chose de meilleur -& plus commode, que les tandis des Montagnais. -Ie ne vous sçaurois mieux exprimer la façon des demeures -Huronnes, que de les comparer à des berceaux -ou tonnelles de iardin; dont au lieu de branches & -de verdure, quelques-vnes sont couuertes d'escorce -de cedres, quelques autres de grosses escorces de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">106</a></span> -fresnes, d'orme & de sapin, ou perusse: & quoy que -celles de cedres soient les meilleures, suiuant l'aduis -& l'vsage le plus commun, il y a neantmoins ceste incommodité, -qu'elles sont quasi aussi susceptibles du -feu que des allumettes, d'où procede quantité d'embrasemens -des bourgades entieres, & sans aller plus -loing que ceste année, nous en auons veu en moins -de dix iours deux grandes entierement consommées; -& vne autre, qui est celle de Louys, bruslée [154] en -partie. Nous auons veu aussi vne fois nostre propre -cabane en feu; mais Dieu mercy nous l'esteignismes -aussi tost. Il y a de ces cabanes ou berceaux de diuerse -grandeur, les vnes de deux brasses en longueur, -d'autres de dix, d'autres de vingt, de trente, & de -quarante: la largeur ordinaire est d'enuiron quatre -brasses, la hauteur est presque pareille. Il n'y a point -de diuers estages; il ne se voit icy ny caue, ny -chambre, ny grenier. On n'y veoit autre fenestre ny -cheminée qu'vn meschant trou au haut de la cabane, -qu'on y laisse à dessein pour chasser la fumée. C'est -ainsi qu'on nous a basty la nostre.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Secondly, except this village there was only la Rochelle -at which we might have had any inclination -to stop, and that had been our intention from last -year. All the inhabitants desired it very much, and -invited us there, saying that we would be, as it were, -in the center of the Nation, and adding other motives -and reasons which pleased us well. Even on the -road I entertained this thought, and only laid it aside -a long time after my arrival here,—so long, indeed, -that we left for a considerable space of time the baggage -of Father Daniel at this village of la Rochelle, -with the Captain who [149] had received him into -his canoe,—intending to carry the rest thither, and -to abide there. But, having taken into account that -they were intending this Spring to change the location -of the place, as they have already done, we did -not wish to build a cabin for one winter. Besides, -although it is a desirable thing to gather more fruit, -and to have more listeners in our assemblies, which -would make us choose the large villages rather than -the small, nevertheless, for a beginning we have -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">103</a></span> -thought it more suitable to keep in the shadow, as it -were, near a little village where the inhabitants are -already disposed to associate with the French, than -to put ourselves suddenly in a great one, where the -people are not accustomed to our mode of doing -things. To do otherwise would have been to expose -new men, ignorant of the language, to a [150] numerous -youth, who by their annoyances and mockery -would have brought about some disturbance. Besides, -if we had gone elsewhere the people of this -village would have thought themselves still in disgrace -with the French, and perhaps would have -abandoned trade with them,—especially as during -this last Winter Le Borgne,<a name="endanchor_30_30" id="endanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Endnote_30_30" class="endanchor">30</a> -of the Island, spread -the report that Monsieur de Champlain did not wish -us to remain there, on account of the death of Brulé, -and that he was demanding four heads; and it is -probable that, if we had not been here, and if we had -not remained as pledges, several, fearing to be arrested -for their own faults or for those of others, -would not have returned again to the trade. Besides, -these good people have claimed that we ought to remain -among them if it were true that we loved them; -"for," said they, [151] "if you go elsewhere, not -only shall we have cause to fear on our own account, -but for the whole Country besides, our interests being -bound together. But, now that you take us for -your hosts, we have no longer to fear as we would; -for if you had chosen another place, and if some -wicked person had done you harm, not only the -French but the Hurons also would have blamed us -for it." I might bring forward some other reasons -and considerations which are not to be despised,—as, -for example, it would be a more convenient place, as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">105</a></span> -well for fish and game as for embarking. But the -principal reason is the first I mentioned. Among -the villages that wished to have us, the people of -<i>Oënrio</i><a name="endanchor_31_31" id="endanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Endnote_31_31" class="endanchor">31</a> -have entreated us most. This little village, -quite near [152] ours, used to be a part of the one in -which we were formerly; but we have not judged it -expedient for us to stop there this time, simply having -recognized it to be best that from this village and -from ours one should be formed at some other place, -both for their common interests and for our own -special functions and ministrations. We made, not -long ago, some presents to both of them at the same -time, for this purpose. Our presents have great influence -among them, nevertheless they have not yet -decided the question. Having, therefore, determined -to stay where we are, the question of building a -cabin arose. The cabins of this country are neither -Louvres nor Palaces, nor anything like the buildings -of our France, not even like the smallest cottages. -They are, nevertheless, somewhat [153] better and -more commodious than the hovels of the Montagnais. -I cannot better express the fashion of the Huron -dwellings than to compare them to bowers or garden -arbors,—some of which, in place of branches and -vegetation, are covered with cedar bark, some others -with large pieces of ash, elm, fir, or spruce bark; -and although the cedar bark is best, according to -common opinion and usage, there is, nevertheless, -this inconvenience, that they are almost as susceptible -to fire as matches. Hence arise many of the -conflagrations of entire villages; and, without going -farther than this year, we have seen in less than ten -days two large ones entirely consumed, and another, -that of Louys, partially burned. [154] We have also -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">107</a></span> -once seen our own cabin on fire; but, thank God, we -extinguished it immediately. There are cabins or -arbors of various sizes, some two brasses in length, -others of ten, others of twenty, of thirty, of forty; -the usual width is about four brasses, their height -is about the same. There are no different stories; -there is no cellar, no chamber, no garret. It has -neither window nor chimney, only a miserable hole -in the top of the cabin, left to permit the smoke to -escape. This is the way they built ours for us.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Ceux d'Oënrio & de nostre village s'y sont employez, -au moyen de quelque present que nous leur fismes. -Nous n'auons pas manqué d'exercice pour la faire -acheuer, tant [155] à cause de la maladie vniuerselle -de quasi tous les Sauuages, qu'à cause de la cooperation -de ces deux villages. Car encore que l'ouurage -ne fust pas grand; toutesfois ceux de nostre village, -regardans ceux d'Oënrio, qui sous esperance de nous -attirer à eux à la longue, ne faisoiẽt que s'amuser -sans rien auãcer. Nous estions quasi au mois d'Octobre -auant que nous fussions à couuert. Pour le dedans -nous l'auons accõmodé nous mesmes; en sorte -que bien que ce ne soit pas grand' chose, les Sauuages -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">108</a></span> -ne laissent de la venir veoir, & la voyant de l'admirer. -Nous l'auons separée en trois. La premiere -partie du costé de la porte, sert d'antichambre, de -briseuent, & de magazin pour nos prouisions de bled, -à la façon des Sauuages. La seconde est, celle que -nous habitons, & où est nostre cuisine, nostre [156] -menuiserie, nostre moulin, ou lieu à battre le bled, -nostre Refectoire, nostre salle, & nostre chambre. -Aux deux costez à la façon des Hurons sont deux -establies, qu'ils nomment <i>Endicha</i>, sur lesquelles sont -des quaisses pour mettre nos habits & autres petites -commoditez; mais au dessous, au lieu que les Hurons -y logent leur bois, nous y auons pratiqué de petites -cabanes pour nous coucher, & retirer quelque -chose de nos hardes, hors de la main larronnesse des -Hurons. Pour eux ils couchent auprés du feu: mais -cependant eux & nous n'auons que la terre pour chalit; -pour paillasse & pour matelats quelque escorce, -ou quelque branchage couuert d'vne nate de ionc; -car pour les linceuls & couuertes, nos habits & quelques -peaux en font l'office. La troisiesme partie de -nostre cabane est encore [157] diuisée en deux, par -le moyen d'vn ouurage de menuiserie, qui luy donne -assez bonne grace, & qui se fait admirer icy pour sa -nouueauté. En l'vne est nostre petite Chapelle, où -nous celebrons tous les iours la saincte Messe, & nous -y retirons de iour pour prier Dieu. Il est vray que -le bruit qu'on fait quasi continuellement nous en empesche -d'ordinaire, horsmis le matin & le soir, que -tout le monde est retiré, & nous contraint de gaigner -le dehors pour faire nos prieres. En l'autre partie -nous y mettons nos vtensiles. Toute la cabane n'a -que six brasses de longueur, & enuiron trois & demie -de large. Voyla comme nous sommes logez, non -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">110</a></span> -sans doute si bien que nous n'ayons dedans ce logis -assez bonne part à la pluye, à la neige, & au froid. -Cependant, comme i'ay dict, on ne laisse pas de nous -venir [158] visiter par admiration; principalement -depuis que nous auons eu deux portes de menuiserie, -& que nostre moulin & nostre horloge ont commencé -à ioüer. On ne sçauroit dire les estonnemens de ces -bonnes gens, & combien ils admirent l'esprit des -François. Mais ils ont tout dit, quand ils ont dit -qu'ils sont <i>ondaki</i>, c'est à dire des Demons: & nous -releuions bien ce mot à leur profit, quand nous leur -disons. Or ça mes freres, vous auez veu cela; & l'auez -admiré, & vous pensez auoir raison, voyant quelque -chose d'extraordinaire, de dire <i>ondaki</i>; qu'il faut -que ceux qui font tant de merueilles soient des Demons. -Et qu'y a t'il d'admirable, comme la beauté -du Ciel & du Soleil? qu'y a-t'il d'admirable, comme -de voir tous les ans les arbres quasi morts durant -l'Hyuer, tous nuds & défigurez, reprendre [159] sans -mãquer à chaque Printemps vne nouuelle vie & vn -nouuel habit? Le bled que vous semez pourrit, & de -sa pourriture va poussant de si beaux tuyaux, & de -meilleurs espics? Et ce pendant vous ne dites point, -Il faut que celuy qui a fait tãt de beautez, & qui nous -estalle tous les ans deuant les yeux tant de merueilles, -soit quelque excellent <i>oki</i>; & quelque intelligẽce sureminẽte, -&c. Il n'est venu persõne qui n'aye voulu -tourner le moulin; neantmoins nous ne nous en seruons -point, d'autãt que nous auõs par veu experiẽce -que nos Sagamités sont meilleures estant pilées dedans -des mortiers de bois, à la façon des Sauuages, -que broyées dedans le moulin. Ie croy que c'est à -cause que le moulin fait la farine trop fine. Pour -ce qui est de l'horloge, il y auroit mille choses à dire. -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">112</a></span> -Ils croyent tous [160] que c'est quelque chose viuante; -car ils ne se peuuent imaginer comment elle sonne -d'elle mesme, & quand elle vient à sonner, ils regardent -si nous sommes tous là, & s'il n'y a pas quelqu'vn -de caché, pour luy donner le branle.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>The people of Oënrio and of our village were employed -at this, by means of presents given them. It -has cost us much exertion to secure its completion, -not only [155] on account of the epidemic, which affected -almost all the Savages, but on account of the -coöperation of these two villages; for although the -work was not great, yet those of our village followed -the example of those of Oënrio, who, in hopes of -finally attracting us to their village, simply amused -themselves without advancing the work; we were -almost into October before we were under cover. As -to the interior, we have suited ourselves; so that, -even if it does not amount to much, the Savages never -weary of coming to see it, and, seeing it, to admire -it. We have divided it into three parts. The first -compartment, nearest the door, serves as an antechamber, -as a storm door, and as a storeroom for -our provisions, in the fashion of the Savages. The -second is that in which we live, and is our kitchen, -our [156] carpenter shop, our mill, or place for grinding -the wheat, our Refectory, our parlor and our bedroom. -On both sides, in the fashion of the Hurons, -are two benches which they call <i>Endicha</i>, on which -are boxes to hold our clothes and other little conveniences; -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">109</a></span> -but below, in the place where the Hurons -keep their wood, we have contrived some little bunks -to sleep in, and to store away some of our clothing -from the thievish hands of the Hurons. They sleep -beside the fire, but still they and we have only the -earth for bedstead; for mattress and pillows, some -bark or boughs covered with a rush mat; for sheets -and coverings, our clothes and some skins do duty. -The third part of our cabin is also [157] divided into -two parts by means of a bit of carpentry which gives -it a fairly good appearance, and which is admired here -for its novelty. In the one is our little Chapel, in -which we celebrate every day holy Mass, and we retire -there daily to pray to God. It is true that the almost -continual noise they make usually hinders us,—except -in the morning and evening, when everybody -has gone away,—and compels us to go outside to say -our prayers. In the other part we put our utensils. -The whole cabin is only six brasses long, and about -three and a half wide. That is how we are lodged, -doubtless not so well that we may not have in this -abode a good share of rain, snow, and cold. However, -as I have said, they never cease coming [158] -to visit us from admiration, especially since we have -put on two doors, made by a carpenter, and since our -mill and our clock have been set to work. It would -be impossible to describe the astonishment of these -good people, and how much they admire the intelligence -of the French. But they have said all when -they have said they are <i>ondaki</i>, that is, Demons; and -indeed we make profitable use of this word when we -talk to them: "Now, my brothers, you have seen -that and admired it, and you think you are right, -when you see something extraordinary, in saying <i>ondaki</i>, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">111</a></span> -to declare that those who make so many marvels -must be Demons. And what is there so wonderful -as the beauty of the Sky and the Sun? What is there -so wonderful as to see every year the trees almost -dead during the Winter, all bare and disfigured, -resume [159] without fail, every Spring, a new life -and a new dress? The corn that you plant rots, and -from its decay spring up such beautiful stalks and -better ears. And yet you do not say, 'He who made -so many beauties, and who every year displays before -our eyes so many marvels, must be some beneficent -<i>oki</i>, and some supereminent intelligence,'" etc. No -one has come who has not wished to turn the mill; -nevertheless we have not used it, inasmuch as we -have learned by experience that our Sagamités<a name="endanchor_32_32" id="endanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Endnote_32_32" class="endanchor">32</a> -are -better pounded in a wooden mortar, in the fashion of -the Savages, than ground within the mill. I believe -it is because the mill makes the flour too fine. As to -the clock, a thousand things are said of it. They -all think [160] it is some living thing, for they cannot -imagine how it sounds of itself; and, when it is -going to strike, they look to see if we are all there -and if some one has not hidden, in order to shake it.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ils ont pensé qu'il entendoit, principalement quand -pour rire quelqu'vn de nos François s'escrioit au dernier -coup de marteau, c'est assez sonné, & que tout -aussi tost elle se taisoit. Ils l'appellent le Capitaine -du iour. Quand elle sonne ils disent, qu'elle parle, & -demandent quand ils nous viennent veoir, combien -de fois le Capitaine a desia parlé. Ils nous interrogent -de son manger. Ils demeurent les heures entieres, -& quelquesfois plusieurs, afin de la pouuoir -ouyr parler. Ils demandoient au commencement ce -qu'elle disoit; on leur respondit deux [161] choses, -qu'ils ont fort bien retenuës; l'vne que quand elle -sonnoit à quatre heures du soir pendant l'hyuer, elle -disoit, Sortez, allez vous en, afin que nous fermions -la porte; car aussi tost ils leuent le siege, & s'en vont: -l'autre qu'à midy elle disoit <i>yo eiouahaoua</i>, c'est à dire, -sus dressõs la chaudiere, & ils ont encore mieux retenu -ce langage. Car il y a de ces écornifleurs, qui ne -manquent point de venir à cette heure là, pour participer -à nostre Sagamité. Ils mangent à toutes -heures, quand ils ont dequoy. Cependant d'ordinaire -ils ne font que manger deux chaudieres par iour, -sçauoir est, au matin & au soir. Partant ils sont bien -aises pendant le iour de prendre part à la nostre.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>They think it hears, especially when, for a joke, -some one of our Frenchmen calls out at the last -stroke of the hammer, "That's enough," and then -it immediately becomes silent. They call it the -Captain of the day. When it strikes, they say it is -speaking; and they ask when they come to see us -how many times the Captain has already spoken. -They ask us about its food; they remain a whole -hour, and sometimes several, in order to be able to -hear it speak. They used to ask at first what it said. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">113</a></span> -We told them two [161] things that they have remembered -very well; one, that when it sounded four -o'clock of the afternoon, during winter, it was saying, -"Go out, go away that we may close the door," -for immediately they arose, and went out. The -other, that at midday it said, <i>yo eiouahaoua</i>, that is, -"Come, put on the kettle;" and this speech is better -remembered than the other, for some of these spongers -never fail to come at that hour, to get a share of our -Sagamité. They eat at all hours, when they have -the wherewithal, but usually they have only two -meals a day, in the morning and in the evening; -consequently they are very glad during the day to -take a share with us.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>A propos de leurs admirations, i'en pourrois icy -coucher plusieurs faites au sujet de la pierre d'aymant; -en laquelle ils regardoient s'il y auoit [162] de -la colle, & d'vne lunette à onze facettes, qui leur representoit -autant de fois vn mesme obiet, d'vne petite -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">114</a></span> - -phiole dans laquelle vne pulce paroist comme vn hanneton, -du verre triangulaire, des outils de menuiserie. -Mais sur tout de l'escriture; car ils ne pouuoient -conceuoir comme ce qu'vn de nous, estãt au village -leur auoit dit & couché en mesme temps par escrit; -vn autre qui cependant estoit dans la maison bien -esloignée, le disoit incontinent en voyant l'escriture. -Ie crois qu'ils en ont fait cent experiences. Tout -cela sert pour gaigner leurs affections, & les rendre -plus dociles, quand il est question des admirables & -incomprehensibles mysteres de nostre Foy. Car la -croyance qu'ils ont de nostre esprit & de nostre capacité, -fait que sans replique ils croyent ce qu'on leur -annonce.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Speaking of their expressions of admiration, I -might here set down several on the subject of the -lodestone, into which they looked to see if there was -[162] some paste; and of a glass with eleven facets, -which represented a single object as many times; of -a little phial in which a flea appears as large as a -beetle; of the prism, of the joiner's tools; but above -all of the writing, for they could not conceive how, -what one of us, being in the village, had said to -them, and put down at the same time in writing, another, -who meanwhile was in a house far away, could -say readily on seeing the writing. I believe they -have made a hundred trials of it. All this serves to -gain their affections, and to render them more docile -when we introduce the admirable and incomprehensible -mysteries of our Faith; for the belief they have -in our intelligence and capacity causes them to accept -without reply what we say to them.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[163] Reste maintenant à dire quelque chose du -pays, des meurs & coustumes des Hurons, de la disposition -qu'ils ont à la Foy, & de nos petits trauaux.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[163] It remains now to say something of the country, -of the manners and customs of the Hurons, of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">115</a></span> -the inclination they have to the Faith, and of our insignificant -labors.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Quant au premier, le peu de papier & de loisir que -nous auons, m'oblige à vous dire en peu de mots ce -qui pourroit faire vn iuste volume. Le pays des Hurons -n'est pas grand, sa plus longue estenduë se peut -trauerser en trois ou quatre iours, l'assiette en est -belle, la plus part toute en plaines. Il est environné -& entrecoupé d'vne quantité de tres-beaux lacs, ou -plustost mers, d'où vient que celuy qui leur est au -<small>N</small>ord, & au <small>N</small>ord-nordouest, est appellé mer douce. -Nous passõs par là en venāt des Bissiriniens. Le sol -de ce pays est tout sablonneux, quoy que non esgalement. -Cependant il produit quantité de tres-bon -bled d'Inde, & peut-on [164] dire, que c'est le grenier -de la plus part des Algonquains. Il y a vingt -Bourgades, qui disent enuiron trente milles ames, -sous vne mesme langue, & encore assez facile à qui a -quelque maistre. Elle a distinction de genres, de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">116</a></span> -nombre, de temps, de personnes, de mœuds, & en vn -mot tres-parfaite & tres accomplie, contre la pensée -de plusieurs. Ce qui me resioüit, c'est que i'ay appris -que cette langue est commune à quelques douze autres -Nations toutes sedentaires & nombreuses. Sçauoir -est aux <i>Conkhandeenrhonons, khionontaterrhonons, -Atiouandaronks, Sonontoerrhonons, Onontaerrhonons, Oüioenrhonons, -Onoiochrhonons, Agnierrhonons, Andastoerrhonons, -Scahentoarrhonõs, Rhiierrhonons, & Ahouenrochrhonons</i>. -Les Hurons sont amis de tous ces peuples, -excepté des <i>Sonontoerrhonons, Onontaerrhonons, Oüioenrhonons, -Onoiochrhonons</i> [165] <i>& Agnierrhonons</i>, que nous -comprenons tous sous le nom d'Hiroquois. Encore -ont ils desia la paix auec les <i>Sonontoerrhonons</i>, depuis -qu'ils furent par eux défaits l'année passée an Printemps.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>As to the first, the little paper and leisure we have -compels me to say in a few words what might justly -fill a volume. The Huron country is not large, its -greatest extent can be traversed in three or four days. -Its situation is fine, the greater part of it consisting -of plains. It is surrounded and intersected by a -number of very beautiful lakes or rather seas, whence -it comes that the one to the North and to the North-northwest -is called "fresh-water sea" [mer douce].<a name="endanchor_33_33" id="endanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Endnote_33_33" class="endanchor">33</a> -We pass through it in coming from the Bissiriniens. -The soil of this country is quite sandy, although not -equally so. However, it produces a quantity of very -good Indian corn, and one may [164] say that it is -the granary of most of the Algonquains. There are -twenty Towns, which indicate about 30,000 souls -speaking the same tongue, which is not difficult to -one who has a master. It has distinction of genders, -number, tense, person, moods; and, in short, it is -very complete and very regular, contrary to the -opinion of many. I am rejoiced to find that this -language is common to some twelve other Nations, -all settled and numerous; these are, the <i>Conkhandeenrhonons, -khionontaterrhonons, Atiouandaronks, Sonontoerrhonons, -Onontaerrhonons, Oüioenrhonons, Onoiochrhonons, -Agnierrhonons, Andastoerrhonons, Scahentoarrhonons, -Rhiierrhonons</i>, and <i>Ahouenrochrhonons</i>.<a name="endanchor_34_34" id="endanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Endnote_34_34" class="endanchor">34</a> -The -Hurons are friends of all these people, except the -<i>Sonontoerrhonons</i>, <i>Onontaerrhonons</i>, <i>Oüioenrhonons</i>, <i>Onoiochrhonons</i> -[165] and <i>Agnierrhonons</i>, all of whom we -comprise under the name Hiroquois. But they have -already made peace with the <i>Sonontoerrhonons</i>, since -they were defeated by them a year past in the Spring.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> - -</div> - -<div class="original"><p>Les deputez de tout le Pays sont allez à <i>Sonontoen</i> -pour cõfirmer cette paix, & dit on que les <i>Onontaerhonons, -Ouioenrhonons, Ouiochrhonons & Agnierrhonons</i>, -veulẽt entrer en ce party. Mais ce n'est pas -chose asseurée; que si cela est, voila vne belle grande -porte ouuerte à l'Euangile. On m'a voulu mener -audit <i>Sonontoen</i>, mais ie n'ay pas iugé à propos d'aller -encore en aucune part, iusques à ce que nous ayons -icy mieux estably les fondemens de la Loy Euangelique, -& que nous y ayons tiré vn crayon, sur lequel -les autres Nations qui se conuertiront se puissent reigler. -Ie voudrois bien n'aller en aucũ lieu qu'on -[166] ne nous recogneust aussi tost pour Predicateurs -de Iesus-Christ.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">117</a></span> -The deputies of the whole Country have gone to -<i>Sonontoen</i><a name="endanchor_35_35" id="endanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Endnote_35_35" class="endanchor">35</a> -to confirm this peace, and it is said that -the <i>Onontaerhonons</i>, <i>Ouioenrhonons</i>, <i>Ouiochrhonons</i> and -<i>Agnierrhonons</i> wish to become parties to it. But that -is not certain; if it were, a noble door would be open -to the Gospel. They wanted me to go to this <i>Sonontoen</i>, -but I did not judge it wise to go yet into any -other part, until we have better established here the -foundation of the Gospel Law, and until we have -drawn a line by which the other Nations that shall -be converted may guide themselves. Indeed, I -would not go to any place where [166] we would not -be immediately recognized as Preachers of Jesus -Christ.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Il est si clair & si euident, qu'il est vne Diuinité -qui a fait le Ciel & la terre, que nos Hurons ne la -peuuent entierement mécognoistre. Et quoy qu'ils -ayent les yeux de l'esprit fort obscurcis des tenebres -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">118</a></span> -d'vne longue ignorance, de leurs vices & pechez, si -est-ce qu'ils en voyent quelque chose. Mais ils se -méprennent lourdement, & ayant la cognoissance de -Dieu, ils ne luy rendent pas l'honneur, ny l'amour, -ny le seruice qu'il conuient: car ils n'ont ny Temples, -ny Prestres, ny Festes, ny ceremonies aucunes.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>It is so clear, so evident that there is a Divinity -who has made Heaven and earth, that our Hurons -cannot entirely ignore it. And although the eyes of -their minds are very much obscured by the darkness -of a long ignorance, by their vices and sins, they still -see something of it. But they misapprehend him -grossly, and, having the knowledge of God, they do -not render him the honor, the love, nor the service -which is his due. For they have neither Temples, -nor Priests, nor Feasts, nor any ceremonies.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ils disent qu'vne certaine femme nommée <i>Eataentsic</i>, -est celle qui a fait la terre & les hommes. Ils luy -baillent pour adioint vn certain appellé <i>Iouskeha</i>, -qu'ils disent estre son petit fils, auec lequel elle gouuerne -[167] le monde; cest <i>Ious</i>k<i>eha</i> a soin des viuans -& des choses qui concernent la vie, & par consequent -ils disent qu'il est bõ: <i>Eataentsic</i> a soin des ames, & -parce qu'ils croyent qu'elle fait mourir les hommes, -ils disent qu'elle est meschante. Et ce sont parmy -eux des mysteres si cachez, qu'il n'y a que les vieillards -qui en puissent parler auec credit & authorité, -pour estre creus. D'où vient qu'vn certain ieune -homme m'en ayant discouru, me dist en se ventant, -Ne suisie pas bien sçauant? Quelques vns me disent -que la maison de ces deux Diuinitez est au bout du -monde vers l'Orient. Or chez eux le monde ne passe -point leur Pays, c'est à dire l'Amerique, d'autres les -logent au milieu.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>They say that a certain woman named <i>Eataentsic</i><a name="endanchor_36_36" id="endanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Endnote_36_36" class="endanchor">36</a> -is the one who made earth and men. They give her -an assistant, one named <i>Jouskeha</i>, whom they declare -to be her little son, with whom she governs [167] the -world. This <i>Jouskeha</i> has care of the living, and of -the things that concern life, and consequently they -say that he is good. <i>Eataentsic</i> has care of souls; -and, because they believe that she makes men die, -they say that she is wicked. And there are among -them mysteries so hidden that only the old men, who -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">119</a></span> -can speak with credit and authority about them, are -believed. Whence it comes that a certain young -man, who was talking to me about this, said boastingly, -"Am I not very learned?" Some told me -that the house of these two Divinities is at the end of -the world to the East. Now with them the world -does not pass beyond their Country, that is, America. -Others place their abode in the middle.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ce Dieu & cette Deesse viuent comme eux, mais -sans disette; font des festins comme eux, sont lascifs -aussi bien qu'eux: bref ils se les figurent [168] tous tels -qu'ils sont eux mesmes. Et encor qu'il[s] les facent -hommes & corporels, ils semblent neantmoins leur attribuer -vne certaine immensité en tous lieux. Ils -disent que cette <i>Eataentsic</i> est tombée du Ciel, où il y -a des habitans comme icy, & que quand elle tomba, -elle estoit enceinte. Que si vous leur demandez qui -a fait le Ciel & ses habitans, ils n'ont autre repartie, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">120</a></span> -sinon qu'ils n'en sçauent rien. Et quand nous leur -preschons vn Dieu, Createur du Ciel & de la terre & -de toutes choses: de mesme quand nous leur parlons -d'vn Enfer & d'vn Paradis, & du reste de nos mysteres; -les opiniastres respondent, que cela est bon -pour nostre Pays, non pour le leur; que chaque Pays -a ses façons de faire: mais leur ayant monstré par le -moyen d'vn petit globe que nous auons apporté, qu'il -n'y a [169] qu'vn seul monde, ils demeurẽt sans replique. -Ie trouue dans leur mariage deux choses qui -me plaisent fort; l'vne qu'ils n'ont qu'vne femme, -l'autre qu'ils ne se marient point à leurs parens en -ligne directe ou collaterale, pour esloignez qu'ils puissẽt -estre. Il y a assez d'ailleurs à y reprendre, quand -ce ne seroit que le frequent changement que les -hommes font de leurs femmes, & les femmes de leurs -maris: ils croyent l'immortalité des ames, qu'ils feignent -estre corporelles. Toute la plus grande partie -de leur Religion consiste en ce poinct. Ce ne sont -d'ailleurs que superstitions, que nous esperons auec -la grace de Dieu changer en vraye Religion, & comme -despoüilles enleuées sur l'ennemy, les consacrer à -l'honneur de nostre Seigneur & en profiter pour leur -soulagement particulier. Certes si [170] estãs vn iour -Chrestiens, ils viennent à les aider à proportion de ce -qu'ils sont à present pour elles en vain; il faudra que -nous leur cedions, ou que nous les imitions; car ils -n'y espargnent rien, non pas mesmes les plus auaricieux. -Nous en auons veu quelques-vns dénuez, ou -peu s'en faut, de toutes leurs commoditez, pour ce que -plusieurs de leurs amis estoient morts, aux ames desquels -ils en auoient fait largesse. Au surplus les -chiens, les cerfs, les poissons & autres animaux ont -des ames immortelles & raisonnables à leur dire: Pour -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">122</a></span> -preuue dequoy les vieillards racontent certaines fables -qu'ils font passer pour veritez; ils ne font mention ny -de peine ny de recompense au lieu où vont les ames -apres la mort; aussi ne mettent-ils point de distinction -entre les bons & les mauuais, les vertueux & les vicieux, -[171] & ils honorent également la sepulture des -vns & des autres: ainsi que nous auons veu en celle -d'vn ieune homme qui s'estoit empoisonné du déplaisir -qu'il auoit conceu, à raison qu'on luy auoit osté sa -femme. Ils ont vne infinité de superstitions, leurs -festins, leur[s] medecines, leurs pesches, leurs chasses, -leurs guerres; bref quasi toute leur vie ne roule que -sur ce piuot; les songes sur tout ont icy grand credit.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>This God and Goddess live like themselves, but -without famine; make feasts as they do, are lustful -as they; in short, they imagine them [168] exactly -like themselves. And still, though they make them -human and corporeal, they seem nevertheless to attribute -to them a certain immensity in all places. -They say that this <i>Eataentsic</i> fell from the Sky, where -there are inhabitants as on earth; and, when she fell, -she was with child. If you ask them who made the -Sky and its inhabitants, they have no other reply -than that they know nothing about it. And when -we preach to them of one God, Creator of Heaven -and earth, and of all things, and even when we talk -to them of Hell and Paradise and of our other mysteries, -the headstrong savages reply that this is good -for our Country and not for theirs; that every Country -has its own fashions. But having pointed out to -them, by means of a little globe that we had brought, -that there is [169] only one world, they remain without -reply. I find in their marriage customs two -things that greatly please me; the first, that they -have only one wife; the second, that they do not -marry their relatives in a direct or collateral line, -however distant they may be. There is, on the other -hand, sufficient to censure, were it only the frequent -changes the men make of their wives, and the women -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">121</a></span> -of their husbands. They believe in the immortality -of the soul,<a name="endanchor_37_37" id="endanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Endnote_37_37" class="endanchor">37</a> which they believe to be corporeal. -The greatest part of their Religion consists in this -point. There are, besides, only superstitions, which -we hope by the grace of God to change into true Religion, -and, like spoils carried off from the enemy, to -consecrate them to the honor of our Lord, and to -profit by them for their special advantage. Certainly, -if, [170] should they some day be Christians, these -superstitions help them in proportion to what they do -for them now in vain, it will be necessary that we -yield to them, or that we imitate them; for they -spare nothing, not even the most avaricious. We -have seen several stripped, or almost so, of all their -goods, because several of their friends were dead, to -whose souls they had made presents. Moreover, -dogs, deer, fish, and other animals have, in their -opinion, immortal and reasonable souls. In proof of -this, the old men relate certain fables, which they represent -as true; they make no mention either of punishment -or reward, in the place to which souls go after -death. And so they do not make any distinction between -the good and the bad, the virtuous and the -vicious; [171] and they honor equally the interment -of both, even as we have seen in the case of a young -man who had poisoned himself from the grief he felt -because his wife had been taken away from him. -Their superstitions are infinite; their feasts, their -medicines, their fishing, their hunting, their wars,—in -short, almost their whole life turns upon this pivot; -dreams, above all, have here great credit.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Tout ce pays, & ie crois qu'il en va de mesme ailleurs, -ne manque pas d'hommes meschans, lesquels -par enuie ou par vengeance, ou autre motif, empoisonnent -ou ensorcellent, & en fin tost ou tard font -mourir ceux qu'ils entreprennent. Quand telles gens -sont surpris, on les execute sur le champ, sans autre -forme de procés, & il n'en est autre bruit. Pour les -autres meurtres ils [172] les vengent sur toute la Nation -du meurtrier; aussi ne sçay-je que cette sorte de -gens qu'ils facent mourir impunément. I'ay bien -connu vne fille larronnesse, qui fut aussi tost assommée -sans aucune recherche, mais ç'auoit esté par son propre -frere: s'il paroist quelque traistre qui machine la ruine -du Pays, ils taschent en commun de s'en défaire au -plustost; mais ces accidens sont fort rares.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>This whole country, and I believe it is the same -elsewhere, is not lacking in wicked men, who, from -motives of envy or vengeance, or from other cause, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">123</a></span> -poison or bewitch, and, in short, put to death sooner -or later those whom they wish to injure. When such -people are caught, they are put to death on the spot, -without any form of trial, and there is no disturbance -about it. As to other murders, they [172] are avenged -upon the whole Nation of the murderer; so that is -the only class I know about that they put to death -with impunity. I knew indeed a girl that stole, who -was at once killed without any inquiry, but it was by -her own brother. If some traitor appears, who is -planning the ruin of the Country, they endeavor in -common to get rid of him as soon as possible; but -these accidents are very rare.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Ils disent que ces Sorciers les ruinent; car si quelqu'vn -a reüssy en quelque entreprise, si la traitte, si la -chasse luy a succedé; aussi-tost ces méchans l'ensorcellent, -ou quelque autre de sa maison, afin qu'il consomme -tout en Medecins & Medecines. Aussi pour -remedier à ces sorts, & autres maladies, il y a vne infinité -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">124</a></span> - de Medecins qu'ils appellent <i>Arendiouane</i>. Ces -gens à [173] mon aduis son[t] vrays Sorciers, qui ont -accez au Diable. Les vns ne font que iuger du mal, & -ce en diuerses facons, sçauoir est, par Pyromantie, par -Hydromantie, Negromantie, par festins, par danses -& chansons. Les autres s'efforcent de guerir le mal -par souflemens, breuuages & autres singeries ridicules, -qui n'ont aucune vertu ny efficacité naturelle. Mais -les vns & les autres ne font rien sans grands presens, -& sans bonnes recompenses.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>They say that the Sorcerers ruin them; for if any -one has succeeded in an enterprise, if his trading or -hunting is successful, immediately these wicked men -bewitch him, or some member of his family, so that -they have to spend it all in Doctors and Medicines. -Hence, to cure these and other diseases, there are a -large number of Doctors whom they call <i>Arendiouane</i>. -These persons, in [173] my opinion, are true Sorcerers, -who have access to the Devil. Some only judge -of the evil, and that in divers ways, namely, by Pyromancy, -by Hydromancy, Necromancy, by feasts, -dances, and songs; the others endeavor to cure the -disease by blowing, by potions, and by other ridiculous -tricks, which have neither any virtue nor natural -efficacy. But neither class do anything without generous -presents and good pay.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>On void en ce Pays quelques Deuins, qu'ils appellent -encore <i>Arendiouane</i>, & qui se meslent de faire tomber -ou cesser la pluye, & predire les choses futures. -Le Diable leur reuele quelques secrets, mais auec -tant d'obscuritez, qu'on n'a garde de les arguer de -mensonge: témoin vn du village de <i>Scanonaenrat</i> [174] -lequel vn peu auparauant l'embrasement des bourgades -cy dessus mẽtionnées, auoit veu en songe trois -flammes qui tomboient du Ciel sur lesdites bourgades. -Mais le Diable ne luy auoit declaré le sens de cet -enigme: car ayant obtenu du village vn chien blanc -pour en faire festin, & en impetrer l'intelligence, il -demeura aussi ignorant apres comme auparauant.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>There are here some Soothsayers, whom they call -also <i>Arendiouane</i> and who undertake to cause the rain -to fall or to cease, and to predict future events. The -Devil reveals to them some secrets, but with so much -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">125</a></span> -obscurity that one is unable to accuse them of falsehood; -witness one of the village of <i>Scanonaenrat</i><a name="endanchor_38_38" id="endanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Endnote_38_38" class="endanchor">38</a> -[174] who, a little while before the burning of the -villages before mentioned, had seen in a dream three -flames falling from the Sky on those villages. But -the Devil had not declared to him the meaning of -this enigma; for, having obtained from the village a -white dog, to make a feast with it and to seek information -by it, he remained as ignorant afterward -as before.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Dernierement comme i'estois chez Louys de saincte -Foy, vne vieille sorciere ou deuineresse dudit village, -dist qu'elle auoit veu ceux qui estoient allez à la -guerre, qu'ils reuenoient, & amenoient vn prisonnier. -Nous verrons si elle a dit vray: son procedé est par -pyromantie: elle vous figure en sa cabane le lac des -Hiroquois, puis d'vn costé elle fait autant de feux -comme il y a de personnes qui ont marché en [175] -campagn[e]; & de l'autre costé encore autant de feux, -qu'ils ont d'ennemis à combattre. Puis si son sort -reüssit, elle donne à entendre que les feux de deça ont -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">126</a></span> -trauersé, & cela signifie, que les guerriers ont desia -passé le lac. Vn feu qui y esteint l'autre, marque vn -ennemy défait, que si il l'attire à soy sans l'esteindre, -c'est vn prisonnier pris à mercy. C'est ainsi, pour -finir ce discours, qui seroit trop long, si ie voulois tout -dire, que le Diable amuse ce pauure peuple, substituant -ses impietez & superstitions, en la place de la conformité, -qu'ils deuroient auoir à la prouidence de -Dieu, & du culte qu'ils luy deuroient rendre.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Lastly, when I was in the house of Louys de saincte -Foy, an old woman, a sorceress, or female soothsayer -of that village, said she had seen those who had gone -to the war, and that they were bringing back a prisoner. -We shall see if she has spoken the truth. Her -method is by pyromancy. She draws for you in her -hut the lake of the Hiroquois;<a name="endanchor_39_39" id="endanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Endnote_39_39" class="endanchor">39</a> -then on one side she -makes as many fires as there are persons who have -gone on [175] the expedition, and on the other as -many fires as they have enemies to fight. Then, if -her spell succeeds, she lets it be understood that the -fires from this side have run over, and that signifies -that the warriors have already crossed the lake. One -fire extinguishing another marks an enemy defeated; -but if it attracts it to itself without extinguishing it, -that is a prisoner taken at mercy. It is thus,—to -finish my discourse, which would be too long if I -tried to say everything,—that the Devil amuses this -poor people, substituting his impieties and superstitions -in place of the compliance they ought to have -with the providence of God, and the worship they -ought to render him.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Quant à ce qui concerne les mœurs, les Hurons sont -lascifs, quoy qu'en deux chefs moins que plusieurs -Chrestiens, qui rougiront [176] vn iour deuant eux. -Vous n'y verrez point de baisers, ny de caresses deshonnestez; -& dans le mariage vn homme y demeurera -les deux & trois ans entiers, sans cognoistre sa -femme, tandis qu'elle est nourrice. Ils sont gourmands -iusques à rendre gorge: vray est que cela n'est -pas souuent, mais seulement en quelques festins superstitieux. -Encore ne s'y trouuent-ils pas volontiers; -& d'ailleurs ils supportent beaucoup mieux la -faim que nous; si bien qu'apres auoir ieusné les deux -ou trois iours entiers, vous en verrez encore ramer, -porter, chanter, rire, gausser, cõme s'ils auoiẽt biẽ -disné. Ils sont fort faineants, menteurs, larrons, importuns -demandeurs. Quelques-vns les estiment vindicatifs; -mais pour moy ie crois que ce vice est plus -notable ailleurs qu'icy. On y voit reluire d'assez -belles vertus [177] morales. Vous y remarquez en -premier lieu vne grande amour & vnion, qu'ils sont -soigneux de cultiuer par le moyen de leurs mariages, -de leurs presens, de leurs festins, & de leurs frequentes -visites. Au retour de leur pesche, de leur chasse, & -de leur traitte, ils s'entredonnent beaucoup: s'ils y -ont pris quelque chose d'exquis, ou mesme s'ils l'ont -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">128</a></span> -acheté, ou si on le leur a donné, ils en font festin à -tout le village: l'hospitalité enuers toute sorte d'estrãgers -y est remarquable. Ils leur presentẽt en ces -festins ce qu'ils ont preparé de meilleur, & cõme i'ay -desia dit, ie ne sçay si ailleurs il se recontre rien de -pareil en ce sujet. Il me semble auoir leu dans les vies -[des] Peres, qu'vne armée Payenne se conuertit, voyant -la charité & l'hospitalité d'vne ville Chrestienne, -dont les habitans s'efforçoient à l'enuy de [178] caresser -& festoyer les Estrangers. Iugeant bien que -ceux-là deuoient professer la vraye Religion, & adorer -le vray Dieu Pere commun de tous, qui auoient -vn cœur si benin, & faisoient indifferemment tant de -bien à toute sorte de personnes. Nous auons aussi esperance -que nostre Seigneur donnera en fin la lumiere -de sa cognoissance, & communiquera l'ardeur de ses -graces à cette Nation, qu'il semble y auoir disposée -par la pratique de cette belle vertu. Ils ne refusent -iamais la porte à vn Estranger; & l'ayans receu vne -fois en leur maison, ils luy font part de ce qu'ils y -ont de meilleur: ils ne luy donnent iamais son congé; -& quand il le prend de soy-mesme, il en est quitte -pour vn simple grand-mercy. Cela me fait esperer, -que si vne fois il plaist à Dieu de les illuminer, ils correspondront -parfaictement [179] aux graces & aux inspirations -de son Fils. Et puis qu'il est venu comme -Estranger en sa propre maison, ie me promets que -ces bonnes gens le receuront à toutes heures en leur -cœur, sans le faire attendre à la porte par trop de dureté; -sans luy rien espargner en toute l'estenduë de -leurs affections: sans le trahir & le chasser dehors par -quelque faute signalée, & sans rien pretendre en son -seruice que son honneur & sa gloire: qui est tout ce -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">130</a></span> -qu'on peut souhaitter de fidelité en vne ame, pour le -bon vsage & sainct employ des faueurs du Ciel.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>As regards morals, the Hurons are lascivious, -although in two leading points less so than many -Christians, who will blush [176] some day in their -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">127</a></span> -presence. You will see no kissing nor immodest caressing; -and in marriage a man will remain two or -three years apart from his wife, while she is nursing. -They are gluttons, even to disgorging; it is true, that -does not happen often, but only in some superstitious -feasts,—these, however, they do not attend willingly. -Besides, they endure hunger much better than we,—so -well that after having fasted two or three entire -days you will see them still paddling, carrying loads, -singing, laughing, bantering, as if they had dined -well. They are very lazy, are liars, thieves, pertinacious -beggars. Some consider them vindictive; but, -in my opinion, this vice is more noticeable elsewhere -than here. We see shining among them some rather -noble moral [177] virtues. You note, in the first -place, a great love and union, which they are careful -to cultivate by means of their marriages, of their -presents, of their feasts, and of their frequent visits. -On returning from their fishing, their hunting, and -their trading, they exchange many gifts; if they have -thus obtained something unusually good, even if they -have bought it, or if it has been given to them, they -make a feast to the whole village with it. Their -hospitality towards all sorts of strangers is remarkable; -they present to them in their feasts the best of -what they have prepared, and, as I have already said, -I do not know if anything similar, in this regard, is -to be found elsewhere. I think I have read, in the -lives of the Fathers, that a Pagan army was converted -on seeing the charity and hospitality of a Christian -town, the inhabitants of which vied with each other -in [178] caressing and feasting the Strangers,—judging -well that those must profess the true Religion -and worship the true God, the common Father of all, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">129</a></span> -who had hearts so benign and who did so much good -to all sorts of persons, without distinction. We have -also hope that our Lord will give at last the light of -his knowledge, and will communicate the fire of his -graces, to this Nation, which he seems to have disposed -thereto by the practice of this noble virtue. -They never close the door upon a Stranger, and, once -having received him into their houses, they share -with him the best they have; they never send him -away, and, when he goes away of his own accord, he -repays them by a simple "thank you." This makes -me hope that, if once it pleases God to illumine -them, they will respond perfectly [179] to the grace -and inspiration of his Son. And, since he has come -as a Stranger into his own house, I promise myself -that these good people will receive him at all hours -into their hearts without making him wait too long on -account of their hardness, without withholding from -him anything in the whole range of their affections, -without betraying him or driving him outside by any -serious fault, and without claiming anything in his -service other than his honor and glory; which is all -the fidelity one can ask in a soul for the good use and -holy employment of the favors of Heaven.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Que diray-je de leur estrange patience dans leur -pauureté, disette & maladies? Nous auons veu cette -année les villages entiers sur la litiere, nourris d'vn -peu de sagamité insipide, & cependant pas vn mot -pour se plaindre, pas vn mouuement [180] d'impatience. -Ils reçoiuent bien plus constamment la nouuelle -de la mort, que ces Messieurs & Dames de la -Chrestienté, à qui on en oseroit ouurir la bouche. Nos -Sauuages l'entendent non seulement sans desespoir, -mais sans se troubler, sans pallir ou blesmir tant soit -peu. Nous auons sur tout admiré la constance de nos -nouueaux Chrestiens: le penultiéme qui est mort, -nommé Ioseph <i>Oatij</i> a demeuré sur la dure l'espace -de quatre ou cinq mois, tant deuant qu'apres son Baptesme, -si décharné qu'il n'auoit que les os; dãs vne -cabane si chetiue, que les vents y souffloient de tous -costez, couuert pendant les froidures de l'hyuer d'vne -peau fort legere, de bestes noires ou d'escurieux noirs, -nourry fort pauuremẽt. On ne l'a cependant iamais -ouy faire aucune plainte. Nostre Seigneur Iesus-Christ -soit à iamais [181] loüé. C'est sur ces dispositions -& fondemens, que nous esperons auec la grace -de Dieu bastir l'edifice de la Religiõ Chrestienne parmy -ce peuple, qui desia d'ailleurs nous est grandemẽt -affectiõné, & a vne grãde opinion de nous. C'est à -nous maintenãt à correspõdre à nostre vocatiõ, & à la -voix de N. S. qui nous dit, <i>videte regiones, quoniam albæ -sunt iam ad messẽ</i>. Il est vray, mon R. P. que <i>messis -multa, operarij pauci</i>, & de plus nous nous trouuõs fort -foibles pour vne si grãde entreprise; au moins moy; -& partant ie supplie nostre R. P. Prouincial & V. R. -de nous enuoyer du secours. Sur quoy ie m'escrierois -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">132</a></span> -volõtiers au bon Dieu, <i>mitte quem missurus es</i>; -car pour nous, nous sõmes des enfans qui ne faisons -que begayer. Cependant nous confians en la bonté -de N. Seign. & non en nos propres forces & industries, -voicy ce que [182] nous auons fait pour la conuersion -de ce Peuple, depuis nostre arriuée. Premierement -nous-nous sommes employez en l'estude de -la langue, qui à cause de la diuersité de ses mots composez -est quasi infinie. On ne peut neantmoins rien -faire sans cét estude. Tous les François qui sont icy -s'y sont ardemment portez, ramenant l'ancien vsage -d'escrire sur des escorces de bouleau faute de papier. -Les P. Dauost & Daniel y ont trauaillé par dessus -tous. Ils y sçauẽt autant de mots que moy, & peut-estre -plus. Mais ils n'ont pas encore la prattique -pour les former & assembler promptement; quoy que -le Pere Daniel s'explique desia passablement. Pour -moy qui y fais leçon à nos François, si Dieu ne m'assiste -extraordinairement, encor me faudra-il aller long -temps à l'escole des Sauuages, telle est la fecondité -[183] de leur langue. Cela n'empesche pas que ie -n'entende quasi tout ce qu'ils disent, & que ie ne leur -face assez comprendre mes conceptions, mesmes dans -l'explication de nos plus ineffables mystres. Apres -cela, nous nous sommes employez à la visite, sollicitation -& instruction des malades, qui ont esté comme -i'ay dit en tres-grand nombre; ç'a esté dãs ce pieux -exercice que nous auons acquis des ames à nostre -Seigneur, iusques au nombre de treize. La premiere -fut vne petite fil[l]ette de ce village aagée seulement -de quatre ou cinq mois, elle mourut vn quart d'heure -après son baptesme, auquel elle fut nõmée Iosephe, -pour accomplir vn vœu que i'auois faict de donner ce -nom au premier que nous regenererions des sainctes -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">134</a></span> -eaux, en recognoissance de tant de faueurs que nous -auons receu & receuons [184] par l'entremise de ce -grand Sainct. Ce fut le sixiesme Septembre 1634. -La deuxiesme, fut vne autre petite fille d'enuirõ deux -ans, que nous baptisames le lendemain; elle mourut -l'onziesme du mesme mois & an, ayant esté nommée -Marie.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>What shall I say of their strange patience in their -poverty, famine, and sickness? We have seen this -year whole villages prostrated, their food a little insipid -sagamité; and yet not a word of complaint, not -a movement [180] of impatience. They receive indeed -the news of death with more constancy than -those Christian Gentlemen and Ladies to whom one -would not dare to mention it. Our Savages hear of -it not only without despair, but without troubling -themselves, without the slightest pallor or change of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">131</a></span>countenance. -We have especially admired the constancy -of our new Christians. The next to the last one -who died, named Joseph <i>Oatij</i>, lay on the bare ground -during four or five months, not only before but after -his Baptism,—so thin that he was nothing but bones; -in a lodge so wretched that the winds blew in on all -sides; covered during the cold of winter with a very -light skin of some black animals, perhaps black squirrels, -and very poorly nourished. He was never heard -to make a complaint, however. May our Lord Jesus -Christ be ever [181] praised. It is on such dispositions -and foundations that we hope, with the grace of -God, to build the edifice of the Christian Religion -among these people, who, besides, are already affectionately -inclined toward us and have a great opinion -of us. It is now our part to correspond to our vocation, -and to the voice of Our Savior, who says to us, -<i>videte regiones, quoniam albæ sunt iam ad messem</i>. It -is true, my Reverend Father, that <i>messis multa, operarii -pauci</i>, and, besides, we are very weak for so great -an enterprise, at least I am, and therefore I beseech -our Reverend Father Provincial and Your Reverence -to send us help. For this I could cry willingly to the -good God, <i>mitte quem missurus es</i>; as for us, we are -children, who can only stammer. Yet see what we, -trusting in the goodness of Our Lord, and not in our -own strength and skill, [182] have done for the conversion -of this People since our arrival. In the first -place, we have been employed in the study of the -language, which, on account of the diversity of its -compound words, is almost infinite. One can, nevertheless, -do nothing without this study. All the -French who are here have eagerly applied themselves -to it, reviving the ancient usage of writing on birch-bark, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">133</a></span> -for want of paper. Fathers Davost and Daniel -have worked at it, beyond all; they know as many -words as I, and perhaps more; but they have not yet -had practice in forming and joining them together -promptly, although Father Daniel already explains -himself passably well. As for me, who give lessons -therein to our French, if God does not assist me extraordinarily, -I shall yet have to go a long time to -the school of the Savages, so prolific is [183] their -language. That does not prevent me from understanding -almost all they say, and from making them -fairly understand my meaning, even in the explanation -of our most ineffable mysteries. In addition, -we have employed ourselves in visiting, entreating, -and instructing the sick, who have been, as I have -said, very numerous. It has been in this pious exercise -that we have won souls for our Lord, to the -number of thirteen. The first was a little girl of this -village, only four or five months old; she died a -quarter of an hour after her baptism, in which she -was named Josepha, to fulfill a vow I had made to -give this name to the first that we should regenerate -with the holy waters,—in gratitude for so many favors -that we have received and are receiving [184] by -the interposition of that great Saint. This was on -the sixth of September, 1634. The second was another -little girl, about two years of age, whom we -baptized on the next day. She died on the eleventh -of the same month and year, having been named -Marie.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le 26. du mesme mois ie baptisay Marie <i>Oquiaendis</i> -mere du Capitaine de ce village, ayeule de l'autre -Marie. Celle-cy vit encore, & attribuë sa guerisõ à -la vertu du S. Baptesme, le publiant par tout. En -effet elle estoit quasi aux abois, & dés qu'elle fut lauée -de ces sacrées eaux, elle commença à se mieux -porter. Le 20. d'Octobre, ie partis pour aller à la -Nation du Petun: en ce voyage Dieu me fit la faueur -de baptifer & enuoyer au Ciel trois petits enfans, -l'vn desquels entre autres alloit ietter les derniers -souspirs quãd i'arriuay dãs sa cabane, où à peine eus-je -le loisir [185] de l'ondoyer. Au retour du voyage, -ie trouuay que le P. Daniel auoit baptisé Ioseph <i>Ioutaya</i>, -qu'on croyoit deuoir expirer sur le chãp. Ie -l'auois instruit auparauãt. Il a suruécu long temps, -tousiours languissant, & faisant beaucoup d'actes de -vertu. Nous l'auons assisté corporellement & spirituellement; -si bien que luy & toute sa cabane n'attribuoient -la prolongatiõ de sa vie, qu'au double secours -qu'il a receu de nostre part. En fin estant mort heureusement -dãs la cõfession & inuocatiõ du vray Dieu, -& dans la repentãce de ses pechez, nous l'enterrasmes -solẽnellement comme il l'auoit desiré. Nous auõs admiré -le soin, la charité & la perseuerãce de sa fẽme, -dãs les deuoirs & seruices qu'elle luy rẽdoit pendãt -vne fort longue, fort salle, & fort puãte maladie. -Elle & toute sa cabane (où nous en auons déja baptisé -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">136</a></span> -trois) nous est demeurée [186] fort affectionnée, & ils -m'ont protesté plusieurs fois qu'ils seroient tous à la -vie, à la mort, & au delà en nostre disposition. Mais -nous ne les iugeons pas encore assez instruits. C'est -en ceste cabane où demeure le premier Huron que -i'aye iamais baptizé qui fut l'an mil six cens vingt-neuf, -auant nostre depart de ce Pays. C'estoit vn -petit enfant tenu pour mort, lequel sembla renaistre -& reuiure doublement dans les eaux viuifiantes du -sainct Baptesme. Il vit encore aagé d'enuiron cinq -ans, & est fort gentil.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the 26th of the same month, I baptized Marie -<i>Oquiaendis</i>, the mother of the Captain of this village, -grandmother of the other Marie. She is still living, -and attributes her recovery to the virtue of Holy Baptism, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">135</a></span>publishing it everywhere. In truth, she was -almost gone; and as soon as she was washed with -the sacred waters she began to improve. On the -20th of October, I set out to go to the Tobacco Nation.<a name="endanchor_40_40" id="endanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Endnote_40_40" class="endanchor">40</a> -In this journey God granted me the favor of -baptizing and sending to Heaven three little children, -one of whom, among others, was about to give -forth his last breath when I reached the lodge and -had scarcely time [185] to sprinkle him. When I returned -from the journey I found that Father Daniel -had baptized Joseph <i>Joutaya</i>, who was believed to be -at the point of death. I had instructed him previously. -He survived a long time, in a languishing -condition, and doing many acts of virtue. We helped -him both bodily and spiritually; so well that he and -all his family attributed the prolongation of his life -to nothing but the double assistance he had received -from us. At last, having happily died in the confession -and invocation of the true God, and in repentance -for his sins, we solemnly interred him as he -had desired. We admired the care, the charity, and -the perseverance of his wife in the duties and services -she rendered to him during a long, very dirty, and -very disgusting sickness. She and all her house, -(where we have already baptized three) have continued -[186] warmly attached to us; and they have -often protested to me that they will all be, in life, in -death, and beyond, at our service. But we do not -judge them yet sufficiently instructed. It is this cabin -where lives the first Huron I ever baptized, which -was in the year one thousand six hundred and twenty-nine, -before our departure from this Country. It -was a little child, looked upon as dead, who seemed -to be born and live again in a double sense, in the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">137</a></span> -life-imparting waters of holy Baptism. He still lives, -being about five years of age, and is very gentle.</p> - -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-vniesme d'Octobre fut baptizé Ioseph <i>Sondaarouhané</i>, -aagé d'enuiron quarante ou cinquante ans; -il auoit vne grande bonté & douceur naturelle, & m'estoit -de longue main affectionné; il rendit son bienheureux -esprit à Dieu le vingtiesme Nouembre. Le -mesme [187] iour fut baptisé Ioachim <i>Tsindacaiendoua</i>, -vieillard de 80. ans. C'estoit vn des Hurons du meilleur -naturel que i'aye connu, le lendemain il quitta -cette vie pour en commencer vne meilleure, comme -nous croyons: nous l'enterrasmes solemnellement en -vn lieu separé. Cette ceremonie attira sur nous les -yeux de tout le village, & causa à plusieurs le desir -qu'on honorast leur sepulture de cette façon, notamment -à Ioseph <i>Ioutaia</i>, cy dessus mentionné: lequel -apres les obseques acheuées me dit qu'il eust esté -bien aise que nous eussions passé au trauers de sa cabane -en l'estat que nous estions habillez, pour nous -veoir du lieu où la maladie le tenoit attaché: car on -luy en auoit fait tant de cas, qu'il declara authentiquement -vouloir estre enterré de nos mains, ce qui -fut fait.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-first of October, was baptized Joseph -<i>Sondaarouhané</i>, about forty or fifty years of age. -He had great goodness and natural sweetness, and -had been attached to me for a long time. He yielded -up his blessed spirit to God, on the twentieth of November. -On the same [187] day was baptized Joachim -<i>Tsindacaiendoua</i>, an old man of 80 years. He -was one of the best-natured Hurons I have ever known. -The next day he left this life, to begin a better one, -as we believe; we interred him solemnly in a separate -place. This ceremony attracted upon us the eyes -of the whole village, and caused several to desire -that we should honor their burial in the same way,—notably -Joseph <i>Joutaia</i>, the one above-mentioned, -who, after the obsequies were over, told me that he -would have been very glad if we had passed through -his cabin in the style in which we were dressed, so -that he might see us from the place in which sickness -kept him bound; for they had talked so much to him -about the matter that he declared of his own will that -he wished to be interred by our hands, which was -done.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[188] Puisque ie suis retombé sur le propos de cét -homme, ie diray vne chose memorable qui luy arriua -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">138</a></span> -apres son Baptesme. Le Diable luy apparut vn iour -en forme d'vn sien frere decedé. Entrant dans sa cabane, -il ne le salüa pas, & s'asseyant de l'autre cofté -du feu, vis à vis de nostre nouueau Chrestien, il demeura -long-temps sans parler. En fin prenant la parole, -il luy dit, Quoy donc mon frere, vous nous voulez -quitter? Nostre Ioseph, qui n'estoit pas encore -assez duit en cette milice, respondit: non, mõ frere, -ie ne vous veux pas quitter, ie ne vous quitteray -point; & dit-on qu'alors ce faux frere commença à le -caresser. Toutesfois il a depuis protesté plusieurs -fois qu'il desiroit aller au Ciel.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[188] Since I have referred to this man's decision, -I will tell a memorable thing which happened to him -after his Baptism. The Devil appeared to him in the -form of one of his deceased brothers. Entering his -cabin without any salutation, he sat down on the other -side of the fire opposite our new Christian, and remained -a long time without speaking. At last beginning -to speak, he said to him, "How now, my brother, -do you wish to leave us?" Our Joseph, who was -not yet sufficiently equipped for this warfare, replied, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">139</a></span> -"No, my brother, I don't wish to leave you; I will -not leave you," and it is said this false brother then -began to caress him. Still, he has since declared -several times that he desired to go to Heaven.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-septiesme de Nouembre Martin Tsicok, -vieillard desia [189] fort aagé, & d'vne humeur fort -douce, fut baptisé. Ce bon hõme ne cessa d'inuoquer -Iesus & Marie depuis son baptesme iusques au 15. -Decembre qu'il mourut. Ie commençay à l'instruire -par cette verité: que nos ames apres la mort alloient -toutes en Enfer ou en Paradis: Que le Paradis estoit -vn lieu remply de delices & de contentemens: & au -contraire, l'Enfer, vn lieu de feux, de peines & de -tourmens eternels. Qu'au reste, il auisast, tandis qu'il -estoit encore en vie, auquel de ces deux lieux il vouloit -aller, & demeurer pour iamais. Alors ce bon -vieillard se tournant vers sa femme, Ma femme, luy -dit-il, ne vaut-il pas bien mieux aller au Ciel? I'ay -peur de ces effroyables feux d'enfer: sa femme fut -de mesme aduis; & ainsi il presta volontiers l'oreille -aux instructiõs qu'on luy dõna.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-seventh of November, Martin Tsicok, -already a very [189] old man and of a very gentle -disposition, was baptized. This good man did not -cease to invoke Jesus and Mary from his baptism until -the 15th of December, when he died. I began to -instruct him with this truth, that our souls after death -all go to Hell or to Paradise; that Paradise is a place -full of delights and contentment, and on the contrary -that Hell is a place of fires, of pains, and eternal torments; -that, besides, he should think, while he was -yet in life, to which of these places he desired to go -and dwell forever. Then this good old man, turning -to his wife, said to her, "My wife, is it not indeed -better to go to Heaven? I am afraid of those horrible -fires of hell." His wife was of the same opinion, -and thus he willingly listened to the instructions we -gave him.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le dixneufiesme Ianuier, ie partis [190] pour aller -en la maison de Louys de saincte Foy, distante de nostre -village de sept ou huict lieuës. Ie n'auois peû -ny deu y aller plustost, pour ce qu'il estoit allé en la -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">140</a></span> -Nation neutre querir son Pere, qui y estoit demeuré -perclus.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the nineteenth of January, I set out [190] for -the house of Louys de saincte Foy, distant from our -village seven or eight leagues. I had been neither -able nor willing to go sooner, as he had gone to the -neutral Nation<a name="endanchor_41_41" id="endanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Endnote_41_41" class="endanchor">41</a> -to seek his father, who had remained -there, a cripple.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>En ce voyage, passant par <i>Onnentissati</i>, i'allay voir -vn nommé <i>oukhahitoüa</i>, qui auoit l'an passé embarqué -vn de nos hommes: le trouuant à l'extremité, ie l'instruisis, -il creut, il detesta sa vie passée, il fut baptisé -sous le nom de François, & deux iours apres quitta ce -monde pour s'enuoler au Ciel.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On this journey passing through <i>Onnentissati</i>,<a name="endanchor_42_42" id="endanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Endnote_42_42" class="endanchor">42</a> -I -went to see a man named <i>oukhahitoüa</i>, who last year -embarked one of our men. Finding him dying, I instructed -him; he believed, he detested his past life, -he was baptized under the name of François, and two -days later quitted this world to fly to Heaven.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-neufiesme de Mars nous baptisames solemnellement -en nostre petite Chapelle Ioseph Oatij: -François petit Pré luy seruit de Parain, plusieurs y -assisterent. Il y auoit long-temps que nous l'instruisions; -c'est pourquoy il respondit [191] luy-mesme -aux interrogations que ie luy faisois en langue Huronne. -Ce bon ieune homme estoit d'vne complexion -fort valetudinaire; nous l'auions gaigné par vne continuelle -assistance, qui l'auoit remis par deux fois: de -sorte que tres-volontiers il remit entre nos mains le -soin de son ame, laquelle alla heureusement à Dieu le -quatorziesme Auril, apres auoir esté fortifiée du Sacrement -d'extreme-Onction.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-ninth of March, we solemnly baptized -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">141</a></span> -in our little Chapel Joseph Oatij; François petit Pré<a name="endanchor_43_43" id="endanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Endnote_43_43" class="endanchor">43</a> -was his Godfather, and many were present. We had -been instructing him a long time, and hence he replied -[191] personally to the questions I put to him in the -Huron tongue. This good young man was of a very -sickly constitution; we had gained him by continual -assistance, which had twice saved his life; so that he -willingly put in our hands the care of his soul, which -went happily to God on the fourteenth of April, after -having been fortified by the Sacrament of extreme -Unction.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>Nous auons sur tout admiré sa patience, & sa tranquillité -d'esprit, principalement depuis le baptesme. -A peine auions nous commencé à l'instruire, qu'il -commença à dire fort souuent & de iour & de nuict; -Iesus ayez pitié de moy. Marie & Ioseph secourez -moy.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>We especially admired his patience and tranquility -of mind, especially after his baptism. Scarcely had -we begun to instruct him when he began to say very -often, both by day and by night, "Jesus, have pity -on me! Mary and Joseph, help me!"</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Finalement le vingtiesme d'Auril, ie baptisay à -Oënrio vne femme fort vieille. Elle deceda le vingt-quatriesme; -[192] du commencement que ie l'abborday, -& que ie luy demanday si elle vouloit aller au -Ciel ou en Enfer: elle ne respondoit autre chose, sinon -qu'elle iroit où son fils voudroit. Mais luy ayant esté -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">142</a></span> -dit que son pere feu Ioachim <i>Tsindacaiendoua</i> estoit -allé au Ciel: I'y veux donc aller, dit-elle.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Lastly, on the twentieth of April, I baptized at -Oënrio a very old woman, who died on the twenty-fourth. -[192] At first, when I talked to her, and -asked her whether she wished to go to Heaven or -to Hell, she did not answer, except to say that she -would go where her son wished. But having told -her that her father, the late Joachim <i>Tsindacaiendoua</i>, -had gone to Heaven, she said, "Then I wish to go -there!"</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ce sont là les fruicts que nous auons recueilly de -nos visites, & instructions particulieres. Ie croy que -la moisson eust esté plus grande, si i'eusse peu abandonner -nostre village, & parcourir les autres. Plaise -à nostre Seigneur accepter ces petites premices, & -nous donner les forces & les moyens d'en faire dauantage. -On en a instruit beaucoup d'autres, qui demandoient -le Baptesme fort instãment. Mais ne les voyant -pas en dãger de mort, nous les auons reseruez -pour vne plus grãde instructiõ.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>These, then, are the fruits that we have gathered -from our visits and private instructions. I believe -the harvest would have been greater if I could have -left our village, and visited the others. May it please -our Lord to accept these few first fruits, and give us -strength and opportunities to gather more of them. -We have instructed many others, who asked very urgently -for Baptism; but not seeing them in danger -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">143</a></span> -of death, we have kept them back for further instructions.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>[193] Enuiron le mois de Decembre les neiges commencerent -à prendre pied, & les Sauuages se rendirent -sedentaires dans le village. Car tout l'Esté, -& tout l'Automne, ils sont la plus-part ou dans des -cabanes chãpestres à prendre garde à leurs bleds, ou -sur le lac à la pesche, ou en traite; ce qui n'est pas -vne petite incommodité pours les instruire. Les voyãt -donc ainsi reünis, au commencemẽt de ceste année, -nous resolusmes de prescher publiquement à tous, & -leur faire cognoistre le sujet de nostre venuë en leur -Pays, qui n'est pas pour leurs pelleteries, mais pour -leur annoncer le vray Dieu, & son fils Iesus-Christ, -Sauueur vniuersel de nos ames.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[193] About the month of December, the snow began -to lie on the ground, and the Savages settled -down in the village. For, during the whole Summer -and Autumn, they are for the most part either in their -rural cabins, taking care of their crops, or on the -lake fishing, or trading; which makes it not a little -inconvenient to instruct them. Seeing them, therefore, -thus gathered together at the beginning of this -year, we resolved to preach publicly to all, and to -acquaint them with the reason of our coming into -their Country, which is not for their furs, but to declare -to them the true God and his son, Jesus Christ, -the universal Savior of our souls.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Nous faisons cette Instruction ou Catechisme en -nostre cabane: car nous n'auons point encore d'autre -Eglise capable. C'est le plus souuent [194] que nous -pouuons: car leurs festins, leurs danses, & leurs ieux, -les occupent tellement, qu'on ne les assemble pas -comme l'on veut.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>We gave the Instruction or Catechism in our cabin, -for we had as yet no other suitable Church. This -is often the most [194] we can do; for their feasts, -dances, and games so occupy them that we cannot -get them together as we would like.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>La façon ordinaire que nous y tenons est cette-cy. -Nous appellons le monde par le moyen du Capitaine -du village, qui les assemble tous chez nous comme en -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">144</a></span> -Conseil, ou bien au son de la clochette. Ie me sers -du surplis & du bonnet carré, pour donner plus de -maiesté. Au commencement nous chantons à genoux -le <i>Pater noster</i> reduit en vers Hurons. Le P. Daniel -comme autheur de cela chante vn couplet tout seul, -& puis nous le rechantons tous ensemble, & ceux -d'entre les Hurons, principalement les petits enfans -qui le sçauent desia, prennent plaisir de chanter auec -nous, & les autres d'escouter. Cela fait, comme vn -chacun est assis, ie me leue, & fais [195] faire le signe -de la Croix à tous, puis ayãt recapitulé ce que i'ay dit -la derniere fois, i'explique quelque chose de nouueau. -Apres cela nous interrogeons les ieunes enfans, & -les filles, donnans ou vn petit canon de verre, ou de -la racade à ceux qui l'ont merité. Les parents sont -fort aises de veoir leurs enfans bien dire, & remporter -quelque petit prix, dont ils se rendent dignes par -le soin qu'ils ont de venir en particulier se faire -instruire. Nous de nostre costé, pour leur donner plus -d'emulation, faisons reprendre chaque leçon, par nos -deux petits garçons François, qui s'entreinterrogent -l'vn l'autre; ce qui rauit les Sauuages en admiration. -En fin tout se conclud par le discours des Anciens, -qui proposent leurs difficultez, & quelquesfois me -[196] font escouter à mon tour le narré de leur creance.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>The usual method that we follow is this: We call -together the people by the help of the Captain of the -village, who assembles them all in our house as in -Council, or perhaps by the sound of the bell. I use -the surplice and the square cap, to give more majesty -to my appearance. At the beginning, we chant on -our knees the <i>Pater noster</i>, translated into Huron -verse. Father Daniel, as its author, chants a couplet -alone, and then we all together chant it again; and -those among the Hurons, principally the little ones, -who already know it, take pleasure in chanting it -with us, and the others in listening. That done, -when every one is seated, I rise and make [195] the -sign of the Cross for all; then, having recapitulated -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">145</a></span> -what I said the last time, I explain something new. -After that we question the young children and the -girls, giving a little bead of glass or porcelain to -those who deserve it. The parents are very glad to -see their children answer well and carry off some -little prize, of which they render themselves worthy -by the care they take to come privately to get instruction. -On our part, to arouse their emulation, -we have each lesson retraced by our two little French -boys, who question each other,—which transports the -Savages with admiration. Finally the whole is concluded -by the talk of the Old Men, who propound -their difficulties, and sometimes [196] make me listen -in my turn to the statement of their belief.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Nous commençasmes nos Catechismes par cette verité -memorable, que les ames qui sont immortelles, -vont toutes apres la mort en Paradis ou en Enfer. Et -c'est ainsi que nous les abordons, soit en public, soit -en particulier. I'adioustay qu'ils auoiẽt le choix pendant -la vie, de prendre party apres la mort icy ou là, -où ils aduiseroient presentement. A quoy vn bon -veillard m'ayant dit, Aille qui voudra dans les feux -d'Enfer, pour moy ie desire aller au Ciel. Tous les -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">146</a></span> -autres le suiuirent, & vsans de la mesme response, -nous prierent de leur en monstrer le chemin, & oster -les pierres, les arbres & les halliers qui y sont, & qui -pourroient les arrester.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>We began our Catechizing by this memorable truth, -that their souls, which are immortal, all go after -death either to Paradise or to Hell. It is thus we -approach them, either in public or in private. I -added that they had the choice, during life, to participate -after death in the one or the other,—which -one, they ought now to consider. Whereupon one -honest old man said to me, "Let him who will, go -to the fires of Hell; I want to go to Heaven;" all -the others followed and making use of the same answer, -begged us to show them the way, and to take -away the stones, the trees, and the thickets therein, -which might stop them.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Nos Hurons comme vous voyez ne sont pas si massifs -qu'on croiroit biẽ, [197] ils me semblent auoir le -sens cõmun assez bon, & ie les recognois vniuersellemẽt -fort dociles. Il y en a neantmoins d'opiniastres, -& attachez à leurs superstitiõs & mauuaises coustumes; -ce sont notamment les vieillards: car horsmis ceux là, -qui ne sont pas en grand nombre, tout le reste ne sçait -rien en leur croyance. Nous en auons en nostre village -deux ou trois de ce nombre. Ie suis souuent -aux prises auec eux, où ie les conuaincs & les mets -en contradiction, de telle sorte qu'ils aduoüent ingenuement -leur ignorance, & les autres se mocquent -d'eux; neantmoins ils ne se rendent pas, ayant pour -tout refuge, que leur Pays n'est pas comme le nostre, -qu'ils ont vn autre Dieu, vn autre Paradis, en vn mot -d'autres coustumes.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Our Hurons, as you see, are not so dull as one -might think them; [197] they seem to me to have -rather good common sense, and I find them universally -very docile. Nevertheless, some of them are -obstinate, and attached to their superstitions and evil -customs. These are principally the old people; for -beyond these, who are not numerous, the rest know -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">147</a></span> -nothing of their own belief. We have two or three -of this number in our village. I am often in conflict -with them; and then I show them they are wrong, -and make them contradict themselves, so that they -frankly admit their ignorance, and the others ridicule -them; still they will not yield, always falling back -upon this, that their Country is not like ours, that -they have another God, another Paradise, in a word, -other customs.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Ils nous racontent que cette femme nommé <i>Eataentsic</i> -tomba du Ciel [198] dedans les eaux, dont estoit -couuerte la terre, & que peu à peu la terre se descouurit. -Ie leur demande qui a creé ce Ciel, où cette -femme n'a pû se tenir, & ils demeurent muets; -comme aussi quãd ie les presse de me dire qui auoit -produit la terre, veu qu'elle estoit au fond des eaux -auparauant la cheute de ceste femme. Vn certain -me demanda assez subtilement sur ce propos, où estoit -Dieu auant la creation du monde. La response me -fut plus facile, apres S. Augustin, qu'à eux l'intelligence -de la question qu'ils me faisoient. Vn autre -bon vieillard estant tombé malade, ne vouloit point -oüyr parler d'aller au Ciel, disant qu'il desiroit aller -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">148</a></span> -où estoient ses ancestres. Quelques iours apres il se -rendit, & me fit vn plaisant conte. Resioüys toy, me -dit-il, car ie suis reuenu du pays des ames, & ie n'y -en ay plus trouué, [199] elles sont toutes allées au -Ciel. Il n'y a rien qui ne serue à salut, quand il -plaist à Dieu, iusques aux songes.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>They tell us how the woman, named <i>Eataentsic</i>, -fell from Heaven [198] into the waters with which -the earth was covered; and that little by little, the -earth became bare. I ask them who created the -Heaven in which this woman could not stay, and -they remain mute; as also when I press them to tell -me who formed the earth, seeing that it was beneath -the waters before the fall of this woman. One man -asked me very cunningly, in this connection, where -God was before the creation of the world. The reply -was more easy for me, following St. Augustine, -than the grasp of the question put to me was for -them. Another good old man, having fallen sick, -did not wish to hear of going to Heaven, saying he -desired to go where his ancestors were. Some days -afterwards, he came to me and told me a pleasant -story: "Rejoice," he said, "for I have returned from -the country of souls, and I have found none there -any longer; [199] they have all gone to Heaven." -There is nothing which does not serve for salvation -when God pleases, not even dreams.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Deux choses entre autres nous ont fort aydé, pour -si peu de profit que nous auons desia fait icy, par la -grace de nostre Seigneur. La premiere est, comme -i'ay desia dit, la santé que Dieu nous a conseruée parmy -vne si grande & si vniuerselle contagion: car nos -Hurons ont pensé que s'ils croyoient en Dieu, & le -seruoient comme nous, il[s] ne mouroient pas en si -grand nombre.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Two things among others have aided us very much -in the little we have been able to do here, by the -grace of our Lord; the first is, as I have already said, -the good health that God has granted us in the midst -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">149</a></span> -of sickness so general and so widespread. For our -Hurons have thought that, if they believed in God -and served him as we do, they would not die in so -large numbers.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>La seconde est l'assistance temporelle, qu'on a rendu -aux malades. Ayans apporté pour nous quelques -petits rafraichissemens, nous leur en donnions, à l'vn -vn peu de prunes, à l'autre vn peu de raisins; aux autres -quelque autre chose. Les pauures gens venoient -[200] de fort loin pour en auoir tous leur part.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>The second is the temporal assistance we have rendered -to the sick. Having brought for ourselves -some few delicacies, we shared them with them, giving -to one a few prunes and to another a few raisins, -to others something else. The poor people came -[200] from great distances to get their share.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Nos François ayant assez heureusement reüssy à la -chasse pendant l'Automne; nous en portions quelque -morceau à tous les malades. Cela leur gagnoit le -cœur. Veu principalemẽt, qu'ils mouroient n'ayãt -ny chair ny poissõ, pour affaisõner leur sagamité. -Adioustez que tous nos François se sont Dieu mercy -comportez si vertueusement, & si paisiblemẽt dedãs & -dehors, pẽdant toute cette année, qu'ils ont attiré la -benediction du Ciel. Nous deuons aussi beaucoup au -glorieux sainct Ioseph espoux de nostre Dame, & protecteur -des Hurons, dont nous auons touché au doigt -l'assistãce plusieurs fois. Ce fut vne chose remarquable, -que le iour de sa feste, & durant l'Octaue, les -commoditez nous venoient de toutes parts.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Our French servants having succeeded very well in -hunting, during the Autumn, we carried portions of -game to all the sick. That chiefly won their hearts, -as they were dying, having neither flesh nor fish -to season their sagamité. Add that all our French -have borne themselves, thank God, so virtuously and -so peaceably on all sides, during the whole year, that -they have drawn down the blessing of Heaven. We -owe much also to our glorious saint Joseph, spouse -of our Lady, and protector of the Hurons, who has -rendered us tangible aid several times. It was a remarkable -thing that on the day of his feast, and during -the Octave, accommodations came to us from all -sides.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p> -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">150</a></span> -[201] Auant que de finir, ie diray seulement ce mot -de Louys de saincte Foy, que i'aymerois mieux taire, -n'estoit qu'il peut seruir pour reconnoistre plus iudicieusement -cette Nation. C'est qu'il n'est pas tel -qu'il deuroit estre, & que nous l'eussions souhaitté; -neantmoins nous en auõs encore bonne esperance. Il -fut pris l'année passée par les Hiroquois en la défaite -commune, & emmené prisonnier. Il luy en a cousté -vn doigt; ce coup de foüet deuroit estre bastant pour -le remettre en son deuoir. Son Pere ne fut pas pris: -il se sauua à la fuite, mais en fuyãt il patit à bon escient -dedans les bois, où il demeura, à ce qu'il dit, -trente iours, combattu de trois puissans ennemis; scauoir -est du froid, car c'estoit au Printemps, & il estoit -nud & sans feu: de la maladie, car il demeura comme -perclus des deux iambes & [202] n'en est pas encore -guery; & en fin de la faim. A propos de laquelle il -raconte vne chose remarquable, si elle est vraye. Il -dit qu'ayant demeuré dix ou douze iours sans manger, -& priant Dieu, duquel il auoit ouy parler à son -fils, il vit comme vn pot de grais tel qu'il en auoit -veu à Kebec, remply d'vne très suaue liqueur, & -oüyt vne voix, qui luy disoit, <i>Saranhes</i>, aye bon courage, -tu n'en mourras pas; prens, boy de ce qui est -dans ce pot afin de te fortifier: ce qu'il fit, & en fut -merueilleusement soulagé. Que peu apres il rencontra -en vn arbrisseau vn sachet de bled, dont il sustenta -petitement sa vie, iusques à ce que quelques Sauuages -de la Nation neutre, l'ayant fortuitement trouué, -l'enleuerent en leur village.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p> -[201] Before drawing to a close, I shall say only -this one word about Louys de saincte Foy, which I -would prefer not to say were it not that it may help -to make this Nation more correctly known; it is -this,—he is not such as he ought to be, and as we -had wished. Nevertheless, we still have good hope. -He was taken prisoner last year by the Hiroquois, in -the common defeat, and carried away a captive. It -cost him a finger. This severe stroke ought to suffice -to bring him back to duty. His Father was not taken; -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">151</a></span> - he escaped by flight, but in fleeing he suffered in -good earnest in the woods, where he remained, according -to his account, thirty days struggling against -three powerful enemies,—namely, cold, for it was -Spring, and he was naked and fireless; sickness, for -his two legs were powerless, and [202] he has not yet -recovered; and, lastly, against hunger, in reference -to which he relates a remarkable story, if it be true. -He says that, having gone for ten or twelve days -without eating, and praying to God, of whom he had -heard his son speak, he saw what seemed a pot of -grease, such as he had seen at Kebec, full of a very -savory liquor, and heard a voice that said to him, -"<i>Saranhes</i>, be of good cheer; thou wilt not die; take, -drink what is in the pot and strengthen thyself," -which he did, and was marvelously solaced by it. A -little later, he found in a thicket a small bagful of -corn, with which he barely sustained life until some -Savages of the neutral Nation, having accidentally -found him, brought him to their village.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Cét homme m'a témoigné qu'il desiroit se conuertir, -luy & toute sa [203] famille, & cooperer à ce que tout -son village seruist à Dieu, comme nous. Mais c'est -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">152</a></span> -vn esprit deslié aussi bien que son fils, ie ne me fie pas -encore en luy. Nostre esperance est en Dieu, & en -nostre Seigneur Iesus-Christ, qui a respandu son sang -pour le salut des Hurons, aussi bien pour le reste du -monde.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>This man has declared to me that he and his whole -family were desirous of being converted, [203] and of -helping to bring the entire village to God's service. -But his is a crafty spirit, as well as his son's, and I do -not trust him yet. Our hope is in God, and in our -Lord Jesus Christ, who shed his blood for the salvation -of the Hurons, as well as for the rest of the -world.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>C'est sur cét appuy, & non sur nos industries, que -nous esperons de veoir vn iour icy vne Chrestienté -florissante. Les esprits certes y sont dociles & flexibles, -ie ne voy que la liberté des femmes qu'ils changent -à plaisir, & quelques superstitions difficiles à abolir. -Car d'ailleurs ils n'ont point d'auersion de la -Foy, ny de la Loy Chrestienne; ils recourent volontiers -à Dieu en leurs [204] necessitez: viennent faire -benir leurs bleds auant que de les semer, & demandent -ce que c'est que nous desirons d'eux. Nous n'auons -à apprehender que nos pechez & imperfections, & -moy sur tous. Certes ie me sens extremement i[n]digne -de cét employ; mais enuoyez nous des saincts, -ou faites enuers Dieu nostre Seigneur, que nous -soyons tels qu'il desire. Mille recommandations aux -saincts sacrifices de vostre Reuerence, & de tous nos -Peres & Freres.</p> - -<p class="center"> -<span class="smcap">De V. R.</span> -</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>De nostre petite Maison de S. Ioseph au village -d'Ihonatiria és Hurons ce 27. May 1635. -iour auquel le S. Esprit descendit visiblement -sur les Apostres.</p></blockquote> - -<p class="pmar"> -Tres-humble & tres-obeyssant<br /> -seruiteur en nostre Seigneur,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Iean de Brebevf</span>. -</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>It is through this support, and not our own efforts, -that we hope one day to see here a flourishing Christianity. -Indeed, their minds are docile and flexible; -I see only the liberty with which they change their -wives at pleasure, and some superstitions, difficult to -abolish, for in other respects they have no aversion -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">153</a></span>to the Faith nor to the Christian Law. They turn -willingly to God in their [204] necessities; they come -to get their crops blessed, before sowing them; and -ask us what we desire of them. All we have to fear -is our own sins and imperfections, and I above all. -In truth, I feel myself extremely unworthy of this -employment; but send holy ones to us, or pray to -God our Lord that we may be such as he desires. A -thousand entreaties for the holy sacrifices of your -Reverence and of all our Fathers and Brothers.</p> - -<p class="center"> -<span class="smcap">Your Reverence's</span> -</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>From our little House of St. Joseph, in the village -of Ihonatiria in the Huron country, this -27th of May, 1635, the day on which the Holy -Spirit descended visibly upon the Apostles.</p></blockquote> - -<p class="pmar"> -Very humble and obedient<br /> -servant in our Lord, -</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Jean de Brebeuf</span>. -</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">154</a></span> - -[205]<span class="dropcap"><span class="dropfix"> </span> M</span><span class="smcap">on R. Pere</span>, -</p> -<p> -Depuis la presente escrite nous auõs -baptisé vn enfãt malade, arriere petit -neueu de feu Ioachim <i>Tsindacaiendoua</i>, & ce d'autant -plus hardiment que ceste famille semble estre toute -disposée à la Foy. Nostre Seigneur luy a rendu la -santé auec admiration de ses parens, qui remarquerent -qu'incontinent apres le baptesme, il reposa fort doucement. -Cela seruira pour renuerser vne mauuaise -opinion que le Diable va semant dans quelques esprits, -ausquels il persuade qu'on ne guerit iamais -apres le baptesme. C'est là vne des ruses du Diable -contre nous; il en a bien d'autres dont il a fait l'essay -desia en partie, mais N. Seigneur le confondra; c'est -en luy en qui nous nous confions. Paraduenture V. -R. sera-elle [206] biẽ aise de sçauoir que l'Hyuer a -esté icy fort court, & fort moderé, le Pays est tel, qu'il -porte assez pour la nourriture des habitans. Tout ce -Printemps a esté grandement beau & sec, les bleds -commencent à pâtir faute de pluye. Ie prie nostre -Seigneur, qu'il luy plaise y remedier, & nous donner -ce qui sera necessaire pour sa gloire, pour les heureux -commencemens de ceste Chrestienté, & pour la benediction -des petits trauaux que nostre Compagnie entreprend -en ces terres éloignées, sous la protection -des Fleurs de Lys, & de nostre Grand Roy, qui les -fait fleurir auiourd'huy si glorieusement.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">155</a></span> - -[205] <span class="dropcap"><span class="dropfix"> </span>M</span><span class="smcap">y Reverend Father</span>,</p> - -<p>Since the above was written, we have -baptized a sick child, grandnephew of -the late Joachim <i>Tsindacaiendoua</i>; and this the more -boldly, as this family seems to be disposed to the -Faith. Our Lord has restored his health, to the -wonder of his parents, who remarked that immediately -after the baptism he rested very sweetly. This -will serve to overthrow a bad opinion that the Devil -goes about sowing in some minds, whom he persuades -that they will never get better after baptism. This -is but one of the ruses of the Devil against us; he -has many others, which he has already attempted in -part; but Our Lord will confound him; it is in him -that we put our trust. Your Reverence will perhaps -[206] be glad to hear that the Winter here has been -very short and moderate. The Country is such that -it bears sufficient for the nourishment of its inhabitants. -All this Spring has been extremely clear and -dry; the crops are beginning to suffer for want of -rain. I pray our Lord that it may please him to remedy -this, and to give us what will be necessary for -his glory, for the happy beginnings of this Christianity, -and for the blessing of the insignificant labors -that our Society is undertaking in these distant lands, -under the protection of the Fleurs de Lys and of our -Great King who to-day is causing them to bloom so -gloriously.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<h3><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">156</a></span> - -[207] Relation de qvelqves particularitez, du lieu -& des Habitans de I'Isle du Cap Breton.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Enuoyée par le P. Iulien Perrault, de la Compagnie de Iesus, à -son Prouincial, en France, l'an 1634. & 35.</i></p> - -<p class="dropcap">L'ISLE du Cap Breton est esloignée de nostre -France d'enuiron neuf cens lieuës par mer. -Elle en a soixante & dix ou quatre vingts de -circuit. Les mõtagnes y sont fort hautes & en -nombre, au pied desquelles [208] se voyent de grandes -fondrieres & precipices affreux. La terre y est couuerte -de toutes sortes d'arbres, comme de chaisnes, -haistres, bouleaux, pins, sapins & autres.</p> - -</div> -<div class="translation"><h3> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">157</a></span> -[207] Relation of certain details regarding the -Island of Cape Breton and its Inhabitants.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Sent by Father Julïen Perrault, of the Society of Jesus, to his Provincial, -in France, in the years 1634 and 35.</i><a name="endanchor_44_44" id="endanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Endnote_44_44" class="endanchor">44</a></p> - -<p class="dropcap">THE Island of Cape Breton<a name="endanchor_45_45" id="endanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Endnote_45_45" class="endanchor">45</a> is about nine hundred -leagues distant from our France by sea. -It is seventy or eighty leagues in circumference. -The mountains here are very high and numerous, -at the foot of which [208] are seen great -bogs and frightful precipices. The land is covered -with all sorts of trees, such as oak, beech, birch, pine, -hemlock, and others.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Le Chibou principale partie de ceste Isle, est vne -grande Baye d'enuiron deux lieuës de large en son -entré, qui va peu à peu s'estressissant le long de six -ou sept lieuës, qu'elle comprend en estenduë. Sur -le milieu, à main gauche en montant, au haut de la -coste, qui regarde le Nor-oüest, est basti le fort de -saincte Anne, à l'entrée du port, vis à vis d'vne petite -Ance. L'assiete du lieu est si auantageuse, au -rapport de ceux qui s'y cognoissent, qu'auec dix ou -douze pieces de canon, on pourroit couler à fonds tous -les vaisseaux ennemis qui s'y presenteroient.</p> - -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>Chibou,<a name="endanchor_46_46" id="endanchor_46_46"></a><a href="#Endnote_46_46" class="endanchor">46</a> which is the principal part of this Island, -is a great Bay about two leagues wide at its entrance, -becoming narrower little by little, in the six or seven -leagues which form its extent. In the middle, on -the left hand in ascending, on the summit of the -shore that faces the Northwest, is built the fort of -sainte Anne, at the entrance of the harbor, opposite -a little Cove. The situation of the place is so advantageous, -according to the report of those who are -acquainted with it, that with ten or twelve pieces of -cannon, all the hostile ships that might present themselves -could be sent to the bottom.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ceux qui ont vieilly sur mer, protestent qu'ils n'ont -iamais veu vn [209] Port plus recommandable pour sa -capacité, ny pour la facilité de son abord. Trois mille -nauires y peuuent estre à l'aise, & à l'abry de tout -vent, en vn beau rond tres-agreable à veoir; car sa -figure est circulaire, ou peu s'en faut. Les marées y -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">158</a></span> -sont fort douces & reiglées; il y a tousiours de dix à -douze brassées d'eau: au reste nonobstant que toute -l'Isle soit de quarante-six degrez & demy en son eleuation; -si est-ce que le froid y est extréme, parmy -des neiges de cinq à six mois l'année. Voila pour ce -qui est de la situation du lieu: venons aux commoditez -de la vie, qu'il offre aux habitans: surquoy on -peut dire en general, que les Sauuages sont icy plus -à leur aise, qu'en beaucoup d'autres endroits. Si -l'Hyuer leur y fournit moins de Castors sur eau, il -leur donne aussi en récompense plus d'Orignacs [210] -sur terre. En esté ils y viuent assez doucement de -Marmettes, de Perroquets, de Cormorans, & autres -oyseaux de marine. Ils y ont aussi les Outardes, l'Esplan, -les Maquereaux, les Moruës, & semblables prouisions -selon la diuersité des saisons, dans les forests, -ou sur les costes de la mer.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p> -Those who have grown old upon the sea protest -that they have never seen a [209] more desirable -Port, either in extent or for its facility of access. -Three thousand ships could easily anchor there, and -be sheltered from every wind, in a beautiful enclosure -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">159</a></span> - very pleasant to look upon; for its form is circular, -or nearly so. The tides here are very mild -and regular; there is always from ten to twelve -fathoms of water. Furthermore, notwithstanding -that the Island is in forty-six and a half degrees -north latitude, the cold is extreme, the island lying -in the midst of snow five or six months of the year. -This is the situation of the place, let us come to the -conveniences of life which it offers to its inhabitants. -On this subject we may say, in general, that the Savages -are more comfortable here than in many other -places. If the Winter supplies them with fewer -Beavers upon the water, it gives them, by way of -compensation, more Moose [210] upon the land. In -summer, they live very well on Marmots and Parrot -fish,<a name="endanchor_47_47" id="endanchor_47_47"></a><a href="#Endnote_47_47" class="endanchor">47</a> -with Cormorants and other marine birds. They -have also Bustards, Smelts, Mackerel, Codfish, and -like supplies, according to the different seasons, in -the forests or upon the coasts of the sea.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Quant à eux, pour ce qui est du corps, ils n'ont rien -de monstrueux; vous y voyez des gẽs bien-faits, d'vn -beau visage, & d'vne riche taille, forts & puissans. -Leur charnure est blanche naturellement, comme en -font foy les petits enfans; mais le hasle du Soleil, & -les frictions d'huile de Loup marin, & de graisse d'Orignac, -les rend fort bazanez, à mesure qu'ils croissent. -Ils vont la plus-part la teste nuë, & portent de longs -cheueux noirs, auec fort peu ou point de barbe, tellement -que les femmes n'y sont recogneües, [211] qu'en -ce qu'elles se seruent d'vne ceinture, & qu'elles sont -moins découuertes que les hommes; tout au rebours -de ce qui se prattique en plusieurs lieux de la Chrestienté, -à la honte du Christianisme. On void icy des -vieillards de quatre-vingts & cent ans, qui n'ont presque -pas vn poil gris. Pour le regard de l'esprit, s'il -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">160</a></span> -en faut iuger de leurs deportemens, & de leurs façons -de traitter auec nos François, ils ne l'ont pas mauuais. -Vous ne voyez paroistre en leurs gestes & démarches -aucune sottise ou niaiserie, mais plutost vne -certaine grauité & modestie naturelle, qui les rend -aimables. Ils sont bien si industrieux, que de déguiser -leur langage, adioustans à chaque mot vne syllabe, -qui ne sert qu'à troubler l'imagination de ceux, -dont ils ne veulent point estre entendus.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>As to the people, there is nothing anomalous in -their physical appearance; you see well-formed men, -good-looking, of fine figures, strong and powerful. -Their skin is naturally white, for the little children -show it thus; but the heat of the Sun, and the rubbing -with Seal oil and Moose fat, make them very -swarthy, the more so as they grow older. Most of -them go bareheaded, and they have long, black hair, -with very little or no beard, so that the women cannot -be distinguished, [211] except that they use a -girdle and are less naked than the men; quite the -reverse of what is practiced in many Christian lands, -to the shame of Christianity. One sees here old men, -of eighty and a hundred years, who have hardly -a gray hair. As to their intelligence, if we may -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">161</a></span> -judge from their conduct and from their way of dealing -with the French, they are not at a great disadvantage. -You do not see in their gestures and bearing -any foolishness or nonsense, but rather a certain -gravity and natural modesty, which makes them -agreeable. They are indeed so clever that, in order -to disguise their language, they add to every word a -syllable, which only serves to confuse the minds of -those by whom they do not wish to be understood.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>[212] Ce qui leur manque, est la cognoissance de -Dieu, & du seruice qu'ils sont obligez de luy rendre, -comme aussi de l'estat des ames apres la mort: c'est -merueille, que nous n'en auons sceu encore découurir -aucun vestige, en ce que nous sçauons de leur langue. -Peut-estre qu'en descouurirons nous quelque chose de -plus, quand nous y serons plus sçauans: car il n'est -pas croyable que la lumiere naturelle soit tout à fait -esteinte en eux pour ce regard, ne l'estant point en -d'autres Natiõs plus barbares; ou qu'ils ne parlent iamais -entre-eux de ce qu'ils ne peuuent tout à fait -ignorer. Tant y a que iusqu'à maintenant, nous n'auons -non plus remarqué de Religion parmy ces pauures -Sauuages, que parmy les bestes. C'est ce qui -nous fend le cœur de compassion, pour des ames rachetées -au mesme [213] prix que nous, & dont elles -feroient leur profit volontiers mieux que nous, si elles -sçauoient ce qu'elles vallent, & ce qu'elles ont cousté -à celuy qui nous a tant aimez tous ensemble.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>[212] What they do lack is the knowledge of God -and of the service that they ought to render to him, -as also of the state of the soul after death; it is wonderful -that we have not yet been able to discover any -trace of this knowledge in what we know of their -language. Perhaps we shall discover something -more, when we become better versed in it; for it is -not credible that the light of nature should be altogether -extinct in them in this regard, when it is not -in other more barbarous Nations, or that they never -talk among themselves of that of which they cannot -be entirely ignorant. For all that, we have not up -to the present noticed any more Religion among these -poor Savages than among brutes. This is what -wrings our hearts with compassion for souls redeemed -at the same [213] price as ours, by which they would -willingly profit better than we, if they could know -what they themselves are worth, and what they cost -him who has loved us all so much.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Or ce qui nous console parmy cette ignorance & -barbarie, & ce qui nous fait esperer d'y veoir vn iour -la Foy plantée bien auant; c'est en partie la docilité -qu'ils nous sont paroistre à vouloir estre instruits, & -en partie la fidelité & l'honnesteté que nous y remarquons.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>Now what consoles us in the midst of this ignorance -and barbarism, and what makes us hope some -day to see the Faith widely planted, is partly the -docility they have shown in wishing to be instructed, -and partly the honesty and decency we observe in -them.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p> -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">162</a></span> -Ils se rendent fort assidus & attentifs aux instructions -que nous leur donnons: ie ne sçay, si c'est par -complaisance, car ils en ont beaucoup naturellement, -ou par instinct d'enhaut, qu'ils nous escoutent si volontiers -sur les mysteres de nostre Foy, & redisent -apres nous, soit qu'ils l'entendent ou non, tout ce -[214] que nous leur en declarons. Ils font tres-volontiers -le signe de la Croix, comme ils nous voyent -faire, leuans les mains & les yeux au Ciel, prononçans, -Iesus Maria, comme nous: iusque-là qu'ayans -remarqué l'honneur que nous rendons à la Croix, les -pauures gens se la peignent au visage, à l'estomach, -aux bras, & aux iambes, sans en estre priez. Ie veux -bien qu'ils fassent tout cela en ces commencemens -par vne simplicité naturelle, qui les porte à imiter -tout ce qu'ils voyent, plus que pour aucune meilleure -consideration; si est-ce qu'auec le temps, ils en peuuẽt -estre aidez; & ils ne seront pas les premiers, quãd ils -viendront à pratiquer par election, ce qui leur a esté -en vsage, comme par rencontre & par hazard. Au -surplus, ce qui n'est pas peu, ils nous pressent parfois -de prier nostre bon Iesus pour eux, [215] pour les -succez de leurs chasses, & pour la deliurance de leurs -maladies.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">163</a></span> -They are very diligent and attentive to the instructions -we give them; I do not know whether it -is through complaisance, for they have a great deal -of this naturally, or through an instinct from above, -that they listen to us so willingly concerning the -mysteries of our Faith, and repeat after us, whether -they understand it or not, all that [214] we declare -to them. They very willingly make the sign of the -Cross, as they see us make it, raising their hands and -eyes to Heaven and pronouncing the words, "Jesus, -Mary," as we do,—so far that, having observed the -honor we render to the Cross, these poor people paint -it on their faces, chests, arms, and legs, without being -asked to do so. I am very willing that they -should do all these things in the beginning from a -natural simplicity, which causes them to imitate all -they see, rather than from any greater consideration; -because in time they may be helped by it, and they -will not be the first, who come to practice by choice -that to which by casual encounter they have become -accustomed. Besides, what is of no small importance, -they sometimes urge us to pray our good Jesus -for them, [215] for the success of their hunting and -for relief from their diseases.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>L'autre aduantage que nous remarquons icy, pour -la predication de l'Euangile, est en la fidelité, & en -l'honnesteté que nous y voyons reluire, comme deux -clairs rayons de lumiere, au milieu des tenebres. On -n'a que faire de se défier de nos Sauuages, ou de -prendre garde à leurs mains & à leurs pieds, comme -en quelques autres, qui attirent tout à eux, & s'accommodent -de tout ce qu'ils treuuent à leur bienfeance. -Tout leur est ouuert en tout lieu, & si rien -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">164</a></span> -n'est en danger deuant eux, quand ils feroient seuls -en vne cabane, & sans pouuoir estre apperceus de personne. -Pour l'honnesteté, ils l'ont en telle recõmandation, -au moins quãt à ce qui se void à l'exterieur, -en leurs actions & paroles, qu'il y a de l'apparence -[216] qu'ils se leueront au dernier iour, & condamneront -plusieurs Chrestiens, qui l'auront moins cultiuée -en la Loy de grace, que ne font ces pauures gens, en -celle de nature.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>The other encouragement we see here, for the -preaching of the Gospel, is in the honesty and decency -that we see shining forth in them like two -bright rays of light in the midst of darkness. We -never think of distrusting our Savages, or of watching -their hands and their feet, as with some others -who attract everything to them and appropriate all -they find at their convenience. Everything is free to -them in all places, and yet nothing is in danger in -their presence, even if they are alone in a cabin and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">165</a></span> -where no one can see them. As to decency, they -hold it in such high estimation, at least as far as external -appearances are concerned, in their actions and -words, that there is a probability [216] that they will -rise up on the last day and condemn many Christians, -who will have cultivated this virtue less under the -Law of grace, than these poor people have under that -of nature.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Nous ne leur auons iamais oüy dire parole messeante, -ny veu faire aucune action trop libre, quoy que -nous ayons vescu assez familierement auec eux, dedans -& hors de leurs cabanes.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>We have never heard them use unseemly words, -nor seen any actions too free, although we have lived -on familiar terms with them inside and outside their -cabins.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Vous diriez qu'ils veulent pratiquer par aduance -ce beau mot de l'Apostre, qui commande aux Chrestiens, -de n'auoir pas mesme, si faire se peut, en leur -bouche, vne parole qui signifie le vice contraire. -Quelqu'vn repliquera volontiers, que si nous eussions -esté plus versez en leur langue, nous n'eussions pas -manqué d'y en remarquer. Mais n'est-ce pas beaucoup, -que si peu [217] que nous en sçauons ne nous -ait encore appris rien de semblable? Et n'y a-t'il pas -grande occasion de rougir pour beaucoup de Nations -Chrestiennes, parmy lesquelles il ne faut pas auoir -fait grand apprentissage en leur Grammaire, pour se -trouuer honteux & confus és compagnies, à qui a tant -soit peu l'honneur en affection. Que si nous n'auons -pas encore les oreilles assez ouuertes, pour rendre -tesmoignage asseuré de l'indifference, ou de l'hõnesteté -de leurs discours; sõmes nous aueugles, ou -ne pouuons nous pas recognoistre ce que c'est qu'vn -geste ou vn deportement honteux? & neantmoins nous -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">166</a></span> -n'y auons rien veu de semblable, non pas mesme parmy -les gens mariez. Que diray-je, sur ce que m'estant -vn iour apperceu, qu'vn ieune Sauuage auoit -baisé sa femme, que ie ne croyois [218] pas estre la -sienne; comme cela me sembloit extraordinaire parmy -eux, ie luy demanday sur le champ, si c'estoit sa -femme; & il me respondit, qu'oüy; mais ce ne fut -pas sans confusion de l'vn & de l'autre, qui se trouuerent -surpris. Ioignez cela auec cette grauité, que -i'ay desia dit leur estre naturelle, & vous iugerez que -Dieu aidant, ils receuront à bras ouuerts vne Loy qui -ne recommande rien tãt que cette vertu, qui rẽd les -hommes semblables aux Anges; & qu'ils n'auront -pas si grande difficulté, qu'ont plusieurs Chrestiens -mal appris, de se conformer à tout ce qui est des paroles -de l'Euangile, quand on le leur annoncera aux -termes de l'Apostre; qu'ils ayẽt à faire paroistre leur -modestie aux yeux de tout le mõde, veu que le Seigneur -est proche. Il est vray, qu'ils ont la polygamie, -& ne gardent point l'indissolubilité [219] du Mariage. -Mais il faut esperer, que quand ils viendront -a recognoistre les obligations qu'ils ont, auec toutes -les Nations de la terre, à vn Dieu qui s'est fait homme -pour eux, ils se soumettront volontiers à ses Loix -toutes sainctes, nommémẽt en ce qui concerne une -vertu, au moyen de laquelle il veut que nous le portions -& glorifions sans cesse en nos corps, luy qui a -liuré le sien pour nous aux tourmens, & qui nous le -donne tous les iours en viandes, pour cét effect singulier.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>You would say they are trying to practice in advance -that beautiful motto of the Apostle, which commands -Christians not even to have, if they can help -it, upon their lips a word which signifies indecency. -Some one will readily reply that, if we were better -versed in their language, we would not fail to notice -it therein. But is it not a great deal, that the little -[217] we know of it has not taught us anything of -the kind? And is there not great reason to blush for -many Christian Nations, among whom one does not -have to serve a long apprenticeship to their Grammar, -to find oneself embarrassed and confused in company, -if he has even a little regard for propriety? And if -our ears are not yet sufficiently opened to give positive -evidence of the unconcern or decency of their -talk; are we blind, or are we incapable of recognizing -a shameful gesture or action? And yet we have -never seen anything of this kind, not even among -married people. But what shall I say about noticing -one day a young Savage kissing a woman, who I did -not think [218] was his wife; as that seemed something -extraordinary among them, I straightway asked -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">167</a></span> -him if that was his wife, and he replied that she was; -but it was not without embarrassment on the part of -the two who had been taken by surprise. Add to this -modesty the gravity which I have said is natural to -them, and you will judge that, God helping, they -will receive with open arms a Law which recommends -nothing so much as this virtue, which makes men -like unto Angels; and that they will not have as -much difficulty as many badly taught Christians have, -to conform entirely to the injunctions of the Gospel, -when it shall be declared to them in the words of the -Apostle that they have to show their modesty in the -eyes of all the world, since the Lord is near. It is -true they have polygamy, and pay no attention to the -indissolubility [219] of Marriage. But we must hope -that, when they come to recognize the obligations -they are under, together with all the Nations of the -earth, to a God who made himself man for them, they -will willingly submit to his most holy Laws, especially -in that which concerns a virtue by means of -which he wishes us to bear witness to and glorify -without ceasing, in our bodies, him who for us has -delivered his own up to torture, and who gives it to -us every day as food, for this sole purpose.</p> -</div> -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><h3> -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">168</a></span> -[220] Divers Sentimens & aduis des Peres qui -sont en la Nouuelle France.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Tirez de leurs dernieres lettres de 1635.</i></p> - -<p><span class="dropcap"><span class="dropfix">1</span> L</span>A Nouuelle France est vn vray climat où on -apprend parfaictement bien à ne chercher -que Dieu, ne desirer que Dieu seul, auoir l'intention -purement à Dieu, & à ne s'attendre & ne s'appuyer -qu'en sa diuine & paternelle Prouidence; & -cela c'est vn riche thresor du cœur, qui ne se peut -estimer.</p></div> -<div class="translation"> -<h3> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">169</a></span> -[220] Various Sentiments and opinions of the Fathers -who are in New France.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Taken from their last letters of 1635.</i></p> - -<p><span class="dropcap"><span class="dropfix">1</span> N</span>EW France is truly a region where one -learns perfectly to seek God alone, to desire -God alone, to have sincere intentions toward -God, and to trust to and rely solely upon his divine -and paternal Providence; and it is a rich heart treasury, -impossible to estimate.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>2 Viure en la Nouuelle France, c'est à vray dire viure -dans le sein de [221] Dieu, & ne respirer que l'air -de sa Diuine conduite; on ne sçauroit croire la douceur -de cét air là, si ce n'est quand actuellement on -le respire.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>2 To live in New France means truly to live in the -bosom of [221] God, and to breathe only the air of his -Divine guidance; the sweetness of that air can be realized -only by actually breathing it.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>3 Il n'est pas à propos que tout le monde sçache, -combien il fait bon dans les sacrées horreurs de ces -forests, & combien on trouue de lumieres du Ciel -dans les tenebres espaisses de cette barbarie: nous -aurions trop de monde qui y voudroit venir, & nos -Habitatiõs ne seroient pas capables de loger tant de -gens: & c'est ce qui nous confond qui Dieu nous ait -choisis, pour nous faire participans de cette misericorde, -voyãt qu'il y a tant de nos Peres en France, -qui seroient mieux que nous.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>3 It is not fitting that every one should know how -agreeable it is in the sacred awe of these forests, and -how much Heavenly light one finds in the thick darkness -of this barbarism; we would have too many persons -wishing to come here, and our Settlements would -not be capable of accommodating so many; and what -confounds us is that God has chosen us, to make us -participants in this mercy, seeing that there are so -many of our Fathers in France, who would do better -than we.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>4 La ioye qu'on a quand on a baptisé vn Sauuage, -qui se meurt peu apres, & qui s'enuole droit au Ciel, -pour deuenir vn Ange, certainemẽt [222] c'est vne -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">170</a></span> -ioye qui surpasse tout ce qu'on se peut imaginer: on -ne se souuiẽt plus ny de la mer, ny du mal de la mer, -ny de l'horreur des tempestes passées; on voudroit -auec la souffrance de dix mille tempestes pouuoir -aider à sauuer vne ame, puisque Iesus-Christ pour -vne seule ame auroit volontiers respandu tout son -pretieux sang.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>4 The joy that one feels when he has baptized a Savage -who dies soon afterwards, and flies directly to -Heaven to become an Angel, certainly [222] is a joy -that surpasses anything that can be imagined; one -no longer remembers the sea, nor seasickness, nor -the horror of past tempests; but one would like to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">171</a></span> -have the suffering of ten thousand tempests that he -might help save one soul, since Jesus Christ for one -soul would have willingly shed all his precious blood.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>5 Le plus grand combat que nous ayons eu parmy -nous, c'est qui seroit celuy qui auroit la bonne aduenture -d'estre choisi pour aller aux Hurons. Dieu -a fait tomber le sort sur ceux qu'il luy a plû choisir, -& qui sont allez à ces Nations barbares, comme si -c'eust esté le Paradis Terrestre. Vne fois qu'on a -gousté à bon escient la douceur de la Croix de Iesus-Christ, -on la prefere à tous les Empires de la terre.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>5 The greatest strife we have had among ourselves -was to see which would have the good fortune of being -chosen to go to the Hurons. God has made the -lot fall upon those he was pleased to choose, and who -are going to these barbarous Nations as if to a Terrestrial -Paradise. When once a person has tasted in -earnest the sweetness of the Cross of Jesus Christ, he -prefers it to all the Empires of the earth.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>6 Nous trouuans nagueres dans [223] vne tempeste -si furieuse, que tout l'Ocean sembloit se bouleuerser, -on nous dit que nous estions cause de cét horrible -orage; cela nous estonna d'abord, estant dit par -des gens de bien; & en demandant la raison, il nous -fut dit, que voyant vne si furieuse & enragée tourmẽte, -il falloit croire que l'Enfer enrageãt de nous -veoir aller en la Nouuelle France, pour conuertir les -infidelles, & diminuer sa puissance, par dépit il sousleuoit -tous les Elemens contre nous, & vouloit abysmer -la flotte, & tout ce qui estoit dedans. Mais nous -leur dismes tout doucement; Souuenez vous, Messieurs, -que Dieu est plus puissant pour nous defendre, -que Lucifer pour nous persecuter: Que la mer s'esleue -tant qu'elle voudra, si faut-il que Dieu soit le -Maistre. <i>Mirabiles elationes maris, mirabilis in altis Dominus.</i> -Nous craignons bien [224] plus la cholere de -Dieu contre nos infidelitez, que celle de la mer contre -nos infirmitez humaines.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>6 Finding ourselves lately in [223] a tempest so -furious that the whole Ocean seemed to be in a turmoil, -they told us that we were the cause of this horrible -storm; this astonished us at first, as it was said -by honest people; on asking the reason, we were told -that, seeing so furious and raging a tempest, it must -be that Hell was enraged at seeing us go to New -France to convert infidels and to diminish its power; -for revenge it raised up all the Elements against us, -and was trying to sink the fleet and all that was -within it. But we said to them very gently: "Remember, -Sirs, that God is more powerful to defend -us, than Lucifer is to persecute us; that the sea may -rise as high as it will, yet God must be its Master. -<i>Mirabiles elationes maris, mirabilis in altis Dominus.</i> -We fear indeed [224] the anger of God against our -unfaithfulness, more than that of the sea against our -human weakness".</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p> -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">172</a></span> -7 En Europe on a coustume de dire, que quiconque -veut apprendre à prier Dieu, il faut aller sur -la mer: mais c'est toute autre chose d'y estre effectiuement. -Dernierement nous fusmes plus de deux -iours & deux nuicts en continuel danger d'estre absorbez -de l'Ocean; chaque moment sembloit deuoir -estre le dernier moment de nos vies. Vous voyez -venir des montagnes, qui sembloient nous deuoir engloutir: -Nous estions nous deux prosternez à genoux, -priant Dieu de bon cœur; la plus grande peur estoit -que quelqu'vn ne mourust sans Confession: c'est là où -on fait bien les Oraisons iaculatoires, & où on regarde -le Ciel de bon œil: mais on ne croiroit iamais -l'efficace de la grace, & les [225] puissantes asseurances -que Dieu donne à ses seruiteurs, au milieu des -tempestes, & des desespoirs les plus espouuantables.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>7 In Europe they are accustomed to say that whoever -would learn to pray to God must go upon the -sea; but it is quite a different thing to be there in -reality. Lately we were more than two days and two -nights in continual danger of being engulfed by the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">173</a></span> -Ocean; every moment, it seemed, must be the last of -our lives. We saw mountains coming toward us, -which seemed about to swallow us up; we two were -prostrate upon our knees, praying God with earnest -hearts; the greatest fear was that some one would die -without Confession; it is there that jaculatory Prayers -are made, and that one looks gladly toward Heaven; -but one can never believe the power of grace and -the [225] invincible confidence that God gives to his -servants in the midst of tempests and the most fearful -despair.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>8 Iamais ie n'auois entendu que c'est d'arriuer à -vn poinct de vertu, que pour passer plus auant il faudroit -faire miracle: tant il est vray qu'on se trouue -quelquefois si auant ou dans la souffrance, ou dans -les hazards, ou dans l'abandonnement des creatures, -qu'on ne trouue plus rien que Dieu, Mais on le trouue -tousiours au bout de l'eschelle de Iacob, à bras & -cœur ouuerts, pour embrasser les Anges, & les ames -qui volent droit à luy: & c'est chose admirable comme -Dieu prend plaisir à se communiquer abondamment -aux ames qui ont tout abandonné, & se sont toutes -abandonnées à luy. Perdre tout pour trouuer Dieu, -c'est vne douce perte, & vne saincte vsure.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>8 I have never understood what it was to reach such -a point of virtue that, to pass beyond, a miracle would -have to be performed; so true is it that a person -sometimes finds himself so far plunged into either -suffering, or danger, or desertion by his fellow-creatures, -that nothing is left to him but God, who nevertheless -is always found at the end of Jacob's ladder, -with arms and heart open to embrace the Angels and -the souls which fly straight to him; and it is wonderful -how God takes pleasure in abundantly communicating -himself to souls which have abandoned all and -given themselves wholly to him. To lose all, that -one may find God, is a sweet loss and a holy usury.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>[226] 9 Le cœur croist à mesure que les trauaux -croissent pour Iesus-Christ; & la Nouuelle France est -le pays du monde le plus propre, pour entendre le -sens literal de ces belles paroles, <i>Sicut misit me viuens -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">174</a></span> -Pater, ita & ego mitto vos.</i> Ie vous enuoye de mesme -sorte, que mon Pere m'a enuoyé. <i>Ecce ego mitto vos -sicut oues in medio luporum.</i> Voicy que ie vous enuoye -cõme des brebis au milieu des loups. Parmy ces forests, -en voyant ces Sauuages, nous pauures Estrangers, -& seruiteurs de Dieu, que pouuons nous attendre -sinon vn coup de dent, & quelque effect de -leur barbarie naturelle. Qui craind bien Dieu, ne -sçauroit plus rien craindre en ce monde.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>[226] 9 The heart grows according as its works for -Jesus Christ increase; and New France is the most -suitable country in the world in which to understand -the literal meaning of these beautiful words, <i>Sicut -misit me vivens Pater, ita et ego mitto vos</i>, "I send you, -even as my Father has sent me." <i>Ecce ego mitto vos -sicut oves in medio luporum.</i> "Behold, I send you as -sheep in the midst of wolves." Among these forests, -at the sight of these Savages, what can we poor Foreigners -and servants of God expect but to feel their -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">175</a></span> -teeth and some of the effects of their natural barbarism. -He who truly fears God can fear nothing more -in this world.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>10 Il est vray que faire neuf cens lieuës sur les -flots de la mer, & auec cent & cent rencontres de -Turcs, de glaces, de bancs, d'orages assez horribles, -[227] cela peut estonner la nature; & donner de la -palpitation au cœur humain; là on experimente ce -que veut dire Dauid, <i>Anima mea in manibus meis semper.</i> -Ie tiens mon ame tousiours dans mes mains, & -ie suis tout prest à tout moment de la sacrifier à Dieu; -trop heureux helas! de pouuoir faire tant de fois vn -pretieux holocauste de moy-mesme; mais les infusions -de Dieu dans les cœurs, & le renfort qu'il verse -dans nos ames surpasse tous nos maux. Ie confesse -que i'ay mieux appris sur la mer que sur la terre, que -c'est qu'infusion de Dieu dans vne ame bien faite.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>10 Truly, to make nine hundred leagues upon the -waves of the sea, with hundreds of encounters with -Turks, icebergs, reefs, and horrible storms—[227] all -these things can appall human nature, and cause the -human heart to throb; there one experiences what -David meant, <i>Anima mea in manibus meis semper</i>. -"I hold my soul always in my hands," and I am always -ready at any moment to sacrifice it to God; too -happy, alas! to be able to make so many times a precious -offering of myself; but the infusion of God into -our hearts, and the relief he pours into our souls, exceed -all of our ills. I confess that I have learned -better upon the sea than upon the land what the infusion -of God into a well-trained soul is.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>11 Quand on void ces Sauuages, bien faits, forts, -de bonne façon, doüez d'vn bon sens naturel, & qu'il -ne tient qu'à vne goutte d'eau qu'ils ne deuiennent -enfans de Dieu, & que Iesus-Christ a respandu tout -[228] son sang pour eux, on sent vne ardeur incroyable -de les attirer à l'Eglise, & à Dieu; & il est vray -qu'on aimeroit mieux la conuersion d'vn de ces pauures -Sauuages, que la conqueste d'vn Empire tout -entier. La peine qu'on y prend est si agreable, qu'on -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">176</a></span> -ne la prend point pour vne peine, mais pour vne faueur -du Ciel bien extraordinaire. <i>Caritas Lei vrget -nos</i>, tant il est vray que la charité presse les cœurs.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>11 When we see these Savages, well formed, strong, -of good mien, endowed with natural good sense,—and -that it needs only a drop of water to make them -children of God, and that Jesus Christ has shed all -[228] his blood for them, we feel an incredible ardor -to attract them to the Church and to God; and it is -true that we would prefer the conversion of one of -these poor Savages to the conquest of a whole Empire. -The trouble we take in this is so pleasant that -we do not consider it trouble, but a truly extraordinary -favor of Heaven. <i>Caritas Dei urget nos</i>, so true -is it that charity presses our hearts.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> -</div> -<div class="original"><p>12 Ie fus vingt-quatre heures, que nous voyant -poursuiuis par les Turcs au sortir de la manche, ie -n'attendois plus rien que de tomber entre leurs mains, -& estre couuert de chaisnes, & viure en esclauage. -Parmy ces frayeurs naturelles, voyla vne forte pensée -qui se va saisir de mon cœur, & me dit: Ha! quel -bon-heur seroit-ce de pouuoir imiter sainct Paul, & -me veoir enchaisner [229] pour l'amour de Iesus, qui -fut lié pour moy, & traitté comme vu esclaue, & -comme le Roy des voleurs. Ceste douce pensée eut -tant de pouuoir sur mon ame, que i'auois plus d'enuie -de ces chaisnes, que de crainte de la captiuité.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>12 I passed twenty-four hours when, seeing that we -were pursued by the Turks in leaving la manche [English -Channel], I expected nothing else than to fall -into their hands, to be loaded with chains and to live -in slavery. In the midst of these natural fears, lo! a -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">177</a></span> -strong thought took possession of my heart, and said -to me "Ha! what good fortune it would be to be able -to imitate saint Paul, and to see myself in fetters -[229] for the love of Jesus, who was bound for me, -and treated as a slave and as the King of thieves." -This sweet thought had so much power over my soul -that I had more desire for those chains than fear of -captivity.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>13 Trois puissantes pensées consolent vn bon cœur, -qui est dans les forests infinies de la Nouuelle France, -ou parmy les Hurons. La premiere est, ie suis au -lieu où Dieu m'a enuoyé, où il m'a mené comme par -la main, où il est auec moy, & où ie ne cherche que -luy seul. La deuxiéme est, ce que dit Dauid; selon -la mesure des douleurs que ie souffre pour Dieu, ses -Diuines consolations réjoüyssent mõ ame. La troisiéme, -que iamais on ne trouue ny Croix, ny cloux, -ny espines, que si on regarde bien, on ne trouue I. C. -au milieu. Or peut-on estre mal quand on est en -[230] compagnie du Fils de Dieu viuant.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>13 Three mighty thoughts console a good heart -which is in the infinite forests of New France, or -among the Hurons. The first is, "I am in the place -where God has sent me, where he has led me as if by -the hand, where he is with me, and where I seek him -alone." The second is, in the words of David, "according -to the measure of the pain I endure for God, -his Divine consolations rejoice my soul." The third, -that we never find Crosses, nails, nor thorns, in the -midst of which, if we look closely, we do not find J.C. -[Jesus Christ]. Now, can a person go wrong when he -is in [230] the company of the Son of the living God?</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>14 Quand ie me veois assiegé de flots homicides, -de forests infinies, & de mille dangers, il me vient à -l'esprit ceste riche parole de S. Ignace martyr: <i>Nunc -incipio esse Christi discipulus</i>: c'est auiourd'huy que ie -commẽce d'estre de la Cõpagnie de Iesus; car à quoy -seruent tant d'exercices, tant de Meditations feruentes, -tant de desirs boüillans? tout cela n'est que du vẽt, si -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">178</a></span> -on ne les met en pratique; tellement que la vieille -France est bonne pour conceuoir de bons desirs, mais -la Nouuelle est propre pour l'execution: ce qu'on desire -en l'ancienne France, c'est ce qu'on fait dans la -Nouuelle.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>14 When I see myself surrounded by murderous -waves, by infinite forests, and by a thousand dangers -there comes to mind that precious saying of the martyred -St. Ignace, <i>Nunc incipio esse Christi discipulus</i>: -to-day I begin to be of the Company of Jesus. For -what avail so many exercises, so many fervent Meditations, -so many eager desires? all these are nothing -but wind, if we do not put them into practice. So -old France is fitted to conceive noble desires, but the -New is adapted to their execution; that one desires -in old France is what one does in the New.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>15 Ie ne sçay que c'est que le pays des Hurons, -où Dieu m'enuoye par vne misericorde infinie: mais -ie sçay bien que i'ayme mieux y aller qu'au Paradis -Terrestre, puisque ie vois [231] que Dieu en a ordonné -de la sorte. Chose estrange! que plus i'y vois de -Croix preparées, & plus le cœur me rit, & y volle; -car quel bõ-heur de ne voir rien de ses yeux que des -Sauuages, des Croix, & Iesus-Christ: en ma vie ie -n'ay bien compris en France, que c'estoit de se défier -totalement de soy-mesme, & se confier en Dieu seul: -mais ie dis seul, & sans meslange d'aucune creature. -<i>Maior est Deus corde nostro.</i> Dieu est plus grand que -nos cœurs: cela est euidẽt en la Nouuelle France, & -c'est vne consolation du tout ineffable, que quand on -ne trouue plus rien, aussi tost on rencontre Dieu, qui -se communique plus abondamment aux bons cœurs.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>15 I do not know what the country of the Hurons is, -where God sends me in his infinite mercy, but I do -know that I would rather go there than to an Earthly -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">179</a></span> -Paradise, since I see [231] that God has so ordained. -Strange thing! the more Crosses I see prepared for -me there, the more my heart laughs and flies thither; -for what happiness to see with these eyes nothing but -Savages, Crosses, and Jesus Christ. Never have I understood -in my life in France what it was to distrust -self entirely and to trust in God alone; I say alone, -and without the presence of any creature: <i>Major est -Deus corde nostro</i>, "God is greater than our hearts;" -this is evident in New France, and it is an unutterable -consolation that when we find nothing else we -immediately encounter God, who communicates himself -most richly to good hearts.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>16 Ma consolation parmy les Hurons, c'est que -tous les iours ie me confesse, & puis ie dis la Messe, -comme si ie deuois prendre le Viatique, & mourir ce -iour là, & ie ne crois pas [232] qu'on puisse mieux -viure, ny auec plus de satisfaction & de courage, & -mesme de merites, que viure en vn lieu, où on pẽse -pouuoir mourir tous les iours, & auoir la deuise de S. -Paul. <i>Quotidie morior fratres, &c.</i> mes freres ie fais -estat de mourir tous les iours.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>16 My consolation among the Hurons is that I confess -every day, and then I say Mass as if I were to -take the Viaticum and die that very day; and I do -not think [232] that a person can live better, nor with -more satisfaction and courage, and even merit, than -to live in a place where he expects every day to die, -and to have the motto of St. Paul, <i>Quotidie morior fratres, -etc.</i>, "I protest, brethren, that I die daily."</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>17 Pour conuertir les Sauuages, il n'y faut pas -tant de science que de bonté & vertu bien solide. -Les quatre Elemens d'vn homme Apostolique en la -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">180</a></span> -Nouuelle Frãce, sont l'Affabilité, l'Humilité, la Patiẽce -& vne Charité genereuse. Le zele trop ardent, -brusle plus qu'il n'eschauffe, & gaste tout; il -faut vne grande magnanimité & condescendence pour -attirer peu à peu ces Sauuages. Ils n'entendent pas -bien nostre Theologie, mais ils entendent parfaictement -bien nostre humilité, & nostre affabilité & se -laissent gaigner.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>17 To convert the Savages, not so much knowledge -is necessary as goodness and sound virtue. The four -Elements of an Apostolic man in New France are -Affability, Humility, Patience, and a generous Charity. -Too ardent zeal scorches more than it warms, -and ruins everything; great magnanimity and compliance -are necessary to attract gradually these Savages. -They do not comprehend our Theology well, -but they comprehend perfectly our humility and our -friendliness, and allow themselves to be won.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>18 La Nation des Hurons se dispose [233] à receuoir -la lumiere de l'Euangile, & on espere vn bien -incroyable en tous ces quartiers là: mais il y faut -deux sortes de personnes pour bien faire cela: les -vns en l'anciẽne France assistãt de leurs sainctes prieres, -& de leur charité; les autres en la Nouuelle, -trauaillant auec grande douceur, & infatigabilité de -la bonté de Dieu, & de ce doux cõcert dépend la conuersion -de plusieurs milliers d'ames, pour chacune -desquelles Iesus-Christ a versé tout son pretieux sãg.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>18 The Huron Nation is becoming disposed [233] to -receive the light of the Gospel, and inestimable good -is to be hoped for in all those regions; but two kinds -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">181</a></span> -of persons are necessary to accomplish this,—those -in old France, assisting by their holy prayers and -their charity; the others in the New, working with -great gentleness and tirelessness; on the goodness of -God and on this sweet harmony depends the conversion -of many thousand souls, for each one of whom -Jesus Christ has shed all his precious blood.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>19 Si on pouuoit fonder à Kebec vn petit Seminaire -d'vne douzaine de petits Hurons, dans peu -d'années on en tireroit vn secours incroyable, pour -aider à conuertir leurs Peres, & planter vne Eglise -fleurissante dans la Nation des Hurons. Helas! combien -y en a t'il en Europe qui perdẽt à trois coups de -dez, plus qu'il ne faudroit pour conuertir vn monde.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>19 If a small Seminary of a dozen little Hurons -could be founded at Kebec, in a few years incredible -assistance could be derived therefrom, to help in converting -their Fathers, and in planting a flourishing -Church in the Nation of the Hurons. Alas! how -many there are in Europe who lose in three casts of -the dice more than would be needed to convert a -world.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>[234] 20 Vne des pensées qui pressent dauantage -ceux qui sont si heureux, que de seruir Dieu parmy -ces forests, c'est d'estre indignes d'vne vocation Apostolique, -& si releuée, & auoir si peu de vertus dignes -d'vn bel employ. Qui ne void la Nouuelle Frãce que -par les yeux de chair & de nature, il n'y void que -des bois & des croix: mais qui les considere auec les -yeux de la grace, & d'vne bonne vocation, il n'y void -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">182</a></span> -que Dieu, les vertus, & les graces, & on y trouue tant -& de si solides consolations, que si ie pouuois acheter -la Nouuelle France, en donnant tout le Paradis Terrestre, -certainement ie l'acheterois. Mon Dieu qu'il -fait bon estre au lieu où Dieu nous a mis de sa grace, -veritablement i'ay trouué icy ce que i'auois esperé, -vn cœur selon le cœur de Dieu, qui ne cherche que -Dieu.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>[234] 20 One of the thoughts which weigh most -upon those who are so fortunate as to serve God among -these forests, is their unworthiness of their Apostolic -and so exalted calling, and that they have so few of -the virtues worthy of a noble work. He who sees -New France only through the eyes of the flesh and -of nature, sees only forests and crosses; but he who -looks upon these with the eyes of grace and of a noble -vocation, sees only God, the virtues, and the graces; -and he finds therein so many and so firm consolations, -that, if I were able to buy New France by giving in -exchange all the Terrestrial Paradise, I would certainly -buy it. My God! how good it is to be in the -place where God has placed us by his grace; truly I -have found here what I had hoped for, a heart in harmony -with God's heart, which seeks God alone.</p> -</div> -<div class="original"><div class="sync"> </div> -<p>[235] 21 On dit que les premiers qui fondent les -Eglises, d'ordinaire sont saincts: ceste pensée m'attendrit -si fort le cœur, que quoy que ie me voye icy -fort inutile dans ceste fortunée Nouuelle France, si -faut-il, que i'auoüe que ie ne, me sçaurois defendre -d'vne pensée qui me presse le cœur. <i>Cupio impendi, -& superimpendi pro vobis</i>: Pauure Nouuelle France, ie -desire me sacrifier pour ton bien, & quand il me deuroit -couster mille vies, moyennant que ie puisse -aider à sauuer vne seule ame, ie seray trop heureux, -& ma vie tres bien employée.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>[235] 21 It is said that the pioneers who found -Churches are usually saints; this thought so softens -my heart that, although I see I am of but little use -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">183</a></span> -here in this fortunate New France, yet I must confess -that I cannot forbid one thought which presses -upon my heart. <i>Cupio impendi, et superimpendi pro -vobis</i>: Poor New France, I desire to sacrifice myself -for thy welfare; and though it should cost me a thousand -lives, if thus I can aid in saving a single soul, I -shall be too happy, and my life will be well spent.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>22 Ie ne sçay pas que c'est d'entrer en Paradis, -mais ie sçay bien qu'en ce monde, il est mal-aisé de -trouuer vne ioye plus excessiue & surabondante, que -celle que i'ay sentie entrant en la Nouuelle France, -& y disant la premiere Messe, le iour de la [236] Visitation. -Ie vous asseure que ce fut bien voirement le -iour de la Visitation. Par la bonté de Dieu & de nostre -Dame, il me sembla que c'estoit Noël pour moy, -& que i'allois renaistre en vne vie toute nouuelle, & -vne vie de Dieu.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>22 I do not know what it is to enter Paradise; but I -know well that in this world it is difficult to find a -greater and fuller joy than I had upon entering New -France, and saying the first Mass here on the day of -the [236] Visitation. I assure you that this was very -truly the day of the Visitation. Through the goodness -of God and of our Lady, it seemed to me that it -was Christmas for me, and that I was going to be reborn -into an altogether new life, and a life of God.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>23 Le mal de la mer qui m'auoit donné de la -peine flottant sur la marine, fut bien-tost effacé par -le bien du Ciel, & la ioye que Dieu respandit en mon -ame touchant le Cap Breton. En rencontrant nos -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">184</a></span> -Peres, il me sembla d'embrasser des Anges du Paradis, -ie ne me pû empescher de crier, helas! que sera-ce -quand on entrera en Paradis, & que Dieu & les -Anges receuront vne belle ame, qui sortira des orages -de la vie miserable qu'on mene sur la terre.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>23 The seasickness which troubled me, when sailing -upon the ocean, was soon effaced by the mercy of -Heaven and the joy that God shed in my soul, upon -landing at Cape Breton. In meeting our Fathers it -seemed to me I was embracing Angels from Paradise; -I could not refrain from exclaiming, "Ah! -what will it be when we shall enter Paradise, and -when God and the Angels shall receive a beautiful -soul, which will emerge from the tempests of the -wretched life that we lead upon earth!"</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>24 I'auois creu qu'il falloit des miracles pour conuertir -ces Sauuages volans; mais ie me suis trompé, -[237] car les miracles propres de la Nouuelle France -sont ceux-cy. Leur faire bien du bien, & souffrir -bien des maux, ne s'en plaindre qu'à Dieu, s'en -estimer indigne, & se tenir pour fort inutile. Quiconque -aura ces vertus, fera des miracles plus grands -que les miracles, & deuiendra vn Sainct. En effect -il y a bien plus de peine de s'humilier profondement -deuant Dieu & les hommes, & de s'aneantir, que de -resusciter vn mort; car cela ne couste que le dire, -quand on a le don des miracles, & pour s'humilier -comme il faut à vray dire, il y faut la vie toute entiere -d'vn homme.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>24 I had thought that miracles were necessary to -convert these flying Savages; but I was mistaken, -[237] for the real miracles of New France are the following: -To do them much good, and endure many -pains; to complain to God alone; to judge oneself unworthy, -and to feel one's uselessness. He who has -these virtues will perform miracles greater than miracles, -and will become a Saint. Indeed, it is harder -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">185</a></span> -to humiliate oneself deeply before God and men, and -to annihilate oneself, than to raise the dead; for that -needs only the word, if one has the gift of miracles, -but to humiliate oneself as one ought to,—truly, that -requires a man's whole life.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>25 Nous auons esté fort estonnez & infiniment resioüys, -voyant que dans nos petites cabanes, & dans -nos Habitations la discipline Religieuse y estoit aussi -exactement gardée, qu'aux plus grands Colleges [238] -de la France, & que la ferueur interieure est d'autant -plus grande, que l'exterieur semble y estre plus suiette -à beaucoup de diuertissements: c'est l'ordinaire -de la bonté infinie de Dieu, qui selon les besoins -multiplie la benediction de ses graces; & en effect à -mesure qu'vn seruiteur de Dieu s'abandonne à sa -saincte conduite, nostre Seigneur s'eslargit aussi dauantage, -& respand plus abõdamment la pluye pretieuse -de ses graces.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>25 We were greatly astonished and infinitely glad -to see in our little cabins, and in our Settlements, the -Religious discipline as strictly observed as in the -largest Colleges [238] of France, and that the internal -fervor is so much the greater as the external seems -to be subjected to so many diversions; it is God's ordinary -practice, in his infinite goodness, that according -to our needs he multiplies the gift of his graces; -and, in truth, to the same extent as a servant of God -gives himself up to his holy guidance, our Lord expands -so much the more and sheds more abundantly -the precious shower of his graces.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>26 Ces pauures Barbares ont coustume de nõmer -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">186</a></span> -tous les Prestres Patriarches, & portent grand respect -aux hommes vertueux. Ils nous promettent de nous -apporter leurs enfans, quand ils seront malades à la -mort, pour les baptiser; en effect on en a baptisé -quelques vns qui sont morts peu apres le baptesme. -Ils sont bien predestinez à bon escient, & bien-heureux -de sortir de la Barbarie, [239] & entrer aussi tost -dans le Paradis. Quand on ne feroit iamais autre -chose, quel bon-heur d'auoir esté instrument de la -predestination de ces petites ames.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>26 These poor Barbarians are accustomed to call all -the Priests, Patriarchs,<a name="endanchor_48_48" id="endanchor_48_48"></a><a href="#Endnote_48_48" class="endanchor">48</a> -and they show great respect -to men of integrity. They promise to bring us their -children, when they are sick unto death, to be baptized; -in fact, some have been baptized who died -shortly after baptism. They are indeed the elect, beyond -a doubt, and so blessed as to go forth from Barbarism -[239] and enter immediately into Paradise. -If one should never do anything else, what happiness -to have been instrumental in placing these little souls -among the elect!</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>27 On en trouue de si ignorants de toute sorte de -Religion, qu'on ne sçauroit trouuer vn nom pour leur -faire entendre Dieu; il le faut appeller le grand Capitaine -des hommes; celuy qui nourrit tout le monde; -celuy qui demeure là haut. On fait tout ce qu'on -peut: quelle obligation auront-ils à ceux qui les instruisent, -& qui s'efforcent de leur faire cognoistre vn -Dieu, pour le seruir le moins mal qu'ils pourront. -Là il ne faut pas grande doctrine, mais vne profonde -humilité, vne patience inuincible, & vne charité Apostolique -pour gaigner ces pauures Sauuages, qui d'ailleurs -ont vn bon sens commun. Que si vne fois on -commence à les [240] gaigner, le fruict sera inestimable.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>27 One meets men so devoid of every notion of Religion, -that one cannot find a name to make them understand -God; we have to call him the great Captain of -men, he who feeds all the world, he who lives on high. -We do all we can; what obligations will they be under -to those who instruct them and who try to make -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">187</a></span> -them know a God in order to serve him as well as -they can. Here deep learning is not needed, but -a profound humility, an unconquerable patience, and -an Apostolic charity, to win these poor Savages, who -in other respects have good common sense. And if -we begin once to gain [240] them, the fruit will be -incalculable.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>28 La pensée de sainct Francois Xauier nous passe -mille fois par l'esprit, & a vn grand pouuoir. Si les -hommes du siecle pour auoir des peaux de Castor, de -la moulue, & ie ne sçay quelles denrées, n'apprehendent -ny les orages de la mer, ny les Sauuages de -la terre, ny la mer, ny la mort; quelle horrible confusion -seroit-ce à des seruiteurs de Dieu, d'apprehender -cela, ou quelques petits trauaux, pour tascher -de gaigner des ames rachetées auec le sang pretieux -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">188</a></span> -de Iesus-Christ, & empourprées de son sang de valeur -inestimable? Se leueront-ils point au iour du -iugement cõtre nous ces petits facteurs, & pescheurs -de mouluë pour nous condamner, s'ils prennent plus -de peine pour gaigner vne piece d'argent, que nous -pour aider à sauuer les Sauuages. Ceste pensée pique -si fort nos [241] cœurs, qu'on ne sent point son mal, -ou si on le sent on ne s'en oseroit plaindre.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>28 A thousand times the thought of saint François -Xavier passes through our minds, and has great power -over us. If the men of the world, in order to have -Beaver skins, and codfish, and I know not what commodities, -do not fear either the storms on the sea, or -the Savages on land, or the sea, or death; how dreadful -will be the confusion of God's servants for being -afraid of these things, or of a few little hardships, in -trying to win souls ransomed by the precious blood -of Jesus Christ, and empurpled by his blood of inestimable -value? On the day of judgment will not -these petty traders and fishers of cod rise up to -condemn us, if they take more pains to gain a piece -of money than we do to help save the Savages? This -thought stings our hearts so [241] deeply that we do -not feel our sufferings, or if we feel them we do not -dare to complain of them.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>29 Il y a mille personnes en France qui sont fort -inutiles, & qui n'ont nul employ; ils sont sçauans, -& puis c'est tout, & cela ne sert de rien du tout à -l'Eglise de Dieu; helas! en la Nouuelle France ce seroient -des Apostres s'ils vouloient y venir employer -leur talent; moins de sçauoir & plus d'humilité & de -zele, feroit miracle icy, & ils gagneroient possible -plus en vn an, qu'ils ne feront toute leur vie en -France.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>29 There are many persons in France who are of no -use, and have nothing to do there; they are scholars -and that is all, and that is of no use in the Church of -God; alas! in New France these men would be Apostles, -if they would come here to use their talents; -less wisdom, and more humility and zeal, would perform -miracles here, and it is possible they would gain -more in one year than they will do in a lifetime in -France.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>30 L'experience nous fait voir, que ceux de la Compagnie -qui viennent en la Nouuelle France, il faut -qu'ils y soient appellez par vne vocation speciale -& bien forte; que ce soit gens morts & à soy, & au -monde; hõmes veritablement Apostoliques, qui ne -cherchent que Dieu, & le [242] salut des ames, qui -aiment d'amour la Croix, & la mortification; qui ne -s'espargnent point; qui sçachent supporter les trauaux -de la mer & de la terre, & qui desirent plus la -conuersion d'vn Sauuage, que l'Empire de toute l'Europe; -qui ayent des cœurs de Dieu, & tous remplis -de Dieu; qui soient comme des petits Iean Baptistes, -criant parmy ces deserts & ces forests, comme des -voix de Dieu, qui appellent tous ces pauures Sauuages -à recognoistre Iesus-Christ; en fin que ce soient -des hommes qui ont tous leurs contentemens dans -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">190</a></span> -Dieu, & ausquels les souffrances soient leurs plus -cheres delices. Voila ce que l'experience nous fait -veoir tous les iours: mais aussi il est vray, qu'il semble -que Dieu respande bien plus abondamment les rosées -de ses graces sur cette Nouuelle France, que sur la -vieille, [243] & que les cõsolations interieures, & les -Diuines infusions y sont bien plus solides, & les cœurs -bien plus embrasez. <i>Nouit Dominus qui sunt eius.</i> -Mais il n'appartient qu'à Dieu de faire le choix de -ceux dont il se veut seruir, & ausquels il fait cette -misericorde de les amener en la Nouuelle France, -pour en faire des saincts. Sainct François Xauier -disoit qu'il y auoit vne Isle en Orient, qui estoit bien -propre pour faire perdre la veuë à force de plorer de -ioye excessiue du cœur; ie ne sçay si nostre Nouuelle -France ressemble point ceste Isle: mais nous experimẽtons -que si quelqu'vn icy s'abandonne à Dieu à -bon escient, il court hazard d'y perdre la veuë, & la -vie, & tout, & auec grande ioye à force de trauailler; -il n'appartient qu'à ceux qui y sont, & qui goustent -Dieu, d'en parler par experience.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>30 Experience shows us that those of the Society -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">189</a></span>who come to New France should be impelled to it by a -special and very forcible call; persons who are dead -to themselves and to the world; men truly Apostolic, -who seek God alone, and the [242] salvation of souls, -who love with real love the Cross and self-mortification; -who do not spare themselves; who can endure -the hardships of the sea and of the land, and who desire -the conversion of a Savage more than the Empire -of all Europe; who have Godlike hearts, all filled with -God; who are like little John the Baptists, crying -through these deserts and forests like voices from God, -which summon all these poor Savages to acknowledge -Jesus Christ; in fine let them be men whose -sole satisfaction is in God and to whom suffering is -the greatest delight. That is what experience shows -us every day; but it is also true that it seems as if -God shed the dew of his grace much more abundantly -upon this New France than upon the old, [243] and -that the internal consolations and the Divine infusions -are much stronger here, and hearts more on fire. -<i>Novit Dominus qui sunt ejus.</i> But it belongs to God -alone to choose those whom he will use, and whom -he favors by taking them into New France, to make -saints of them. Saint François Xavier said that -there was an Island in the Orient which was quite -capable of making a person lose his sight, by crying -from excessive joy of the heart; I know not if our -New France resembles this Island, but we know from -experience that, if any one here gives himself up in -earnest to God, he runs the risk of losing his sight, -his life, his all, and with great joy, by dint of hard -work; it belongs only to those who are here and who -enjoy God to speak from experience.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>[244] 31 Nous recognoissons euidemmẽt, qu'il faut -que ce soit le Ciel qui conuertisse la terre de la Nouuelle -Frãce, & que nous ne sõmes pas assez forts. -Nous ne craignõs rien tãt, sinon que nos imperfectiõs -n'empeschẽt la cõuersiõ de ces pauures Sauuages; -c'est pourquoy nous auõs tous esté d'auis de recourir -au Ciel, & à la tres saincte Vierge Mere de Dieu, par -laquelle Dieu a coustume de faire ce qui ne se peut -faire, & conuertir les cœurs les plus abandonnez. A -cet effet nous auons resolu de faire vn vœu fort solemnel, -dont voicy la teneur.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p> -[244] 31 We clearly recognize that it must be Heaven -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">191</a></span> -which shall convert the land of New France, and -that we are not strong enough. We fear nothing so -much as that our imperfections may prevent the conversion -of these poor Savages; that is why we have -all been minded to have recourse to Heaven and to -the very holy Virgin, Mother of God, through whom -God is accustomed to do what seems impossible, and to -convert the hearts of the most abandoned. To this -end, we have resolved to make a very solemn vow, -of which the following is the purport:—</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Mon Dieu & mon Sauueur Iesus, quoy que nos pechez -nous doiuent esloigner de vostre presence, si est-ce -qu'épris d'vne affection de vous honorer & vostre -tres-S<sup>te</sup> Mere, poussez d'vn desir de nous veoir dans -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">192</a></span> -la fidelle correspondance que vous desirez de vos seruiteurs, -souhaittãs en [245] outre de vous veoir recõneu -& adoré de ces pauures peuples: Nous vous -promettons & faisons vœu, comme aussi à la tres-saincte -Vierge vostre Mere, & à sõ glorieux Espoux -S. Ioseph, de celebrer douze fois és douze mois suiuant -le sacrifice de la S<sup>te</sup> Messe, pour ceux qui sont -Prestres; & pour les autres de reciter douze fois la -Couronne ou le Chappellet de la Vierge en l'honneur -& en action de grace de son immaculee Cõception, & -de ieusner tous la veille de ceste feste: vous promettans -en outre que si on erige quelque Eglise ou Chappelle -stable dãs ces pais, dans le cours de ce tẽps limité, -que nous la ferõs dedier à Dieu sous le tiltre -de l'immaculée Cõception, si cela est en nostre pouuoir, -le tout pour obtenir de la bõté de N. S. la conuersion -de ces Peuples, par l'entremise de sa saincte -Mere, & de son sainct Espoux. Receuez [246] cependant, -ô l'Emperiere des Anges & des hommes, les -cœurs de ces pauures Barbares abandonnez, que nous -vous presentons par les mains de vostre glorieux Espoux, -& de vos fidelles seruiteurs S. Ignace & S. -François Xauier, & de tous les Anges Gardiens de -ces miserables contrées, pour les offrir à vostre Fils, -afin qu'il leur donne sa cognoissance, & leur applique -le merite de son pretieux sang. Ainsi soit-il.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>My God and my Savior Jesus, although our sins -ought to banish us from your presence, yet being inspired -with a desire to honor you and your very Holy -Mother, urged by a wish to see ourselves in the faithful -correspondence [to your graces] that you desire in -your servants, wishing [245] besides to see you acknowledged -and adored by these poor people: We -promise and make a vow unto you and also to the very -holy Virgin your Mother, and to her glorious Spouse -St. Joseph, to celebrate twelve times in twelve succeeding -months the Sacrifice of the Holy Mass, for -those who are Priests; and for the others to say -twelve times the Crown or Chaplet of the Virgin, in -honor of and as an act of grace for her immaculate -Conception, and all to fast the day before this festival; -promising you further that, if a permanent -Church or Chapel is erected in this country within -this specified time, we will have it dedicated to God -under the title of the immaculate Conception, if it is -in our power,—all this, to secure by the goodness of -Our Lord the conversion of these Peoples, through -the mediation of his holy Mother and of her holy -Spouse. In [246] the meantime receive, O Empress -of Angels and of men, the hearts of these poor abandoned -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">193</a></span> - Barbarians that we present to you through the -hands of your glorious Spouse and of your faithful -servants, St. Ignace and St. François Xavier, and of -all the Guardian Angels of these wretched countries, -to offer them to your Son, that he may give them -knowledge of himself and apply to them the efficacy -of his precious blood. Amen.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Dieu par son infinie bonté nous rende dignes de -cette excellente vocation, pour dignement cooperer à -sa grace, au profit de ces pauures Sauuages.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>May God in his infinite goodness render us worthy -of this noble calling, worthily to coöperate with his -grace, to the benefit of these poor Savages.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">194</a></span></p> - -<h3>Extraict du Priuilege du Roy.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">PAR Grace & Priuilege du Roy il est permis à -Sebastien Cramoisy, Marchand Libraire Iuré -en l'Vniuersité de Paris, & Imprimeur ordinaire -du Roy, d'imprimer ou faire imprimer vn liure -intitulé, <i>Relation de ce qui s'est passé en la Nouuelle France -en l'année mil six cens trente cinq. Enuoyée au R. P. Provincial -de la Compagnie de Iesus en la Prouince de France. -Par le Pere Paul le Ieune de la mesme Compagnie, Superieur -de la Residence de Kebec</i>: & ce pendant le temps & -espace de cinq années consecutiues. Auec defenses -à tous Libraires & Imprimeurs d'imprimer ou faire -imprimer ledit liure, sous pretexte de desguisement, -ou changement qu'ils y pourroient faire, à peine de -confiscation, & de l'amende portée par ledit Priuilege. -Donné à Paris le douziesme Ianuier, mil six -cens trente six.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Par le Roy en son Conseil.</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Victon.</span> -</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">195</a></span></p> - -<h3> -Extract from the Royal License.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">BY the Grace and License of the King, permission -is granted to Sebastien Cramoisy, Bookseller -under Oath in the University of Paris, -and Printer in ordinary to the King, to print or to -have printed a book entitled, <i>Relation de ce qui s'est -passé en la Nouvelle France en l'année mil six cens trente -cinq. Envoyée au R. P. Provincial de la Compagnie de -Jesus en la Province de France. Par le Pere Paul le Jeune -de la mesme Compagnie, Superieur de la Residence de Kebec</i>: -and this during the time and space of five consecutive -years. Prohibiting all Booksellers and Printers -to print or to have printed the said book, under -pretext of disguise or change that they might make -therein, on pain of confiscation of the copies, and of -the fine provided by the said License. Given at -Paris on the twelfth of January, one thousand six -hundred and thirty-six.</p> - -<p class="center"> -By the King in Council.</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Victon.</span> -</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">196</a></span></p> - -<h3>Approbation.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">NOVS <span class="smcap">Estienne Binet</span> Prouincial de la Compagnie -de <span class="smcap">Iesvs</span> en la Prouince de France. Suiuant -le Priuilege qui nous a esté octroyé par -les Roys Tres-Chrestiens Henry III. le 10. May 1583. -Henry IV. le 10. Decembre 1605. & Louys XIII. à -present regnant le 14. Feurier 1612. par lequel il est -defendu à tous Libraires de n'imprimer aucun Liure -de ceux qui sont composez par quelqu'vn de nostre -dite Compagnie, sans permission des Superieurs d'icelle: -Permettons à Sebastien Cramoisy Marchand Libraire -Iuré à Paris, & Imprimeur ordinaire du Roy, -de pouuoir imprimer pour dix ans la <i>Relation de ce qui -s'est passé en la Nouuelle France, en l'année 1635.</i> à nous -enuoyée par le Pere Paul le Ieune de nostre mesme -Compagnie, Superieur de la Residence de Kebec. -En foy dequoy nous auons signé la presente à Paris -ce quinziesme Ianuier 1635.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Signé,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">E. Binet</span>. -</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">197</a></span></p> - -<h3>Approbation.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">WE, <span class="smcap">Estienne Binet</span>, Provincial of the Society -of <span class="smcap">Jesus</span> in the Province of France, in accordance -with the License that has been granted -to us by the Most Christian Kings, Henry III. May -10th, 1583, Henry IV. December 10th, 1605, and -Louys XIII. now reigning February 14th, 1612, by -which all Booksellers are prohibited from printing -any of the Books which are composed by any one of -our said Society, without the permission of the Superiors -thereof: We permit Sebastien Cramoisy, -Bookseller under Oath in Paris, and Printer in ordinary -to the King, to print for ten years the <i>Relation -de ce qui s'est passé en la Nouvelle France en l'année 1635</i>, -sent to us by Father Paul le Jeune of our same Society, -Superior of the Residence of Kebec. In testimony -whereof we have signed the present at Paris, -this fifteenth of January, 1635.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Signed,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">E. Binet</span>. -</p> - -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="page"> -<hr class="full" /> - -<p class="center"><a id="XXVI"></a>XXVI -</p> - -<h2 class="break"><span class="smcap">Le Jeune's Relation, 1636</span></h2> - -<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Paris: SEBASTIEN CRAMOISY, 1637</span></p> -<hr class="small" /> - -<p><span class="smcap">Source</span>: Title-page and text reprinted from the copy of -the first issue (H. 65), in Lenox Library.</p> - -<p>The document consists of two parts; the first by Le Jeune, -as superior, the second by Brébeuf. In the present volume -we give chaps. i.-ii., of Part I.; the remainder of Part I. -will occupy Volume IX. In Volume X., will appear all of -Part II.</p> -</div> -<hr class="full" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter"> -<p class="hidden"><a id="facsimile"></a>facsimile</p> - -<img src="images/illo202.jpg" width="400" height="677" alt="facsimile" /> - -</div> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p class="center"> -<span class="xlarge">RELATION</span><br /> -DE CE QVI S'EST PASSÉ<br /> -EN LA<br /> -<big>NOVVELLE FRANCE</big><br /> -<em class="gesperrt">EN L'ANNÉE</em> 1636.</p> -<p class="center"> -Enuoyée au<br /> -<em class="gesperrt">R. PERE PROVINCIAL</em><br /> -de la Compagnie de <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Iesvs</span></em><br /> -en la Prouince de France.</p> -<p class="center"> -<i>Par le P. Paul le Ieune de la mesme Compagnie,<br /> -Superieur de la Residence de Kébec.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<img src="images/illo250a.jpg" width="100" height="99" alt="decoration" /> - -</div> - -<p class="center"> -A PARIS,</p> -<p class="center"> -Chez <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Sebastien Cramoisy</span></em> Imprimeur<br /> -ordinaire du Roy, rue sainct Iacques,<br /> -aux Cigognes.</p> -<p class="center"> -M. DC. XXXVII.<br /> -<i>AVEC PRIVILEGE DV ROI.</i> -</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p class="center"> -<span class="xlarge">RELATION</span><br /> -OF WHAT OCCURRED<br /> -IN<br /> -<big>NEW FRANCE</big><br /> -IN THE YEAR 1636.</p> -<p class="center"> -Sent to the<br /> -REVEREND FATHER PROVINCIAL<br /> -of the Society of <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Jesus</span></em> <br /> -in the -Province of France.</p> -<p class="center"> -<i>By Father Paul le Jeune of the same Society,<br /> -Superior of the Residence of Kébec.</i></p> -<p class="center p10"> -PARIS,</p> -<p class="center"> -<em class="gesperrt"> -<span class="smcap">Sebastien Cramoisy</span></em>, Printer in ordinary<br /> -to the King, ruë sainct Jacques,<br /> -at the Sign of the Storks.</p> -<hr class="small" /> -<p class="center"> -M. DC. XXXVII.</p> -<p class="center"> -<i>BY ROYAL LICENSE.</i> -</p> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> - -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">204</a></span></p> - -<h3>Extraict du Priuilege du Roy.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">PAR Grace & Priuilege du Roy il est permis à -Sebastien Cramoisy, Marchand Libraire Iuré -en l'Vniuersité de Paris, & Imprimeur ordinaire -du Roy, d'imprimer ou faire imprimer vn Liure -intitulé, <i>Relation de ce qui s'est passé en la Nouuelle -France en l'année mil six cens trente-six. Enuoyée au R. -P. Prouincial de la Compagnie de Iesus en la Prouince de -France. Par le Pere Paul le Ieune de la mesme Compagnie, -Superieur de la Residence de Kébec</i>: & ce pendant -le temps & espace de dix années consecutiues. Auec -defenses à tous Libraires & Imprimeurs d'imprimer, -ou faire imprimer ledit Liure, sous pretexte de desguisement, -ou changement qu'ils y pourroient faire, -à peine de confiscation, & de l'amende portée par ledit -Priuilege. Donné à Paris, le 22. Decembre, 1636.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Par le Roy en son Conseil,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Victon</span>. -</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">205</a></span></p> - -<h3>Extract from the Royal License.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">BY the Grace and License of the King, permission -is granted to Sebastien Cramoisy, Bookseller -under Oath in the University of Paris -and Printer in ordinary to the King, to print or to -have printed a Book entitled, <i>Relation de ce qui s'est -passé en la Nouvelle France en l'année mil six cens trente-six. -Envoyée au R. P. Provincial de la Compagnie de -Jesus en la Province de France. Par le Pere Paul le Jeune -de la mesme Compagnie, Superieur de la Residence de Kébec</i>: -and this during the time and space of ten consecutive -years. Prohibiting all Booksellers and Printers -to print or to have printed the said Book under -pretext of disguise or change that they might make -therein, on penalty of confiscation, and of the fine -provided by said License. Given at Paris on the 22nd -of December, 1636.</p> - -<p class="center"> -By the King in Council,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">Victon</span>. -</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">206</a></span></p> - -<h3>Approbation.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">NOVS <span class="smcap">Estienne Binet</span> Prouincial de la Compagnie -de <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Iesvs</span></em> en la Prouince de France. Suiuant -le Priuilege qui nous a esté octroyé par -les Roys Tres-Chrestiens Henry III. le 10. May 1583. -Henry IV. le 10. Decembre 1605. & Louys XIII. à -present regnant le 14. Feurier 1612. par lequel il est -defendu à tous Libraires de n'imprimer aucun Liure -de ceux qui sont composez par quelqu'vn de nostre -dite Compagnie, sans permission des Superieurs d'icelle: -Permettons à Sebastien Cramoisy Marchand -Libraire Iuré à Paris, & Imprimeur ordinaire du Roy, -de pouuoir imprimer pour dix ans la <i>Relation de ce -qui s'est passé en la Nouuelle France, en l'année 1636.</i> à -nous enuoyée par le Père Paul le Ieune de nostre -mesme Compagnie, Superieur de la Residence de -Kébec. En foy dequoy nous auons signé la presente -à Paris ce quinziéme Decembre 1636.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Signé,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">E. Binet</span>. -</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">207</a></span></p> - -<h3>Approbation.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap">WE, <span class="smcap">Estienne Binet</span>, Provincial of the Society -of <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Jesus</span></em> in the Province of France, in accordance -with the License granted to us by -the Most Christian Kings, Henry III. May 10th, 1583, -Henry IV. December 10th, 1605, and Louys XIII. -now reigning, February 14th, 1612, by which all -Booksellers are forbidden to print any Book of those -composed by any one of our said Society, without -permission of the Superiors thereof—permit Sebastien -Cramoisy, Bookseller under Oath at Paris and -Printer in ordinary to the King, to print for ten years -the <i>Relation de ce qui s'est passé en la Nouvelle France -en l'année 1636</i>, sent to us by Father Paul le Jeune of -our same Society, Superior of the Residence of Kébec. -In testimony whereof we have signed the present at -Paris, this fifteenth of December, 1636.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Signed,</p> -<p class="right"> -<span class="smcap">E. Binet</span>. -</p> -</div> - <div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> - -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">208</a></span></p> - -<h3>Table des Chapitres contenus en ce Liure.</h3> - -<table summary="chapitres"> -<tr><td class="dropcap">RELATION <i>de ce qui s'est passé en la Nouuelle -France, en l'année 1636.</i> <i>page</i> </td> -<td class="vr">1.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chapitre I. <i>Des sentimens d'affection qu'ont -plusieurs personnes de merite pour la Nouuelle -France.</i></td> -<td class="vr">7.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. II. <i>Des Sauuages baptisez cette année, & de -quelques enterremens.</i></td> -<td class="vr">23.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. III. <i>Continuation de la mesme matiere.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">51.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IV. <i>Continuation des Sauuages baptisez.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">73.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. V. <i>De la mort miserable de quelques Sauuages.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">97.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VI. <i>Des esperances de la conuersion de ce -Peuple.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">110.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VII. <i>De quelques particularitez remarquables -en ces quartiers.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">128.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VIII. <i>De l'estat present de la Nouuelle -France, sur le grand Fleuue de S. Laurens.</i></td> -<td class="vr">144.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Ch. IX. <i>Réponses à quelques propositions qui m'ont -esté faites de France.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">157.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. X. <i>Quelques aduis pour ceux qui desirent -passer en la Nouuelle France.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">183.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. XI. ou, <i>Iournal des choses qui n'ont peu -estre rapportées sous les Chapitres</i> precedens. </td> -<td class="vr">189</td></tr> -</table> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">209</a></span></p> - -<h3>Table of Chapters contained in this Book.</h3> - -<table summary="chapters"> -<tr><td class="dropcap">RELATION <i>of what occurred in New France -in the year 1636.</i> <i>page</i> </td> -<td class="vr">1.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chapter I. <i>The sentiments of affection that -many persons of merit entertain for New -France.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">7.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. II. <i>Of the Savages baptized this year, and -some burials.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">23.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. III. <i>Continuation of the same subject.</i></td> -<td class="vr">51.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IV. <i>Baptisms of Savages, continued.</i></td> -<td class="vr">73.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. V. <i>Of the wretched death of some Savages.</i></td> -<td class="vr">97.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VI. <i>Of the hopes of converting this People.</i></td> -<td class="vr">110.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VII. <i>Of some remarkable peculiarities of -these regions.</i></td> -<td class="vr">128.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VIII. <i>Of the present condition of New -France on the great St. Lawrence River.</i></td> -<td class="vr">144.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Ch. IX. <i>Answers to some propositions submitted to -me from France.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">157.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. X. <i>Some advice to those who wish to cross -over into New France.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">183.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. XI. or, <i>A Journal of the things which could -not be related in the</i> preceding <i>Chapters.</i></td> -<td class="vr">189.</td></tr> -</table> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">210</a></span></p> - -<h3>Relation de ce qvi s'est passé dans le Pays des -Hurons en l'année 1636.</h3> - -<table summary="relation"> -<tr><td class="dropcap">E<i>NUOYÉE à Kébec au R.P. Paul le Ieune, Superieur -de la Mission de la Compagnie de</i> -<em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Iesvs</span></em>, <i>en la Nouuelle France. - page</i></td> -<td class="vr">1.</td> -</tr> - -<tr><td colspan="2" class="center">PREMIERE PARTIE.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. I. <i>De la Conuersion, Baptesme & heureuse -mort de quelques Hurons, & de l'estat du Christianisme -en cette Barbarie.</i></td> - <td class="vr">4.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. II. <i>Contenant selon l'ordre des temps, les autres -choses remarquables aduenues pendant cette -année.</i></td> - <td class="vr">21.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. III. <i>Aduertissement d'importance pour ceux -qu'il plairoit à Dieu d'appeller en la Nouuelle -France, & principalement au Pays des Hurons.</i></td> - <td class="vr">58.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IV. <i>De la langue des Hurons.</i></td> -<td class="vr">79.</td></tr> - -<tr><td colspan="2" class="center">SECONDE PARTIE.</td></tr> - -<tr><td colspan="2" class="center">DE LA CREANCE, DES MŒURS, & DES COUSTUMES -DES HURONS.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. I. <i>Ce que pensent les Hurons de leur origine.</i></td> - <td class="vr">85.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. II. <i>Quel est le sentiment des Hurons touchant -la nature & l'estat de l'ame, tant en cette vie, -qu'apres la mort.</i></td> -<td class="vr">96.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. III. <i>Que les Hurons recognoissent quelque -diuinité: de leurs superstitions, & de la creance -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">212</a></span> -qu'ils ont aux songes.</i></td> -<td class="vr">108.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IV. <i>Des festins, danses, ieux de plat, & de -crosse, de ce qu'ils appellent</i> Ononharoia.</td> - <td class="vr">120.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. V. <i>S'il y a des Sorciers aux Hurons.</i></td> - <td class="vr">132.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap VI. <i>De la police des Hurons, & de leur gouuernement.</i></td> - <td class="vr">145.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VII. <i>De l'ordre que les Hurons tiennent en -leurs Conseils.</i></td> - <td class="vr">175.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VIII. <i>Des ceremonies qu'ils gardent en leur -sepulture, & de leur deüil.</i></td> - <td class="vr">184.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IX. <i>De la feste solemnelle des Morts.</i></td> - <td class="vr">193.</td></tr> -</table> - -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<h3> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">211</a></span> -Relation of what occurred in the Country of the -Hurons in the year 1636.</h3> - -<table summary="relationtranslation"> -<tr><td class="dropcap">S<i>ENT to Kébec to Reverend Father Paul le Jeune, -Superior of the Mission of the Society of</i> -<em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Jesus</span></em>, <i>in New France.</i> - <i>page</i> </td> -<td class="vr">1.</td> -</tr> - -<tr><td colspan="2" class="center">PART FIRST.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. I. <i>Of the Conversion, Baptism, and happy -death of some Hurons; and on the condition of -Christianity amid this Barbarism.</i></td> -<td class="vr">4.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. II. <i>Containing in the order of time the other -remarkable things that happened during this -year.</i></td> -<td class="vr">21.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. III. <i>Important advice for those whom it -shall please God to call to New France, and especially -to the Country of the Hurons.</i></td> -<td class="vr">58.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IV. <i>Of the language of the Hurons.</i></td> -<td class="vr">79.</td> -</tr> - -<tr><td colspan="2" class="center">PART SECOND.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td colspan="2" class="center">ON THE BELIEF, MANNERS, AND CUSTOMS OF THE HURONS.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. I. <i>What the Hurons think of their origin.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">85.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. II. <i>The ideas of the Hurons regarding the -nature and condition of the soul, both in this -life and after death.</i></td> -<td class="vr">96.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. III. <i>That the Hurons recognize some divinity; -of their superstitions, and their faith in -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">213</a></span>dreams.</i> </td> - <td class="vr">108.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IV. <i>Concerning feasts, dances; the games -of dish and crosse; what they call</i> Ononharoia.</td> -<td class="vr">120.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. V. <i>Whether there are Sorcerers among the -Hurons.</i> </td> -<td class="vr">132.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VI. <i>Of the polity of the Hurons, and their -government.</i></td> -<td class="vr">145.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VII. <i>Of the order the Hurons observe in -their Councils.</i></td> -<td class="vr">175.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. VIII. <i>Of the ceremonies they observe in their -burials and mourning.</i></td> -<td class="vr">184.</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="hang">Chap. IX. <i>Of the solemn feast of the Dead.</i></td> - <td class="vr">193.</td></tr> -</table> -</div> - <div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">214</a></span></p> - -<h3>[1] Relation de ce qui s'est passé en la Novvelle -France, en l'année 1636.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap"><span class="smcap">Mon Reverend Pere</span>,</p> - -<p>Puis qu'il faut payer le tribut annuel, -qu'exige de nous, non seulement V. R. mais -aussi vn grand nombre de personnes de vertu, de merite, -& de condition, qui se vont interessant dans les affaires -de la Nouuelle France, comme dans celles de -Dieu; Ie commenceray par la ioye que nostre Seigneur -a versé dans nos cœurs à l'arriuée de la flotte. Quelques-vns -estoient dans l'incertitude si nous verrions -cette année des Vaisseaux, à raison des grands preparatifs -de guerre, qu'on faisoit en l'ancienne France: -mais [2] les plus aduisez n'en pouuoient douter, -comme ayans cognoissance de l'affection du Roy enuers -ses nouuelles Terres, qui se vont rendre l'vn -des beaux fleurons de sa Couronne. N'ignorans pas -d'ailleurs que Monseigneur le Cardinal estant le Chef -de cette honnorable Compagnie, l'appuy des familles -qui passent en ces contrées, le Pere de cette nouuelle -Patrie, & le Genie puissant, qui doit faire reüssir souz -la faueur & l'authorité de sa Majesté, les desseins, -que Dieu a de la conuersion de ce nouueau monde, -ne manqueroit pas de faire cognoistre, quelle place -tient en son cœur cette saincte entreprise. Vne autre -apprehension nous tenoit entre la crainte & l'espoir, -sur le changement de Gouuerneur. Monsieur de -Champlain nous ayant quitté en la derniere année de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">216</a></span> -son Gouuernement pour s'en aller au Ciel, nous -estions en suspens, quel zele auroit son successeur -pour cette Eglise naissante. Mais les Nauires paroissans, -toutes ces craintes se sont dissipées; le nombre -des vaisseaux nous a fait cognoistre que les affaires -de la Nouuelle France tiennent [3] rang dans les -grands soins de l'Ancienne, & que les affections de -Messieurs de la Compagnie se vont tous les iours augmentant, -& les premieres actions de Monsieur de -Montmagny nostre Gouuerneur, nous ont fait esperer -tout ce qu'on peut attendre d'vn esprit remply de -pieté, de resolution, & de conduitte. On m'a dit autrefois, -que la premiere action que fit nostre grand -Roy au moment de sa naissance, fut vne augure de -sa grande pieté: car le premier vsage qu'il fit de ses -mains innocentes fut de les ioindre, comme s'il eust -voulu prier Dieu, & le premier mouuement de ses -yeux luy porta la veuë vers le ciel. Si les premieres -actions sont les prognostiques des suiuantes, nous -auons dequoy benir Dieu en la personne de Monsieur -de Montmagny, comme ie feray voir dans la suitte de -cette Relation. Estant arriué deuant Kebec la nuict -de la sainct Barnabé, il moüilla l'ancre sans se faire -cognoistre; le lendemain matin nous eusmes aduis -qu'il estoit dans le Vaisseau, que la nuict nous auoit -caché; nous descendismes sur le bord du grand Fleuue -pour le receuoir; le P. Pierre [4] Chastellain, & le P. -Charles Garnier étoient en sa compagnie: apres les -cõplimens ordinaires, nous le suiuismes droit à la -Chapelle; en chemin ayant apperceu l'Arbre de nostre -salut, Voicy, dit-il, la premiere Croix que ie rencontre -sur le Païs, adorons le Crucifié en son image; -il se iette à deux genoux, & à son exemple, toute sa -suitte, comme aussi tous ceux qui le venoient salüer: -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">218</a></span> -de là il entre dans l'Eglise, où nous chantasmes solemnellement -le <i>Te Deum</i>, comme aussi les Prieres -pour nostre bon Roy. A l'issuë de son action de -graces, & des loüanges que nous rendismes à Dieu -pour sa venuë, Monsieur de Chasteaufort, qui tenoit -la place de defunct Monsieur de Champlain, luy vient -presenter les clefs de la forteresse; où il fut receu par -plusieurs salues de mousqueteries, & par le tonnerre -de plusieurs canons. A peine estoit-il entré, qu'on -luy fit demander s'il auroit agreable d'estre Parrain -d'vn Sauuage, qui desiroit le Baptesme: Tres volontiers, -dit-il, se resioüissant d'auoir ce bon-heur qu'à -l'entrée de son Gouuernement il aidast à ouurir les -portes de l'Eglise à vne pauure [5] ame, qui se vouloit -ranger dans le bercail de Iesus-Christ: & afin que -les Peres qui l'auoient accompagné, missent la main -à la moisson, mettant pied à terre; le P. qui auoit instruit -ce barbare, demande au P. Chastellain, s'il ne -seroit pas bien aise de donner commencement à ses -actions en la Nouuelle France, par vn Baptesme. -Dieu! quel sentiment de ioye ne fit-il point paroistre -à cette proposition! Le voila tout disposé, Monsieur -le Gouuerneur se transporte aux Cabanes de ces pauures -barbares, suiuy d'vne leste Noblesse. Ie vous -laisse à penser quel estonnement à ces Peuples de voir -tant d'écarlate, tant de personnes bien faites souz -leurs toits d'écorce! quelle consolation receut ce -pauure malade, quand on luy dit que le grand Capitaine -qui venoit d'arriuer vouloit luy donner nom, & -estre son Parrain. Le Pere l'interroge derechef sur -les mysteres de nostre creance, il répond, qu'il croit -à celuy qui a tout fait, & à son fils Iesus, comme aussi -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">220</a></span> -au bon Esprit; qu'il est fasché d'auoir offensé celuy -qui s'est fait homme, & qui est mort pour nous, bien -marry [6] de l'auoir cogneu si tard. Monsieur le Gouuerneur -le nomma Ioseph, à l'honneur du sainct Espoux -de la Vierge, Patron de la Nouuelle France, & -le Pere le baptisa. Pendant le disner, car tout cecy -se passa le matin, ce noble Parrain dit tout haut en -bonne compagnie, qu'il auoit receu ce iour-là le plus -grand-honneur, & le plus sensible contentement qu'il -auroit peu souhaitter en la Nouuelle France. Sont-ce -pas là des sujets capables de nous réioüir? Ce -n'est pas tout; ce mesme iour parut vn Vaisseau commandé -par Monsieur de Courpon, qui nous rendit le -P. Nicolas Adam, & nostre Frere Ambroise Cauuet. -Ces entreueuës en vn païs si éloigné de nostre Patrie, -apres auoir trauersé tant de mers, sont sensibles par -fois aux yeux, aussi bien qu'au cœur. Nostre ioye -ne se tint pas-là, la quantité de familles qui venoient -grossir nostre Colonie, l'accreut notablement; celles -entre autres de Monsieur de Repentigny, & de Monsieur -de la Poterie, braues Gentilshommes, composées -de quarante cinq personnes. C'estoit vn sujet -où il y auoit à louer [7] Dieu, de voir en ces contrées, -des Damoiselles fort delicates, des petits enfans tendrelets -sortir d'vne prison de bois, comme le iour sort -des tenebres de la nuict, & ioüir apres tout d'vne -aussi douce santé, nonobstant toutes les incommoditez -qu'on reçoit dans ces maisons flotantes, comme si on -s'estoit proumené au cours dans vn carosse. Voila -comme ce iour nous fut doublement vn iour de feste -& de réioüissance: mais entrons en discours. Ie distribueray -tout ce que i'ay à dire cette année en quelques -Chapitres, que i'abregeray ou estendray selon le loisir -que Dieu m'en donnera.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<h3> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">215</a></span> -[1] Relation of what occurred in New France, in -the year 1636.</h3> - -<p class="dropcap"><span class="smcap">My Reverend Father</span>,</p> - -<p>Since it is necessary to pay the annual tribute -which is exacted from us not only by Your -Reverence but also by many persons of virtue, merit, -and rank, who continue to interest themselves in the -affairs of New France as in those of God, I shall -begin by referring to the joy with which our Lord -filled our hearts on the arrival of the fleet. Some -were doubtful whether we would see the Vessels this -year, on account of the great preparations for war -which were being made in old France;<a name="endanchor_49_49" id="endanchor_49_49"></a><a href="#Endnote_49_49" class="endanchor">49</a> - but [2] those -who were wisest could not doubt it, as knowing the -affection of the King for his new Possessions, which -are destined to become one of the bright jewels in -his Crown; and, moreover, not ignorant that Monseigneur -the Cardinal,—being the Head of this honorable -Company, the support of families that come over -to these lands, the Father of this new Country, and -the powerful Genius who is to bring about, under the -favor and authority of his Majesty, the designs of God -for the conversion of this new world,—would not fail -to show what place this holy undertaking holds in his -heart. Another anxiety kept us between fear and -hope, arising from the change of Governor. Monsieur -de Champlain having left us in the last year of -his Administration, to go to Heaven, we were anxious -as to what zeal his successor would have for this infant -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">217</a></span> -Church. But, when the Ships appeared, all these -fears were dissipated; the number of the vessels -showed us that the affairs of New France rank [3] -among the chief concerns of the Mother country, and -that the interest of the Gentlemen of the Company -continues daily to increase; and the first acts of Monsieur -de Montmagny, our Governor, have made us -hope everything that can be expected from a spirit -filled with piety, with firmness, and with discretion.<a name="endanchor_50_50" id="endanchor_50_50"></a><a href="#Endnote_50_50" class="endanchor">50</a> -I was told once that the earliest act which our great -King performed, at the time of his birth, was a presage -of his great piety; for the first use he made of his -innocent hands was to clasp them, as if he were trying -to pray to God, and the first movement of his eyes -directed his sight toward heaven. If first actions are -prognostications of those to come, we have that for -which to bless God in the person of Monsieur de -Montmagny, as I shall show in the course of this Relation. -Having arrived before Kebec on the night of -saint Barnabas, he cast anchor without announcing -himself; the next morning, we had word that he was -in the Vessel which the night had concealed from us. -We went down to the shore of the great River to receive -him; Father Pierre [4] Chastellain<a name="endanchor_51_51" id="endanchor_51_51"></a><a href="#Endnote_51_51" class="endanchor">51</a> - and Father -Charles Garnier<a name="endanchor_52_52" id="endanchor_52_52"></a><a href="#Endnote_52_52" class="endanchor">52</a> - were in his company. After the -usual courtesies, we accompanied him at once to the -Chapel; on the way, perceiving the Tree of our salvation, -"Here," said he, "is the first Cross that I encounter -in the Country; let us adore the Crucified in -his image." He throws himself upon his knees, as, -following his example, do all his attendants, as well -as all those who were coming to salute him. Thence -he entered the Church, where we solemnly chanted -the <i>Te Deum</i>, as well as the Prayers for our good -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">219</a></span> -King. At the conclusion of his act of thanksgiving, -and of the praises we rendered to God for his -coming, Monsieur de Chasteaufort,<a name="endanchor_53_53" id="endanchor_53_53"></a><a href="#Endnote_53_53" class="endanchor">53</a> - who filled the -place of the late Monsieur de Champlain, came to -present to him the keys of the fortress, where he was -received with several volleys of musketry and the -thunder of numerous cannon. Scarcely had he entered -when one came to ask him if it would be agreeable -to him to be Godfather to a Savage who desired -Baptism. "Very willingly," said he, rejoicing in -this good fortune, that, upon entering his Administration, -he could help open the doors of the Church to -a poor [5] soul who wished to enter the sheepfold of -Jesus Christ. That the Fathers who had accompanied -him might put their hands to the harvest at -the moment of setting foot on land, the Father who -had taught this barbarian asks Father Chastellain if -he would not be glad to begin his labors in New -France with a Baptism. O God! what a sentiment -of joy he manifested at this proposal! Behold him -quite ready! Monsieur the Governor proceeds to the -Cabins of these poor barbarians, followed by a brisk -retinue of Nobles. I leave you to imagine the astonishment -of these People at seeing so much scarlet, so -many elegant personages under their bark roofs! -What comfort this poor sick man experienced when -they told him that the great Captain who had just arrived -wished to bestow a name upon him, and to be -his Sponsor! The Father questions him anew upon -the mysteries of our belief. He replies that he believes -in him who made all things, and in his son, -Jesus, and also in the good Spirit; that he is sorry he -has offended him who made himself man, and who -died for us; and that he greatly regrets [6] having -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">221</a></span> -learned so late to know him. Monsieur the Governor -named him Joseph, in honor of the holy Spouse of -the Virgin, Patron of New France; and the Father -baptized him. During dinner, for all this happened -in the morning, this noble Godfather said aloud, in -the presence of a distinguished company, that he had -received that day the greatest honor and the most -genuine satisfaction that he could have desired in -New France. Are not these things that give us cause -for rejoicing? This is not all; that same day appeared -a Vessel commanded by Monsieur de Courpon,<a name="endanchor_54_54" id="endanchor_54_54"></a><a href="#Endnote_54_54" class="endanchor">54</a> - -which brought to us Father Nicolas Adam<a name="endanchor_55_55" id="endanchor_55_55"></a><a href="#Endnote_55_55" class="endanchor">55</a> - -and our Brother Ambroise Cauvet.<a name="endanchor_56_56" id="endanchor_56_56"></a><a href="#Endnote_56_56" class="endanchor">56</a> - These meetings -in a country so far from our Native Land, after -having crossed so many seas, affect sometimes the -eyes as well as the heart. Our joy did not end there. -The number of families, which came over to increase -our Colony, made it considerably larger. Among -others, were those of Monsieur de Repentigny<a name="endanchor_57_57" id="endanchor_57_57"></a><a href="#Endnote_57_57" class="endanchor">57</a> - and -of Monsieur de la Poterie,<a name="endanchor_58_58" id="endanchor_58_58"></a><a href="#Endnote_58_58" class="endanchor">58</a> - gallant Gentlemen, composed -of forty-five individuals. It was a matter for -which to praise [7] God, to see in this country delicate -Maidens and little children of tenderest age come -forth from a prison of wood, as the day comes forth -from the darkness of night,—and enjoying, after all, -as perfect health, notwithstanding the many hardships -to which one is subjected in these floating habitations, -as if they had been driving on the street in a -carriage. See then how this day was for us doubly -a day of festival and of rejoicing; but let us begin -our discourse. I will divide all I have to say this -year into several Chapters, which I will shorten or -extend according to the leisure which God shall grant -me for it.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">222</a></span></p> - -<h3>CHAPITRE PREMIER.</h3> - -<p class="center">DES SENTIMENS D'AFFECTION QU'ONT PLUSIEURS PERSONNES -DE MERITE POUR LA NOUUELLE FRANCE.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">IE ne sçay pas quel succez auront les affaires de la -Nouuelle France, ny quand nous y verrons la -porte pleinement ouuerte à l'Euangile: mais ie -sçay [8] bien neantmoins, que c'est Dieu qui conduit -cette entreprise. La nature n'a pas les bras assez longs -pour atteindre au point, où elle est paruenuë; elle -ayme trop ses interests sensibles, pour reünir tant de -cœurs, & tant d'affections à la poursuitte d'vn bien, -qu'elle ne cognoit pas. Fuïr ses parens, & ses amis, -abandonner ses cognoissances, sortir de sa patrie si -douce, & si polie; passer les mers, defier l'Ocean, & ses -tempestes, sacrifier sa vie aux souffrances, quitter les -biens presens, pour se ietter dans des esperances éloignées -de nostre veuë, conuertir le trafic de la terre en -celuy du ciel, vouloir mourir dans la Barbarie, est vn -langage qui ne se parle point dans l'école de la nature. -Ces actions vont au delà de sa portée, & cependant ce -sont les actions & le langage de mille personnes de -merite, qui s'attachent aux affaires de la Nouuelle -Frãce, auec autãt & plus de courage qu'ils feroiẽt aux -leurs propres en l'Ancienne. Ie ne voy pas, ny ie ne -peux entendre tout ce qui tend à ce dessein; on ne -me parle qu'vne fois l'an de ces affaires, & encore sur -vn morceau de papier, qui ressemble à [9] ces muets -du grand Seigneur, qui parlent sans dire mot. Si -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">224</a></span> -est-ce que ie puis dire, voyant tant de feu, tant de -zele, tant de sainctes affections en des personnes si -differentes d'âge, de sexe, de condition, de profession; -qu'autre qu'vn Dieu ne peut causer ces pensées, ny -allumer ces brasiers, qui ne se nourrissent que des -bois aromatiques du Paradis. Ie ne dis rien des -tendres & nobles affections qu'a nostre grand Roy -pour la conuersion de ces Peuples; c'est pour ce dessein -qu'il a étably la Compagnie de la Nouuelle -France, l'a honorée de sa faueur, & de plusieurs -grands Priuileges. Ie ne parle non plus des soins de -Monseigneur le Cardinal; c'est assez de dire qu'il s'est -fait Chef de cette honorable Compagnie, & qu'il a releué, -soustenu & animé cette grande entreprise, qu'on -ne peut choquer à moins que de toucher à la prunelle -de ses yeux. Monseigneur le Duc d'Anguien fils -aisné de Monseigneur le Prince, m'honorant d'vn mot -de sa propre main, m'asseura l'an passé, qu'il auoit -de grands sentimẽs pour nous, & que nous en verrions -les effects, à mesure que Dieu luy [10] feroit -la grace de croistre en âge. I'ay d'autant plus volontiers -remercié nostre Seigneur, d'auoir desia inspiré à -ce ieune Prince ces bons desseins pour son seruice, -qu'il a l'esprit plus capable de s'en acquiter. Ie sçay -de bonne part & sans flatterie, qu'il l'a fait paroistre -auec autant d'admiration, durant le cours de ses -estudes, au iugement de ceux qui l'y ont veu, que sa -qualité le rendra tousiours digne de respect, enuers -ceux qui le cognoistront. Dieu soit loüé! tout le ciel -de nostre chere Patrie, nous promet de fauorables influences, -iusques à ce nouuel astre, qui commence à -paroistre parmy ceux de la premiere grandeur.</p> - -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">223</a></span></p> -<h3>CHAPTER FIRST.</h3> - -<p class="center">OF THE SENTIMENTS OF AFFECTION WHICH MANY PERSONS -OF MERIT ENTERTAIN FOR NEW FRANCE.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">I KNOW not what success the affairs of New France -will have, nor when we shall see its doors opened -wide to the Gospel; but I know [8] well, nevertheless, -that it is God who directs this enterprise. -Nature has not arms long enough to reach the point -to which this has attained; she loves too well material -interests to bring together so many hearts and so -many affections in the pursuit of a good of which she -has no knowledge. To forsake one's parents and -one's friends, to relinquish one's associates, to go -forth from one's native land, so sweet and so refined; -to cross the seas, to dare the Ocean and its storms, to -give up one's life to sufferings, to abandon present -advantages that one may launch out into hopes remote -from one's vision, to convert the business of -earth into that of heaven, to be willing to die in the -midst of Barbarism,—is a language which is not -spoken in the school of nature. Such deeds go beyond -her range, and yet they are the deeds and language -of a thousand persons of merit, who are devoting -themselves to the affairs of New France with as -much and more of courage than they would give to -their own in the Old. I do not see nor can I understand -all that leads to this design; they speak to me -but once a year about these matters, and then upon -a piece of paper, which is like [9] those mutes of the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">225</a></span> -grand Seigneur, who talk without saying a word. -Yet I can say,—seeing so much fire, so much zeal, so -much holy love, in persons so different in age, in sex, -in condition, and occupation,—that none other than -a God can cause these thoughts, can kindle these -coals, which are fed only by the aromatic woods of -Paradise. I say nothing of the tender and noble desires -of our great King for the conversion of these -Tribes; it is for this purpose that he has established -the Company of New France, honored it with his -favor and with many important Privileges. Nor do -I speak about the attentions of Monseigneur the Cardinal; -it is enough to say that he has become Head -of this honorable Company, and that he has uplifted, -sustained, and animated this grand enterprise, which -cannot be attacked without touching the apple of his -eye. The Duke d'Anguien,<a name="endanchor_13a_13a" id="endanchor_13a_13a"></a><a href="#Endnote_13_13" class="endanchor">13</a> - eldest son of Monseigneur -the Prince, honoring me with a word from his -own hand, assured me last year that he had high -esteem for us, and that we should see the effects -of it in proportion as God should [10] grant him the -favor of added years. I thanked our Lord for already -having inspired this young Prince with these good -intentions of serving him, the more gladly as he has -a mind well qualified to fulfill them. I know from -good authority and without flattery that he showed -this so admirably, during the course of his studies, in -the opinion of those who saw him engaged in them, -that his character will always render him worthy of -respect among those who shall know him. God be -praised! The whole sky of our dear Native Land -promises us favorable influences, even to this new -star, which begins to shine among those of the first -magnitude.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Personne ne peut ignorer, que Monsieur le Marquis -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">226</a></span> -de Gamache, est le principal appuy de nostre Mission. -I'ay appris cette année qu'il a receu lettres de Fondateur -d'vn College en la Nouuelle France: nostre -R.P. General me l'a ainsi récrit, & de l'heure que ie -parle on a presenté mille & mille sacrifices à sa diuine -Majesté, dans toute l'estenduë de la terre où se répand -nostre Compagnie, pour la prosperité de sa Maison, -[11] & pour le bon succez de ce dessein. Nous -auons commencé à enseigner dés l'année passée: le -Pere Lallemant, & puis apres le Pere de Quen ont -instruit nos petits Francois, & moy quelques petits -Sauuages. Nous nous étonnons de nous voir desia -enuironnez de tant de ieunesse, en ces commencemens.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">227</a></span> -No one can be ignorant that Monsieur the Marquis -de Gamache is the chief support of our Mission.<a name="endanchor_59_59" id="endanchor_59_59"></a><a href="#Endnote_59_59" class="endanchor">59</a> - I -have learned this year that he has been acknowledged -as Founder of a College in New France; our Reverend -Father General has written me also to this effect; and -at this writing thousands of holy masses have been offered -up to his divine Majesty, throughout the whole -extent of the earth where our Company is scattered, -for the prosperity of his House, [11] and for the good -success of this plan. We began last year to teach; -Father Lallemant, and afterwards Father de Quen, -instructed our little French boys, and I some little -Savages. We wonder to see ourselves already surrounded -by so many children, in the very beginning -of our work.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>I'apprends que quelque personne beniste du ciel -pense à fonder vn Seminaire de petits Hurons; ô la -sainte pensée! c'est de ces ieunes plantes qu'on doit -esperer de bons fruicts. Dieu soit à iamais beny du -soin qu'il a de cette nouuelle Colonie, la fauorisant -du secours de personnes qui cherissent ces pauures -barbares, beaucoup plus qu'ils ne se sont iamais aymez -eux-mesmes.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>I learn that some one, blessed of heaven, thinks of -founding a Seminary for young Hurons. Oh, holy -thought! it is from these young plants that one is to -expect good fruits. God be forever blessed for the -care he takes of this new Colony, favoring it with the -aid of persons who cherish these poor barbarians far -more than they have ever loved themselves.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"><p>Ie ne voulois pas quasi parler de Messieurs les Associez -de cette Compagnie: car ce n'est pas merueille -s'ils ont de l'amour pour vn pays, dont le Roy les a -fait Seigneurs: mais cette amour en la plus saine -partie de leur corps, me semble si épurée, que ie suis -ioyeux & confus tout ensemble de voir vn dégagement -aussi grand en des personnes attachées au monde -par leur condition, [12] qu'on en trouueroit dans vne -ame éloignée de presence, & d'affection, des ennuis -& des tracas de la terre: ie ne parle point par cœur, -ces Messieurs m'ayant fait l'honneur de m'écrire par -la main de Monsieur l'Amy leur Secre[tai]re, me confondent -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">228</a></span> -en ces termes. <i>La lettre qu'il vous a pleu nous -escrire, a tellement satisfait nostre Compagnie, que nous -confessons tous, que nos peines, & nos soins, ont déja receu -leur recompense. Ce que nous faisons pour la Colonie de -la Nouuelle France, peut bien estre recommandable à cause -du zele au seruice de Dieu, & de l'affection que nous auons -au soulagement des hommes: mais d'auoir là dessus l'aide -& la consolation de ceux qui sont les Maistres experimentez -en ces vertus, c'est estre payez dés l'entrée, & receuoir son -salaire entier pour le trauail des premieres heures de la -iournée. Le remerciment que vous nous faites vaut beaucoup -mieux, que tout ce que nous auons fait; mais il conuiendroit -bien à ce que nous desirons faire, quand Dieu -nous aura donné la grace de l'executer.</i></p> - -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>I had hardly intended to speak of the Associated -Gentlemen of this Company; for it is not strange that -they have some affection for a country over which -the King has made them Lords; but this love, in the -most important members of their body, seems to me -so pure that I am at once rejoiced and confounded to -see as great disinterestedness in persons, attached to -the world by their position, [12] as one would find in -a soul far removed from the scenes and affections of -earth, from its cares and confusion. I do not speak -by rote; these Gentlemen, having done me the honor -of writing to me by the hand of Monsieur l'Amy,<a name="endanchor_60_60" id="endanchor_60_60"></a><a href="#Endnote_60_60" class="endanchor">60</a> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">229</a></span> -their Secretary, put me to the blush in these terms: -<i>The letter which it has pleased you to write us has satisfied -our Company to such a degree, that we all acknowledge -that our efforts and our cares have already received their -reward. What we do for the Colony of New France may -indeed be commendable, by reason of our zeal in the service -of God, and our desire to aid our fellow-men; but to have -therein the sympathy and the help of those who are experienced -Masters in these virtues is to be rewarded from the -beginning, and to receive one's full remuneration for the -work of the first hours of the day. The gratitude which -you express to us, is worthy of much more than all that -we have done; but it would suit well what we desire to -do when God shall have given us the grace to perform it.</i></p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Voila les propres mots de leur lettre: ce n'est pas -tout, apres auoir tesmoigné que leurs plus grands -desseins ne tendent [13] qu'à la gloire de nostre Seigneur, -ils se resiouyssent d'estre deliurés de l'importunité -d'vn homme dont il a fallu lier les mains auec -des chaisnes d'or: <i>Et encor que cela nous couste beaucoup</i>, -disent-ils, <i>si est-ce que nous estimons y avoir gaigné, puis -que personne ne peut plus pretendre aucun droit sur la -Nouuelle France, & que nous la pouuons dedier toute entiere -à Dieu par vostre sainct ministere.</i> Ne pouuant encherir -sur ces pensées, & sur ces affections, ie ne diray -qu'vn mot à ces Messieurs; que s'ils font les -affaires de Dieu, Dieu fera les leurs, qu'ils ne perdront -rien au change, s'ils poursuiuent dans ces genereux -desseins, & qu'ils sement des benedictions que -leurs enfans recueilliront en la terre & au Ciel. Voila -les sentimens de Messieurs les Directeurs & Associez -de cette honorable Compagnie.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>These are the very words of their letter. This is -not all; after having testified that their greatest purposes -aim [13] only at the glory of our Lord, they rejoice -to be delivered from the importunity of a man -whose hands it has been necessary to bind with chains -of gold. <i>And although that costs us much</i>, they say, <i>yet -we consider that we have gained thereby, since no one can -longer claim any right over New France, and we can offer -it entire to God through your holy ministry.</i><a name="endanchor_61_61" id="endanchor_61_61"></a><a href="#Endnote_61_61" class="endanchor">61</a> - Being able -to add nothing to such thoughts and feelings, I will -say to these Gentlemen but one word, that if they attend -to the interests of God, God will attend to theirs; -that they will lose nothing in the exchange, if they -continue in these generous purposes; and that they -are sowing blessings which their children shall reap -upon the earth and in Heaven. Such are the sentiments -of Messieurs the Directors and Associates of -this honorable Company.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> - -<div class="original"> -<p>Ie suis fasché que des personnes grandes en vérité -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">230</a></span> -deuant les yeux de Dieu & des hommes, me lient si -fort les mains, & m'obligent à garder le secret de -leurs lettres, ou plustost de leurs vertus; ils dérobent -aux yeux de la France les tendres & fortes affections -qu'ils ont pour [14] la gloire de nostre saincte foy -dans l'étenduë de cette Barbarie, se contentans d'en -donner la veuë à celuy auquel il ne la sçauroient cacher. -Ie parle de personnes employées dans les premieres -charges du Royaume: l'vn d'eux embrasse -tout le païs, il a soin & des François & des Sauuages, -& fait du bien à tous. Vn autre va protestant qu'il -s'est voulu interesser dans cette Compagnie, non pour -l'esperance d'aucun lucre, mais pour l'amplification -du Royaume de Dieu. Voici quelques paroles tirées -de l'vne de ses lettres addressée à quelque personne -qui me l'a cõfidemment communiquée: <i>I'ay interest -de sçauoir des nouuelles du pays, par le desir que i'ay de -l'aduancement de la Religion.</i> C'est l'vnique raison, à -ce qu'il asseure, qui l'a meu de s'allier de ces Messieurs: -& plus bas il dit que les plus grandes villes & -les plus celebres ont commencé par vn ramas de vagabons, -& que nous auons icy cét aduantage qu'il y a -des gens de bien parmy nous, <i>Que le plus grand soin qu'on -y doit auoir, est que Dieu soit seruy fidellement, qu'on verra -vn notable changement quand la Compagnie generale -entrera dans l'entiere</i> [15] <i>administration des affaires, -la resolution estant de laisser tout le profit pour ameliorer -le pays, & y faire passer grand nombre de François, sans -rien rapporter d'vn long temps entre les Associez du profit -qui prouiendra de la Nouuelle France</i>. Voila parler en -homme des-interessé: les inclinations de la nature ne -nous incitent point à transporter en vn pays barbare -les vtilitez dont nous pouuõs iouyr dans vn Royaume -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">232</a></span> -bien policé. Disons donc que ces mouuemens secrets -viennent des ressorts de la sacrée prouidence du grand -Dieu, qui semble auoir de grands desseins pour tant -de pauures Peuples abãdonnez depuis vn si long -temps. Voicy ce que d'autres Associez me mandent: -<i>I'espere que le secours qu'on vous enuoye fera augmenter -la moisson: c'est la principale fin qu'ont ceux qui se meslent -de cét affaire, ie voudrais auoir autant de pouuoir que -i'ay d'affection pour l'aduancement de la gloire de Dieu en -ce pays, & pour la conuersion de ces pauures Sauuages.</i> -Vn autre me tient ce discours: <i>Il y a apparence que -nostre Compagnie continuant son trafic sans fortune, vostre -colonie pour le spirituel s'augmentera de plus en plus; l'intention -de la plus part des</i> [16] <i>interessez d'icelle n'a esté -à autre dessein, que pour ayder à la conuersion de ces pauures -Sauuages; ce qui ne peut estre faict sans vos peines, -trauaux & grandes incommoditez, voire de vostre vie.</i></p></div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>I regret that some persons, great, in truth, in the -eyes of God and of men, bind my hands so tightly, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">231</a></span> -and oblige me to keep the secret of their letters, or -rather of their virtues; they conceal from the eyes of -France the tender and strong desires they feel for -[14] the glory of our holy faith throughout the extent -of this Savage Land, contenting themselves with revealing -them to him from whom they could not conceal -them. I speak of persons employed in the highest -offices of the Realm; one of them is in charge -of the whole country, concerning himself with both -the French and the Savages, and does good to all. -Another protests that he is willing to interest himself -in this Company, not through the hope of any gain, -but for the extension of the Kingdom of God. Here -are some words taken from one of his letters addressed -to a person who has communicated it to me -in confidence: <i>I am interested in hearing news of the -country, through the desire which I have for the advancement -of Religion</i>. This is the only reason, as he asserts, -that induced him to ally himself with these -Gentlemen. Farther on, he says that the largest and -most celebrated cities have begun with a rabble of -vagabonds; and that we have here this advantage, -that there are honest people among us; <i>that the greatest -care that one must have here is, that God be faithfully -served. There will be seen a notable change when the general -Company shall enter into the complete</i> [15] <i>administration -of affairs,—the determination being to disregard all -gain, in order to better the condition of the country and to -send over a large number of French people, without the -Associates receiving for a long time any of the profit which -shall accrue from New France.</i> See how a disinterested -man speaks of it! The inclinations of nature do not -incite us to transfer to a barbarous land the advantages -which we can enjoy in a well-governed Realm. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">233</a></span> -Let us say then that these hidden impulses come from -the springs of the sacred providence of the great God, -who seems to have grand purposes for so many poor -Peoples, abandoned for so long a time. Here is what -other Associates write me. <i>I hope that the aid which -is sent you will cause the harvest to increase; that is the -chief aim which those have who interest themselves in this -matter. I wish I had as much power as I have desire for -the advancement of the glory of God in this country, and for -the conversion of these poor Savages.</i> Another writes to -me as follows: <i>There is likelihood that, while our Company -continues its business without gain, your colony in -spiritual matters will increase more and more. The intention -of the greater part of those</i> [16] <i>interested in it has -been for no other purpose than to aid in the conversion of -these poor Savages, which cannot be done without your -sufferings, toils, and hardships, nay, even at the peril of -your life.</i></p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Ie n'aurois iamais faict, si ie voulois recueillir tout -ce qu'escriuent sur ce suiet vn grand nombre de personnes, -dont la modestie me condamne au silence, autant -que leur bon exemple m'obligeroit à en parler, -si ie ne craignois de les offenser: c'est pour cette raison -que ie me tais sur les saincts desirs de plusieurs -Religieux, sur les fortes affectiõs qu'ont vn tres grand -nombre de nos Peres, de venir trauailler en cette -nouuelle vigne de nostre Seigneur, & défricher cette -Barbarie: il est vray que ces volontez de viure & -mourir en la Croix de <em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Iesvs</span></em>, sont conformes à leur -profession; mais c'est chose bien plus estonnante de -voir des hommes attachez comme de grandes intelligences -aux plus hautes spheres des affaires du monde, -se délasser dans les soins de la Nouuelle France, tant -ils la cherissent. Bien plus, il se trouue des Dames -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">234</a></span> -qui veulent partager cette gloire auec eux, surmontant -l'infirmité [17] de leur sexe par la generosité de -leur courage.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>I should never finish were I to review all that is -written on this subject by a great number of persons, -whose modesty condemns me to silence as much as -their good example would oblige me to speak, if I -did not fear to offend them. It is for this reason that -I say nothing about the holy wishes of many Religious, -and the strong desires which a great number of -our Fathers have to come to work in this new vineyard -of our Lord, and to clear this land of Barbarism. -It is true that these desires to live and to die in the -Cross of <span class="smcap"><em class="gesperrt">Jesus</em></span> are in keeping with their profession; -but it is a thing much more astonishing to see men -who are engaged, because of their great abilities, in -the highest spheres of the affairs of the world, -take their recreation in working for New France, so -dearly do they love her. Much more, there are found -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">235</a></span> -some Ladies who wish to share this glory with them, -rising above the weakness [17] of their sex through -the generosity of their courage.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p>Ie cherchois l'an passé vne ame courageuse qui peût -arborer le grand estendart de la charité en ces contrées: -ce grand Dieu des bontez y a pourueu. I'apprends -que Madame de Combalet y veut mettre la -main, & fonder vn Hospital en la Nouuelle France. -Voicy comme il luy a pleu m'en donner aduis. <i>Dieu -m'ayant donné le desir d'aider au salut des pauures Sauuages, -apres auoir leu la Relation que vous en auez faicte, -il m'a semblé que ce que vous croyez qui puisse le plus seruir -à leur conuersion, est l'establissement des Religieuses -Hospitalieres dans la Nouuelle France; de sorte que ie me -suis resoluë d'y enuoyer cette année six ouuriers, pour défricher -des terres, & faire quelque logement pour ces bonnes -Filles. Ie vous supplie de vouloir prendre soin de cét -establissement: i'ay prié le P. Chastelain de vous en parler -de ma part, & de vous declarer plus particulierement mes -intentions: si ie puis contribuer quelque autre chose pour le -salut de ces pauures gens, pour lesquels vous prenez tant de -peine, ie m'estimeray bien-heureuse.</i> Là dessus que diray-ie -autre chose, si ce n'est que [18] tout le Ciel -presente deuant le throsne de Dieu ces sainctes pensées, -ces grandes resolutions, & que tous les Anges -redoublent leurs Cantiques d'honneur & de loüanges -pour vne si saincte entreprise; ce sont les actions de -graces que nous faisons à cette illustre Dame, au nom -de tous les saincts Anges gardiens de ces pauures -Barbares, qui ne sçauroient comprendre la grandeur -de l'amour qu'on leur porte. Ie leur ay faict entendre -qu'vne grande Dame alloit faire dresser vne -grande maison, où on receuroit tous leurs malades, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">236</a></span> -qu'on les coucheroit dans de bons lits, qu'on les nourriroit -delicatement, qu'on leur donneroit des medecines -& des onguens necessaires pour les guerir, & -qu'on ne leur en demanderoit aucune recompense. -Ils me respondent auec estonnement, que cela va -bien: mais neantmoins ie cognois par leurs sousris, -qu'ils ne croiront point ce miracle que par les yeux. -En vn mot, ils ne sçauroient comprendre la grandeur -de cette charité; suffit que le Dieu des cœurs, qui -fait germer cette saincte pensée dans vn bon cœur, -voit son diuin ouurage, & y prend [19] plaisir; certes -il n'y a rien si puissant que cette inuention pour attirer -ces pauures Barbares, voire mesme pour peupler -parmy eux des seminaires de garçons & de filles. -Nostre Seigneur soit beny dans les temps, & dans -l'eternité.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"> -<p>I sought last year a brave soul who might plant -the great standard of charity in these lands; the -mighty God of bounties has provided one. I learn -that Madame de Combalet wishes to put her hand to -the work, and found a Hospital in New France.<a name="endanchor_62_62" id="endanchor_62_62"></a><a href="#Endnote_62_62" class="endanchor">62</a> - -See how it has pleased her to inform me of it: <i>God -having given me the desire to aid in the salvation of the -poor Savages, it has seemed to me, after reading the Account -which you have written of it, that what you consider -can best serve for their conversion is the establishment in -New France of Hospital Nuns. I have therefore resolved -to send thither this year six workmen, to clear some land -and to construct a lodging for these good Sisters. I entreat -that you will take care of this establishment. I have -asked Father Chastelain to speak to you about it for me, -and to explain to you my plans more in detail. If I can -do anything else for the salvation of these poor people, for -whom you take so much trouble, I shall consider myself -happy.</i> With regard to that, what shall I say, save -that [18] all Heaven presents before the throne of God -these holy thoughts, these noble resolutions; and -that all the Angels redouble their Chants of honor -and praise for so holy an undertaking. These are -the thanks that we render to this illustrious Lady, in -the name of all the holy guardian Angels of these -poor Barbarians, who cannot comprehend the greatness -of the love that is felt for them. I informed -them that a great Lady was about to erect a large -house, where all their sick would be received; that -they would be laid on soft beds, and daintily fed; -that they would be supplied with the medicines and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">237</a></span> -ointments needed for their cure, and that no pay -would be required for them. They answer me with -astonishment that that is good; but, nevertheless, I -know by their smiles that they will believe this miracle -only with their eyes. In one word, they cannot -understand the greatness of this charity; it is sufficient -that the God of hearts, who causes this holy -thought to spring up in a pious heart, sees his divine -work and takes [19] pleasure therein. Verily there -is nothing so powerful as this device to win these -poor Barbarians, nay, even to fill among them the -seminaries for boys and girls. Our Lord be blessed, -through time and through eternity.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Si ie m'engage plus auãt dans les sentimens de deuotiõ -qu'vne infinité d'ames sainctes, qu'vn tres-grand -nombre mesme de Religieuses nous tesmoignent auoir -pour l'amplification de la foy en la Nouuelle France, -ie passeray de beaucoup la iuste grandeur d'vn Chapitre; -mais n'importe la charité couure tout. I'apprends -qu'en l'Eglise de Mont-martre, lieu si sacré -pour les despoüilles de tant de Martyrs, & par la presence -de tant d'ames espurées, les Religieuses font à -leur tour oraison iour & nuict pour solliciter & forcer -le Ciel à respandre ses sainctes benedictions sur nos -trauaux. Les Carmelites sont toutes en feu: les Vrsulines -remplies de zele: les Religieuses de la Visitation -n'ont point de paroles assez significatiues pour -témoigner leur ardeur. Celles de Nostre Dame coniurent -qu'on leur donne part aux souffrances qu'il -faut subir parmy [20] ces Peuples; & les Hospitalieres -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">238</a></span> -crient qu'on les passe dés l'année prochaine. La nature -n'a point de souffles si sacrez, qui puissent allumer -ces brasiers: ces flammes prouiennẽt d'vn feu -tout diuin, d'vn feu increé & subsistant. <i>Nous vous -portons plus d'enuie, que de compassion dans vos souffrances</i>, -écriuent quelques vnes. <i>Nous vous accompagnons -de nos petites prieres, particulierement vers la saincte -Vierge, à qui nous sommes dediées, & vers nostre Pere -sainct Ioseph, & nostre Mere saincte Terese, & aux Anges -du pays où vous estes, afin que leurs forces & leur puissance -soient auec vous.</i> O le grand secours! <i>S'il estoit ausst -facile</i>, dit vn autre, <i>de bastir vn Conuent de Carmelites, -que de dresser vne Cabane de Sauuages, & que nous eussions -autant de pouuoir, que d'impuissance & de foiblesse, vous -trouueriez des à present grand nombre de Sœurs tres disposées -de vous aller ayder</i>.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>If I were to occupy myself further with the sentiments -of devotion manifested by a multitude of pious -souls, and by a very great number even of Nuns, for -the extension of the faith in New France, I would -considerably exceed the proper length of a Chapter; -but no matter, charity covereth all. I learn that in -the Church of Mont-martre,<a name="endanchor_63_63" id="endanchor_63_63"></a><a href="#Endnote_63_63" class="endanchor">63</a> - a place sacred as the -depository of so many Martyrs and by the presence -of so many purified souls, the Sisters take turns praying, -by day and by night, to solicit and to constrain -Heaven to bestow its holy benedictions upon our labors. -The Carmelites are all on fire; the Ursulines -are filled with zeal; the Nuns of the Visitation have -no words significant enough to show their ardor; -those of Nostre Dame implore permission to share in -the sufferings which must be undergone among [20] -these Peoples; and the Hospitalieres insist that they -be brought over here next year.<a name="endanchor_64_64" id="endanchor_64_64"></a><a href="#Endnote_64_64" class="endanchor">64</a> - Nature has no -breath sacred enough to light these fires; these flames -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">239</a></span> -arise from a fire all divine, from an increate and living -fire. <i>We bear you more envy than compassion in your -sufferings</i>, write some of them. <i>We accompany you with -our feeble prayers, particularly to the holy Virgin, to -whom we are dedicated, and to our Father, saint Joseph, -and our Mother, saint Theresa, and to the Angels of the -country where you are, that they may be with you in their -strength and power.</i> Oh, what great help! <i>If it were -as easy</i>, says another, <i>to build a Carmelite Convent as it -is to raise one of the Cabins of the Savages, and if we -were as powerful as we are impotent and weak, you would -find from now on a great many Sisters very ready to go -to your aid</i>.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Voicy les propres termes d'vne autre. <i>Il faut que -vous sçachiez que la Nouuelle France commence d'entrer -dans les esprits de plusieurs personnes, ce qui me fait croire -que Dieu la regarde d'vn œil fauorable. Helas! que diriés -vous, mon R. Pere</i>, [21] <i>si sa diuine Majesté disposoit -les affaires en sorte, que nous eussions bien tost le courage, -& le moyen de vous aller trouuer. Ie vous diray que si -telle est la volonté de Dieu, qu'il n'y a rien en ce monde, -qui m'en puisse empescher, quand mesme ie deurois estre -engloutie des ondes en chemin.</i></p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>Here are the exact words of another. <i>You must -know that New France is beginning to enter the minds of -a great many people, which makes me think that God is -looking upon it with a favorable eye. Ah, what would -you say, my Reverend Father</i>, [21] <i>if his divine Majesty -were so to shape events that we would soon have the courage -and the means to go to you. I will tell you that if -such be the will of God, there is nothing in this world that -can prevent me, even if I were to be engulfed in the waves -on the voyage.</i></p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Voila le cœur d'vne vraye Vrsuline, qui me va découurant -les voyes par où son Ordre pourra vn iour -passer en ces grandes forests. Pendant que i'écris -cecy, i'ay deuant mes yeux les noms de treize Religieuses -du mesme Ordre, qui protestent dans vne -lettre commune enuoyée au R. P. Adam, qu'elles ont -toutes le mesme dessein, & leur Superieure brusle du -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">240</a></span> -mesme feu; <i>I'ay laissé</i>, dit-elle, <i>prendre l'essor aux desirs -de nos bonnes Sœurs, qu'elles ont couché sur ce papier -selon leur ferueur; il n'y a rien de moy que l'approbation -que i'en fay par l'apposition de mon nom, pour vous témoigner -que ie n'en quitte pas la partie. Ie vous porte plus -d'enuie que vous ne me faites de pitié dans les trauaux où -vous allez entrer.</i> Mais écoutons ces ames resoluës. -<i>Il n'y a point de difficultez qui nous épouuantent, & bien -que la foiblesse & l'infirmité de nostre sexe</i> [22] <i>soit grande, -nostre Seigneur fortifie, & rehausse si puissamment nostre -courage, que nous nous enhardissons de dire auec sainct -Paul, nous pouuons tout en celuy qui nous conforte; la mer -ny les tempestes n'ont point assez d'horreur pour épouuanter -des cœurs, qui n'ont ny vie, ny mouuemens, que pour -celuy qui a mis la sienne pour les racheter, & qui ne desirent -rien tant que de pouuoir donner la leur pour son -amour, & pour le salut des Sauuages.</i> N'est il pas vray -de dire apres cela, que la parfaite amour bannit la -crainte. Ie passe souz silence d'autres termes aussi -pathetiques, & des affections aussi fortes que celles-cy, -sorties des cœurs & de la bouche d'vn grand -nombre de bonnes ames d'autres saincts Ordres, voire -mesme de personnes engagées dans le monde. <i>Si -des femmes tendres & delicates pour ie ne sçay quels interests</i>, -disent quelques-vnes, <i>se sont iettées courageusement -dans le hazard des mers, nostre cœur blesmira-il à la -veuë des mesmes dangers? puis que nous ne pretendons passer -dans cette Barbarie, que pour honorer & benir le Dieu des -mers</i>? Celles qui pretendent passer les premieres, -apres s'estre deffiées de leur foiblesse, disent tout [23] -haut, que se confiant en Dieu, elles ne craignent plus -rien, sinon que le trop grand delay. Or ie réponds -aux vnes & aux autres, qu'elles ne sçauroient auoir -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">242</a></span> -trop de deuotion, pour prier le Ciel de fauoriser cette -entreprise; mais qu'elles pourroient auoir trop de -precipitation, si elles passoient sans qu'on leur donnast -aduis, que le Païs est en estat de les receuoir: chaques -choses ont leur temps, Dieu prend le sien quand il -luy plaist; c'est celuy qu'il faut attendre en patience -& en douceur. Finissons, i'en ay assez dit pour faire -voir que la Nouuelle France est bien auant dans le -cœur de Dieu, puis qu'elle a si bonne place dans ceux -de tant de personnes, qui luy sont si cheres.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>This is the spirit shown by a true Ursuline, who -goes on to show me in what ways her Order will -some day be able to cross over into these great forests. -While I am writing this, I have before my -eyes the names of thirteen Sisters of the same Order, -who protest, in a general letter sent to Reverend Father -Adam, that they all have the same purpose and -that their Superior burns with the same fire: <i>I have -allowed</i>, says she, <i>our good Sisters to give full scope to -their desires which they have set down on this paper according -to their zeal; there is nothing of myself in it, except -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">241</a></span> -the approbation I show by affixing my name, as an evidence -that I do not abandon the party. I envy you more -than I pity you in the labors you are about to begin.</i> But -let us hear further from these resolute spirits: <i>There -are no difficulties which daunt us; and, although the weakness -and infirmity of our sex</i> [22] <i>is great, our Lord so -powerfully fortifies and enhances our courage, that we -are emboldened to say with saint Paul, we can do all -in him who strengtheneth us; neither the sea nor tempests -have horrors enough to frighten hearts which live -and throb only for him who has given his own to redeem -them, and who desire nothing so much as to be able to give -theirs for his love and for the salvation of the Savages</i>. -Is it not right to say, after that, that perfect love -casteth out fear? I pass over in silence other words -as touching, and expressions of interest as strong as -these, uttered from the hearts and lips of many good -souls of other holy Orders, yea even from people of -the world. <i>If delicate and refined women, actuated by -we know not what interests</i>, say some of them, <i>have -cast themselves bravely into the hazards of the deep, shall -our hearts fail at the sight of the same dangers, since we -do not claim to cross over into this land of Barbarism, -except to honor and bless the God of the sea</i>? Those -women who expect to cross first, after having distrusted -their own weakness, say quite [23] boldly -that, trusting themselves to God, they no longer fear -anything, unless it be the too great delay. Now I -answer both that they cannot have too much devotion -in praying Heaven to favor this enterprise; but that -they can have too much haste, if they should come -over here before being notified that the Country is in -a condition to receive them. Everything in its time; -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">243</a></span>God takes his as it pleases him, and it is upon him we -must wait in patience and in meekness. Let us finish. -I have said enough on this subject to show that -New France is near to the heart of God, since it holds -so good a place in those of so many persons who are -so dear to him.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"> -<p><span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">244</a></span></p> - -<h3>CHAPITRE II.</h3> - -<p class="center">DES SAUUAGES BAPTISEZ CETTE ANNÉE, & DE QUELQUES -ENTERREMENS.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">IL semble que nostre Seigneur veüille authoriser la -pureté de immaculée Conception de sa saincte -Mere, par les [24] grands secours qu'il donne à -ceux qui honnorent cette premiere grandeur de la -Vierge. I'enuoyay l'an passé à V.R. la formule d'vn -vœu, que nous fismes suiuans son conseil dans toutes -nos Residences le huietiesme de Decembre, iour dedié -a cette Conception sacrée; nous cachions cette deuotion, -& V. R. l'a publiée la faisant imprimer en mesmes -termes que nous l'auons voüée, & que nous la voüerons -encore Dieu aydant tous les ans à mesme iour. -La benediction que le ciel a versé sur nos petits trauaux -depuis ce temps-là, est si sensible; que ie conuierois -volontiers tous nos Peres de l'Ancienne France, -voire de tout le monde, & toutes les bonnes ames qui -cherissent la conuersiõ de ces Peuples, de s'allier de -nous par ces saincts vœux, vnissant tous les ieusnes, -toutes les prieres, toutes les souffrãces, toutes les -saintes actions les plus secrettes de ceux qui entreront -dans ces alliances, pour estre presentées à la Diuinité -en l'honeur & en action de grace de l'immaculée Conception -de la saincte Vierge: afin d'obtenir par son -entremise l'application du sang de son Fils [25] à nos -pauures Sauuages, l'entier dénuëment & l'amour de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">246</a></span> -<em class="gesperrt"><span class="smcap">Iesvs</span></em> en la Croix, auec vne mort vrayment Chrestienne, -à ceux qui procurent leur salut, & à tous les associez -en la pratique de cette deuotion, dont la formule -est à la fin de la Relation de l'an passé. I'écriuois -dans cette Relation, que nous auions baptizé -vingt deux personnes, nous en auons baptizé cette -année plus d'vne centaine depuis ces vœux presentez -à Dieu, & fort peu auparauant. En tout on a fait enfans -de l'Eglise depuis le depart des Vaisseaux iusques -à present cent quinze Sauuages. De plus, Dieu -nous a donné de grandes ouuertures pour le salut de -ces Peuples, les faisant resoudre à deux points, qui -font voir que la foy entre dans leur ame. Le premier -est, qu'ils ne sont pas marris qu'on baptize leurs enfans -malades, voire ils nous appellent pour ce faire. -Le deuxiesme, que les plus âgez mesmes commencent -à desirer de mourir Chrestiens, demandans le baptesme -en leurs maladies, pour ne point descendre -dans les feux, dont on les menace. Bref nous auons -obtenu ce que nous n'osions quasi demander, tant [26] -nous les voyons alienez de ces pensées; c'est de donner -quelques petites filles: mais ie parleray de cecy -en son lieu. Toutes ces faueurs sont venuës du ciel -par les merites de la sainte Vierge, & de son glorieux -Espoux, depuis les vœux dont i'ay fait mention. -Descendons en particulier, & suiuons l'ordre du temps -de ces Baptesmes.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">245</a></span></p> -<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3> - -<p class="center">OF THE SAVAGES BAPTIZED THIS YEAR, AND SOME -BURIALS.</p> - -<p class="dropcap">IT seems that our Lord wishes to authorize the purity -of the immaculate Conception of his holy -Mother, by the [24] great assistance he gives to -those who honor this chief dignity of the Virgin. I -sent last year to Your Reverence the formula of a -vow which we made according to your advice in all -our Residences, on the eighth of December, a day -dedicated to this sacred Conception. We concealed -this act of devotion, and Your Reverence has published -it, using the same words in which we made the -vow, and in which we will pledge ourselves again, -God helping, every year on the same day. The -blessings that heaven has bestowed upon our insignificant -labors, since that time, are so evident that I -would like to urge upon all our Fathers of Old -France, yea even of all the world, and all the good -souls who cherish the conversion of these Tribes, to -ally themselves with us through these holy vows, -uniting all the fasts, all the prayers, all the sufferings, -all the most secret acts of virtue, of those who will -enter into this alliance, to be presented to the Divinity -in honor of and as an act of thanks for the immaculate -Conception of the holy Virgin, in order to -obtain through her mediation the application of the -blood of her Son [25] to our poor Savages, the entire -abnegation and love for <span class="smcap"><em class="gesperrt">Jesus</em></span> on the Cross, with a -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">247</a></span> -truly Christian death, to those who procure their salvation -and to all those associated in the practice of -this act of devotion, the formula of which is given at -the end of last year's Relation. I wrote in that Relation -that we had baptized twenty-two persons; this -year, since these vows were presented to God, we -have baptized more than a hundred, and, before that, -very few. In all, since the departure of the Ships -up to the present, we have made one hundred and -fifteen Savages children of the Church. Furthermore, -God has given us great openings for the salvation -of these Tribes, making them resolve upon two -points which show that the faith has entered into -their souls. The first is, that they are not vexed at -us for baptizing their sick children; indeed, they -even summon us to do this. The second is, that the -more aged ones are likewise beginning to wish to die -Christians, asking for baptism when they are sick, -in order not to go down into the fires with which -they are threatened. In short, we have obtained -what we hardly dared to ask for, so greatly [26] do -we see them alienated from their former inclinations; -that is, the promise to give us some little girls, but -I will speak of this in its place. All these favors -have come from heaven, through the merits of the -holy Virgin and of her glorious Spouse, since the -vows which I have mentioned. Let us come down -to particulars, and follow the order of time of these -Baptisms.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le neufiesme de Decembre, iustement le lendemain -de la feste de la Conceptiõ: Le sieur Iean Nicolet, -Truchement pour les Algonquins aux trois Riuieres, -vint donner aduis aux Peres, qui demeuroient en la -Residence de la Conception, scize au mesme lieu, -qu'vn ieune Algonquin se trouuoit mal, & qu'il seroit -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">248</a></span> -à propos de le visiter. Les Peres se transportent incontinent -en sa Cabane, demandant permission à son -pere de l'instruire, Dieu sembloit auoir disposé les -cœurs de ces Barbares, que nous luy auions presentez, -faisant nos vœux le iour precedent. Ce pauure -Barbare se monstre fort content du bien qu'on procuroit -à son fils: le Pere Buteux l'instruit, & pource -que le malade estant Algonquin n'entendoit qu'à demy -la langue Montagnese, dont se [27] seruoit le Pere, -vne femme Sauuage bien versee en ces deux langues, -seruoit d'interprete, faisant couler par sa bouche la -foy & les veritez Chrestiennes dans l'ame de ce pauure -ieune garçon, sans les retenir pour soy: iustement -à la façon de ces canaux, ou de ces aqueducs, qui -versent les sources d'eau toutes entieres, sans rien reseruer -pour eux. Enfin le douziesme du mois, voyant -que leur malade abaissoit, ils le baptiserent apres -l'auoir instruit, & luy donnerent nom Claude; il mourut -bien tost apres, prononcant les saincts noms de -<span class="smcap"><em class="gesperrt">Iesvs</em></span> & de <span class="smcap"><em class="gesperrt">Marie</em></span>, ses parens demanderent aux -Peres, s'ils ne seroient pas bien contents qu'on mist -ce corps aupres des François; C'est bien nostre desir, -repartent-ils. Nous luy ferõs vn honneur, leur dismes -nous, que nous denierions au plus grãd Capitaine du -mõde, s'il n'estoit Chrestiẽ. Hastez vous donc de -preparer ce qui est necessaire pour l'enterrer à vostre -mode, dirent-ils, puis qu'il est à vous. Il se fit vn -beau conuoy de tous nos François, apres lesquels venoient -les Sauuages deux à deux, auec vne modestie -qui ne sentoit rien du Barbare. A l'issuë de l'enterrement -le pere du defunct [28] fit vn festin aux Sauuages, -pendant lequel, comme il ne mangeoit point -selon leur coustume; tantost il chantoit, maintenant -il discouroit; I'ay perdu l'esprit, disoit-il, la mort de -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">250</a></span> -mon fils me tire hors de moy-mesme; ie me suis veu -autrefois entre les mains de nos ennemis, tout prest -d'estre mis en pieces, & d'estre déchiré à belles dents, -iamais ie ne perdy courage, il ne faut pas que ie le -perde maintenant; i'ay dequoy me consoler, puis que -mon fils, s'il eust vescu, n'auroit pas manqué de tirer -vengeance des Hiroquois. Et se tournant vers les -Peres, Vous auez de beaucoup allegé ma douleur, -rendans les derniers honneurs à mon fils. Voila la -harangue de ce pauure Barbare, sur les funerailles de -son fils, qui a bien d'autres pensées maintenant dans -le ciel.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>On the ninth of December, the very next day after -the feast of the Conception, sieur Jean Nicolet,<a name="endanchor_29a_29a" id="endanchor_29a_29a"></a><a href="#Endnote_29_29" class="endanchor">29</a> - Interpreter -for the Algonquins at the three Rivers, -came to inform the Fathers who lived in the Residence -of the Conception, situated at the same place, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">249</a></span> -that a young Algonquin was sick, and it would be -well to visit him. The Fathers immediately hastened -to his Cabin, and asked his father's permission -to instruct him; God seemed to have prepared the -hearts of these Barbarians, whom we had presented -to him in our vows the day before. This poor Barbarian -appeared very glad at the good that was being -done to his son; Father Buteux instructed him; and, -as the sick man was an Algonquin, and only half understood -the Montagnese tongue, which [27] the Father -used, a Savage woman, well versed in both these -languages, served as interpreter, allowing the faith -and Christian truths to flow from her lips into the -soul of this poor young man without retaining them -for herself,—precisely like those canals or aqueducts -which discharge whole fountains of water, without -reserving any for themselves. Finally, on the -twelfth of the month, seeing their patient was sinking, -they baptized him, after having given him instruction, -and named him Claude; he died shortly -afterwards, pronouncing the holy names of <span class="smcap"><em class="gesperrt">Jesus</em></span> -and <span class="smcap"><em class="gesperrt">Mary</em></span>. His parents asked the Fathers if they -would not like to have his body placed near the -French. "That is indeed our desire," they answered. -"We will show him an honor," we told -them, "that we would refuse to the greatest Captain -in the world, if he were not a Christian." "Hasten -then and prepare what is necessary to bury him in -your way," they said, "since he is yours." A fine -escort was formed, consisting of all our Frenchmen; -and after them came the Savages, two by two, with -a modesty which savored in no wise of Barbarians. -After the burial, the father of the dead man [28] -gave a feast to the Savages, during which,—as he -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">251</a></span> -did not eat, according to their custom, now singing, -now talking,—he said, "I have lost my courage, -the death of my son has undone me; at other times -I have seen myself in the hands of our enemies, -about to be cut to pieces and torn by their teeth, and -I have never lost courage; I ought not to lose it now, -for I have something to console me, since my son, -if he had lived, would not have failed to wreak vengeance -upon the Hiroquois." And turning towards -the Fathers, "You have greatly soothed my grief, -by rendering the last honors to my son." Such was -the discourse of this poor Barbarian at the obsequies -of his son, whose thoughts are now quite different in -heaven.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-deuxiesme du mesme mois, les mesmes -Peres ressentirent l'effect des bontez de la saincte -Vierge, au baptesme d'vn ieune garçon âgé d'enuiron -dix ans: cét enfant ne vouloit point du tout ouïr -parler de nostre creance, s'imaginant qu'estre baptizé, -& mourir incontinent apres, estoit la mesme chose. -Et en effect [29] comme nous ne confions pas aisément -ces eaux sacrées, sinon à ceux qu'on voit n'en -deuoir point abuser pour estre voisins de la mort, ces -Barbares ont eu pour vn temps cette pensée, que le -Baptesme leur estoit fatal. Nous auions beau leur -representer que nous estions tous baptisez, & que -nous viuions plus long temps qu'eux: Ces eaux, disoient-ils, -sont bonnes pour vous, mais non pas pour -nous. Les Peres voyans ces resistances, s'addressent -à nostre commune Mere, & luy demandent cette ame -pour son Fils. Chose estrange! l'enfant non seulement -ne les fuit plus, mais il demande d'estre porté -en leur maison. Le Pere Quentin à ces paroles, le -prend, l'embrasse, l'apporte tout languissant en sa -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">252</a></span> -chambre, où il fut baptizé, & nommé André par Monsieur -de Malapart, son parrain. Ce pauure petit -estoit d'vne humeur si douce & si facile, qu'il se rendoit -aymable à tout le monde: voila pourquoy le Pere -Buteux l'ayant autrefois demandé à sa mere; Ie n'ay -garde, fit-elle, de te le donner, ie l'ayme comme mon -cœur. C'est vne prouidence bien particuliere du bon -Dieu, que cette mere fust absente pendant [30] son -instruction & son baptesme. Car il est croyable -qu'elle y auoit apporté de l'empeschement, suiuant -l'erreur qui les a tenu long-temps, que ce qui nous -donne la vie leur cause la mort; on eut bien de la -peine d'auoir le corps de ce petit innocent apres sa -mort, comme ie vay dire tout maintenant.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-second of the same month, the same -Fathers experienced the effects of the goodness of -the holy Virgin, in the baptism of a young boy about -ten years of age. This child did not wish to hear us -speak of our belief at all, imagining that to be baptized -and to die immediately after was the same -thing. And, in fact, [29] as we do not readily bestow -these sacred waters except upon those who we -see are not going to abuse them, on account of their -proximity to death, these Barbarians for a while had -this idea that Baptism was fatal to them. We explained -clearly to them that we were all baptized, -and that we lived longer than they did. "These -waters," they said, "are good for you, but not for -us." Our Fathers, seeing this resistance, addressed -themselves to our common Mother, and asked from -her this soul for her Son. Wonderful thing! the -child not only no longer avoids them, but he asks to -be brought to their house. At these words, Father -Quentin takes him in his arms, and carries him, weak -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">253</a></span> -and languid, into his own room, where he is baptized -and named André, by Monsieur de Malapart,<a name="endanchor_65_65" id="endanchor_65_65"></a><a href="#Endnote_65_65" class="endanchor">65</a> - his -godfather. This poor child was of a disposition so -sweet and gentle, that he made himself loved by -every one; hence when Father Buteux once asked -his mother for him, "I have no intention," said she, -"of giving him to thee, I love him as my own -heart." It is a very special providence of the good -God that this mother was absent during [30] his instruction -and baptism. For it is probable that she -would have thrown some impediments in the way, in -accordance with the error so long prevalent among -them, that what gives life to us gives death to them. -There was considerable trouble in getting the body -of this little innocent after his death, as I am now -going to relate.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-septiesme, Monsieur de Maupertuis donna -le nom de Marie à vne petite fille âgée de deux ans, -que les Peres baptizerent; elle estoit fille de defunct -Capitanal, Capitaine des Sauuages, homme vaillant, -& fort sage pour vn Barbare. Il auoit laissé trois enfans -à sa femme, vn garçon âgé d'enuiron dix-sept -ans, & deux petites filles: la plus petite de ces filles -est au ciel, le garçon est mort tres-miserablement, -comme ie diray cy apres. A mesme temps qu'il mourut, -le petit André trespassa: or comme ils estoient -parens, on les enterra dans vn mesme sepulchre, au -desceu de nos Peres, qui en ayant eu le vent se vindrent -plaindre à la grande mere d'André, de ce qu'on -auoit enterré ce petit baptizé sans les aduertir. Le -Pere Buteux prie qu'on leur rende le corps pour le -placer auec nous: vn Sauuage [31] luy repart, Va-t'en, -on ne t'entend pas; c'est vne réponse que nous -font par fois les Sauuages, quand on les presse de -faire vne chose qui ne leur agrée pas. Il est vray que -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">254</a></span>nous ne parlõs encore qu'en begayant, mais neantmoins -quand nous leur disons quelque chose conforme -à leurs desirs, iamais ils ne nous font ces reproches. -Le Pere voyant cela va querir l'Interprete, on luy répond -que l'affaire est faite, que l'enfant est enterré -auec le fils du Capitanal, & que la femme du Capitanal -s'offenseroit, si on foüilloit en la fosse de son fils. -Le Pere la va trouuer, la prie de laisser tirer du sepulchre -le corps de ce petit enfant, elle ne répond -aucun mot: vn Capitaine se trouuant là dessus, prend -la parole. Hé bien, dit-il, les deux corps sont à toy, -porte les auec les François: mais ne les separe point, -car il s'entr'ayment. Si sont-ils bien loing l'vn de -l'autre, fit le Pere, l'vn a esté baptisé, & l'autre non, -& par consequent l'vn est bien heureux, & l'autre gemit -dans les flammes. Ne tient-il qu'à cela pour estre -ensemble, & pour estre bien heureux, fit ce Sauuage, -tu n'as point d'esprit, déuelope celuy qui n'est pas -baptisé, & luy iette [32] tant d'eau sur la teste que tu -voudras, & puis les enterre en mesme sepulchre. Le -Pere se sousrit, & luy fit entendre que cela ne seruiroit -de rien. Ce Barbare en fin acquiesça, & nos Peres -tirerẽt le petit André du sepulchre profane, & le mirent -en terre saincte. <i>Vnus assumetur, & alter relinquetur.</i> -Apres l'enterrement la mere de celuy qui estoit -mort sans Baptesme, voyant qu'on auoit rebuté son -fils, cõme le corps d'vne ame damnée, pleuroit à -chaudes larmes. Ah mon fils, disoit-elle, que ie suis -marrie de ta mort: le Pere alors qui auoit veu les -Iongleurs soufflans ce ieune garçon en sa maladie; -luy dit, voila la guerison que ces badins promettoient -à ton fils: ta petite fille est malade, donne toy bien -de garde de les appeller, ny de la faire chanter. Iamais, -dit-elle, ils n'en approcheront, si elle empire ie -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">256</a></span> -vous appelleray: quelque temps apres les Peres la -iugeant bien malade, la baptiserent au grand contentement -de la mere.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-seventh, Monsieur de Maupertuis<a name="endanchor_66_66" id="endanchor_66_66"></a><a href="#Endnote_66_66" class="endanchor">66</a> - -gave the name Marie to a little girl two years old, -whom the Fathers baptized; she was the daughter -of the late Capitanal, Captain of the Savages,—a -brave man and very wise for a Barbarian.<a name="endanchor_67_67" id="endanchor_67_67"></a><a href="#Endnote_67_67" class="endanchor">67</a> - He had -left his wife with three children, a boy of about seventeen -years, and two little girls; the smaller of -these girls is in heaven, the boy died very pitiably, -as I shall tell hereafter. At the same time that he -died, little André passed away; now, as they were -relations, they were buried in the same grave, without -our Fathers knowing it; they, when they had heard -about it, went to André's grandmother to complain -that this little baptized boy had been buried without -their knowledge. Father Buteux begged them to -give him the body to place in our cemetery; a Savage -[31] answered him, "Go away, we do not understand -thee." This is an answer that the Savages occasionally -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">255</a></span> -make to us, when we urge them to do -something that does not suit them. It is true that, -as yet, we speak only stammeringly; but, still, when -we say something which conforms to their wishes -they never use these reproaches. The Father, seeing -this, went in search of the Interpreter; he is told -that the affair is ended, that the child is buried with -Capitanal's son, and that Capitanal's wife would be -offended if we were to ransack the grave of her son. -The Father goes to see her, and begs her to allow -them to take the body of this little child out of the -grave; she answers not a word; a Captain who is -present begins to talk. "Oh well," says he, "the -two bodies belong to thee, take them to the French; -but do not separate them, for they are fond of each -other." "Yet they are quite distant from each other," -said the Father; "the one has been baptized -and the other has not, and consequently the one is -happy and the other groans in the flames." "If that -is all it depends upon to be together and to be happy," -said this Savage, "thou hast no sense; take up -the one who has not been baptized, and throw [32] as -much water on his head as thou wishest, and then -bury them in the same grave." The Father smiled, -and gave him to understand that that would avail -nothing. This Barbarian finally acquiesced; and our -Fathers took little André from the profane grave, -and placed him in holy ground. <i>Unus assumetur, et -alter relinquetur.</i> After the burial, the mother of the -one who died without Baptism, seeing her son had -been discarded like the body of a lost soul, shed bitter -tears. "Ah, my son," she said, "how sorry I -am for thy death." Then the Father, who had -seen the Jugglers blowing upon this youth in his -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">257</a></span> -sickness, said to her, "Behold the cure that these -triflers promised to thy son; thy little girl is sick, -be careful not to summon them nor have them sing -to her." "Never," said she, "shall they come near -her; if she grows worse, I will call you." Some -time afterward the Fathers, deeming her very sick, -baptized her, to the great satisfaction of the mother.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le trente-vniesme vne fille âgée d'enuiron seize ans -fut baptisée, & nommée Anne par vn de nos François. -Le Pere Buteux l'instruisant luy dit, que si estant -Chrestienne elle venoit à mourir, son [33] ame iroit au -Ciel dãs les ioyes eternelles. A ce mot de mourir -elle eut vne si grande frayeur, qu'elle ne voulut plus -iamais prester l'oreille au Pere: on luy enuoya le -Sieur Nicolet truchement, qui exerce volontiers semblables -actions de charité, elle l'escoute paisiblement; -mais comme ses occupations le diuertissent ailleurs, -il ne la pouuoit visiter si souuent: c'est pourquoy le -Pere Quentin s'efforça d'apprendre les premiers rudimens -du Christianisme en Sauuage, afin de la pouuoir -instruire: cela luy reüssit si bien, que cette pauure fille -ayant pris goust à cette doctrine salutaire, desira le -Baptesme, que le Pere luy accorda. La grace a plusieurs -effects; on remarqua que cette fille fort desdaigneuse -& altiere de son naturel, deuint fort douce & -traittable estant Chrestienne.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>On the thirty-first a girl about sixteen years old -was baptized and named Anne by one of our Frenchmen. -Father Buteux while instructing her, told her -that, if she were a Christian, when she came to die -her [33] soul would go to Heaven to joys eternal. -At this word, "to die," she was so frightened that -she would no longer listen to the Father. Sieur Nicolet, -the interpreter, who willingly performs such -acts of charity, was sent to her, and she listened to -him quietly; but, as his duties called him elsewhere, -he could not visit her very often. Hence Father -Quentin tried to learn the first rudiments of Christianity -in the Savage tongue, in order to be able to -instruct her; he succeeded in this so well that the -poor girl, having tasted this wholesome doctrine, desired -Baptism, which the Father granted her. Grace -produces many results; it was remarked that this -girl, naturally very disdainful and proud, grew very -gentle and tractable on becoming a Christian.</p></div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le septiesme de Ianuier de cette année mil six cens -trente six, le fils d'vn grand Sorcier ou Iongleur fut -faict Chrestien, son pere s'y accordant apres de -grandes resistances qu'il en fit: car comme nos Peres -éuentoient ses mines, & le decreditoient, il ne pouuoit -les supporter en sa Cabane. Cependant comme -[34] son fils tiroit à la mort, ils prierent le sieur Nicolet -de faire son possible pour sauuer cette ame: ils -s'en vont donc le Pere Quentin & luy en cette maison -d'écorce, pressent fortement ce Sauuage de consentir -au baptesme de son petit fils: comme il faisoit la -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">258</a></span> -sourde oreille, vne bonne vieille luy dit: Quoy pense-tu -que l'eau que ietteront les Robes noires sur la teste -de ton enfant, le fasse mourir? Ne vois tu pas qu'il -est déja mort, & qu'à peine peut-il respirer? Si ces -gens là te demandoient ta Pourcelaine, ou tes Castors, -pour les offices de charité qu'ils veulent exercer enuers -ton fils, tu aurois quelque excuse; mais ils donnent -& ne demandent rien, tu sçay le soin qu'ils ont -des malades, laisse les faire; si ce pauure petit meurt -ils l'interreront mieux que tu ne sçaurois faire. Le -malade fut donc baptizé, & nommé Adrien par le -sieur du Chesne, Chirurgien de l'habitation; il mourut -quelque temps apres. Le Pere Buteux le demanda -pour l'enseuelir à nostre façon. Non, non, dirent -les parens: tu ne l'auras pas tout nud, attends que -nous l'ayons paré, & puis nous te le donnerons. Ils -luy peignent la face de [35] bleu, de noir & de rouge; -ils le vestent d'vn petit Capot rouge, puis l'enfourrent -de deux peaux d'Ours, & d'vne robe de peau de -Chat sauuage, & par dessus tout cela d'vn grand drap -blanc, qu'ils auoient acheté au Magazin, ils accommodent -ce petit corps dans tout ce bagage, en forme -d'vn paquet bien lié de tous costez, & le mettent -entre les mains du Pere, qui baise doucement ces sacrées -dépoüilles pour témoigner aux Sauuages l'estime -que nous faisons d'vn petit Ange baptizé. On l'enterra -au Cimetiere de nos François, auec solemnité: -ce qui plaist fort à ces Barbares, & qui les induit bien -souuent à permettre qu'on face Chrestiens leurs enfans.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the seventh of January of this year one thousand -six hundred and thirty-six, the son of a great -Sorcerer or Juggler was made a Christian, his father -consenting to it after having offered a great deal of -opposition; for, as our Fathers were revealing his -schemes and throwing discredit upon him, he could -not endure them in his Cabin. However, as [34] his -son was on the verge of death, they begged sieur Nicolet -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">259</a></span> - to do all he could to save this soul. So they -went, Father Quentin and he, to his bark house, and -strongly urged this Savage to consent to the baptism -of his little son; as he turned a deaf ear, a good old -woman said: "What! dost thou think the water the -black Robes will throw upon the head of thy child -will make him die? Dost thou not see that he is already -dead, and that he can hardly breathe? If these -people were asking thy Porcelain or thy Beavers, for -the charitable acts which they exercise towards thy -son, thou wouldst have some excuse; but they give -and ask nothing; thou knowest how they care for the -sick, let them go on; if this poor little one dies, they -will bury him better than thou couldst." So the -sick child was baptized and named Adrien by sieur -du Chesne,<a name="endanchor_68_68" id="endanchor_68_68"></a><a href="#Endnote_68_68" class="endanchor">68</a> - Surgeon of the settlement; he died -some time afterwards. Father Buteux asked for -him, to bury him in our way. "No, no," said the -parents, "thou canst not have him naked; wait until -we have adorned him, and then we will give him -to thee." They painted his face [35] blue, black, and -red; they dressed him in a little red Cloak, and lined -it with two Bear skins and a robe of wild Cat skin, -and over all placed a large white sheet which they -had bought at the Store. They arranged the little -body in all this paraphernalia, in the form of a package -tied closely on all sides, and placed it in the -hands of the Father, who gently kissed these sacred -remains, to show the Savages how greatly we esteemed -a little baptized Angel. It was buried in our -French Cemetery, with solemnity. This greatly -pleases these Barbarians, and often influences them -to allow their children to be made Christians.</p> -</div> - -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le huictiesme du mesme mois de Ianuier, vne ieune -fille vniquement aymée de ses parens, mais encor -plus de Dieu, s'en alla au Ciel, apres auoir esté lauée -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">260</a></span> -dans le sang de l'Agneau. Ie remarqueray en cét -endroit les folies que fit son pauure pere pour la pouuoir -guerir. Son beau frere luy vint dire qu'il auoit -songé que sa niepce gueriroit, si on la faisoit coucher -sur vne peau de mouton, variée de diuerses figures; -on en cherche aussi [36] tost, on en trouua, on peint -dessus mille grotesques, des canots, des auirons, des -animaux, & chose semblable: les Peres qui n'auoient -pas encore instruit cette fille, sont instance que ce -remede est inu[ti]le: mais il le faut éprouuer. La malade -repose sur ces peintures, & n'en reçoit aucune -reelle guerison. Vn autre Charlatan fut d'auis, que -si on donnoit à la malade vn drap blanc pour cheuet, -sur lequel on auroit figuré des hommes chantans -& dançans, que la maladie s'en iroit. On se met incontinent -en deuoir de peindre des hommes sur vn -drap; mais ils ne firent que des marmousets, tant ils -sont bons Peintres: ce remede ne succeda non plus -que le premier. La pauure fille se couche sur ce -drap, sans reposer, ny sans guerir. Que ne peut -l'affection naturelle des peres & des meres enuers -leurs enfans? Ces bonnes gens cherchoient par tout -la santé de leur fille, horsmis en celuy qui la pouuoit -donner. Ils consultent vne fameuse Sorciere, c'est à -dire vne fameuse badine. Cette femme dit qu'elle -auoit appris, soit du Manitou, soit d'vn autre, ie m'en -rapporte, qu'il falloit tuer vn chien, & que les hommes -le mangeassent [37] en festin. De plus, qu'il falloit -faire vne belle robe de peau de Cerf, l'enrichir de -leurs matachias rouges faits de brins de Porc épic, la -donner à la malade, & qu'elle en gueriroit. Comme -on preparoit ce festin, vn Sauuage songea, que pour -la guerison de cette fille, il falloit faire vn banquet -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">262</a></span> -de vingt testes d'Elans: voila les parens de la fille -bien en peine: car comme il n'y auoit gueres de -neige, on ne pouuoit courre, encore moins prendre -l'Eslan. Sur cette grande difficulté on consulte les -Interpretes des songes, il fut conclud qu'il falloit -changer ces vingt testes d'Orignac en vingt grãds -pains tels qu'ils en achetent de nos François, & que -cela auroit le mesme effect. Ils ne se tromperent pas, -d'autant que ces pains & ce festin de chien, ne firent -autre chose que remplir le ventre des Sauuages; c'est -tout ce qu'auroient peu faire ces vingt testes d'Orignac: -car pour guerir vn malade, ny les banquets, -ny les belles robes ne seruent de rien.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the eighth of the same month of January, a -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">261</a></span>young girl peculiarly loved by her parents, but still -more so by God, went to Heaven after having been -washed in the blood of the Lamb. I will notice in -this place the follies her poor father committed, in -order to be able to cure her. His brother-in-law -came to tell him that he had dreamed his niece would -recover, if they had her lie upon a sheepskin painted -with various figures; a search was made for one [36] -immediately, one was found, and they painted thereon -a thousand grotesque figures, canoes, paddles, -animals, and such things. The Fathers, who had -not yet instructed this girl, urged earnestly that this -remedy was useless; but they must try it. The patient -rested upon these paintings, but received no -real benefit. Another Charlatan was of the opinion -that, if they gave the sick girl a white sheet as pillow, -upon which had been drawn pictures of men -singing and dancing, the sickness would disappear. -They began immediately to paint men upon a sheet, -but they made nothing but monkeys, such good -Painters are they; this remedy succeeded no better -than the first. The poor girl lay down upon this -sheet without resting, and without recovering. What -cannot the natural affection of fathers and mothers -do for their children? These good people sought -everywhere the health of their daughter, except in -him who could have granted it. They consulted a -famous Sorceress, that is, a famous jester. This -woman said she had learned,—whether from Manitou -or some one else, I cannot say,—that they would -have to kill a dog and that the men should make [37] -a feast of it. Furthermore, that they would have to -make a beautiful robe of Deer skin, trim it with their -red matachias made of Porcupine quills, and give it -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">263</a></span> -to the patient; and that she would thus recover. -While they were preparing this feast, a Savage -dreamed that, for the recovery of this girl, they -would have to prepare a banquet of twenty head of -Elk. Now the girl's parents were placed in great -anxiety, for, as there was but little snow, they could -not pursue and much less capture the Elk. In this -great difficulty, they consulted the Interpreters of -dreams; it was decided that they must change the -twenty head of Moose to twenty big loaves of bread, -such as they buy from our French, and that this -would have the same effect. They were not mistaken, -inasmuch as this bread and this dog feast did -nothing but fill the stomachs of the Savages; and this -is all the twenty Moose heads could have done, for, -to cure the sick, neither banquets nor beautiful robes -avail.</p> - -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Pendant qu'on appliquoit ces beaux remedes, les -Peres s'addressoient à Dieu pour le salut de cette -pauure ame: ils venoient voir cette pauure fille; -mais les [38] parens ne vouloient pas permettre qu'on -luy parlast de nostre creance, s'imaginant que le Baptesme -nuisoit au corps, quoy qu'il en fust de l'ame. -Attendez, disoient-ils, quand nostre fille n'en pourra -plus, quand nous aurons cherché tous les remedes, -dont nous nous seruons, s'ils ne reüssissent, nous vous -permettrons de l'instruire. Les Peres voyans cela desisterent -pour vn temps de visiter la malade, traictant de -la guerison de son ame auec Dieu. La mere de la fille -se sentit portée à desirer qu'on la vinst instruire, son -mary y contrarioit. Enfin, Dieu qui tient les cœurs -de tous les hommes entre ses mains, amolit ceux de -ces Barbares, pour le bien de leur enfant; non seulement -ils n'ont plus d'auersion des Peres, mais au contraire -ils les font inuiter, leur donnant asseurance que -leur fille les écouteroit volontiers. Les Peres y -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">264</a></span> -volent aussi tost, le Pere Buteux prend la parole, déduit -le mieux qu'il peut les principaux articles de -nostre foy. Les parens, pour ayder le Pere qui n'a -pas encore la perfection de la langue, & pour soulager -leur enfant, reïteroient doucement, & expliquoient -en termes plus significatifs [39] ce qu'on disoit à cette -pauure ame, qui se montroit alterée de cette doctrine, -comme vne terre seiche de la rosée du Ciel: on employe -quelque temps à l'enseigner, tousiours auec le -contentement des parens, & beaucoup plus de la malade. -Pendant la nuict elle disoit par fois à sa mere, -Ne sera-il pas bien tost iour, le Pere ne viendra-il pas -de bon matin, puis s'addressant à Dieu, luy disoit. -<i>Mißi ka, khichitaien chaouerimitou</i>, toy qui as tout fait, -fais moy misericorde. <i>Khiranau, oue ka nipien khita -pouetatin khisadkihitin</i>. Toy qui est mort pour nous, -ie crois en toy, ie t'ayme, secours moy. Le Pere la -visitant, elle luy disoit, Tu me réioüis quand tu me -viens voir, i'ay retenu ce que tu m'as enseigné, & là -dessus luy expliquoit fidelement. Le soir auant sa -mort, vn sien oncle estant venu voir les Peres, & soupant -auec eux, leur dit, Ma niepce est bien malade, -vous la deuriez baptiser: on luy replique, qu'on la -veut plainement instruire; Si toutesfois, luy dit-on, -tu la voyois notablement baisser, appelle nous, & -nous l'irons voir. Sur les dix ou onze heures de -nuict, ce pauure Sauuage s'en vint au trauers de la -neige, & d'vn [40] froid tres piquant, crier à pleine -teste proche de l'habitation de nos François, qu'ils -vinssent viste baptiser la malade, & qu'elle s'en alloit -mourant. Les peres s'éueillent à ces cris bien étonnez, -que ny les grands chiens qu'on détache la nuict, -ny la rigueur du froid n'auoient point empesché ce -bon homme de les venir appeller. Le sieur Nicolet, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">266</a></span> -& le sieur de Launay les accompagnerent, celuy cy -fut le Parrain, & la nomma Marie, son pere & sa mere, -quoy que Barbares, témoignerent receuoir du contentement -de cette action, & remercierent les Peres & -nos François, d'auoir pris la peine de sortir pendant -vne nuict si fascheuse, que le sieur Nicolet s'en trouua -mal. La pauure fille n'eut qu'autant de paroles, qu'il -en falloit pour accepter le baptesme, qu'elle auoit -tant desiré: car si tost qu'elle l'eut receu elle entre en -l'agonie, & bien tost apres s'en alla en Paradis, auec -l'étolle d'innocence, dont le Ciel la venoit de couurir. -Son oncle la voyant morte, fit appeller le Pere Buteux, -& luy dit, Vous n'aymez pas seulement pendant -la vie, mais encore apres la mort, ma niepce est à -vous, enterrez la à vostre [41] mode. Faites vne -grande fosse; car mon frere à qui la tristesse a dérobé -la parole, veut loger auec elle son petit bagage: ils -vouloient enterrer auec cette fille deux chiens, & plusieurs -autres choses: pour les chiens, on leur dit que -les François ne seroient pas bien aises qu'on logeast -auec eux de si laides bestes; Permets nous donc, -dirent-ils, de les enterrer prés de vostre Cimetiere; -car la defuncte les aymoit, & c'est nostre coustume -de donner aux morts, ce qu'ils ont aymé ou possedé -pendant leur vie. On combat tant qu'on peut cette -superstition, qui se va abolissant tous les iours; neantmoins -on tolere en ces premiers commencemens beaucoup -de choses, qui se détruiront d'elles mesmes auec -le temps. Si on refusoit à ces pauures ignorans, de -mettre dans la fosse de leurs trespassez leur petit equipage, -pour aller en l'autre vie, disent-ils, ils nous -refuseroient aussi l'abord de leurs malades, & ainsi plusieurs -ames se perdroient, qu'on va petit à petit recueillant, -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">268</a></span> -iusques à ce que les iours de la grande moisson -viennent. Ils enueloperent donc le corps mort de -plusieurs robes, ils luy donnerent ses affiquets, ses [42] -braueries, quãtité de porcelaine, qui sont les diamans -& les perles du païs, & de plus on mit dans la fosse -deux auirons, & deux grands sacs remplis de leurs -richesses, & de diuers outils ou instrumens, dont se -seruent les filles & les femmes. Pour conclusion le -pere de cette fille tant aymée, voyant l'honneur qu'on -rendoit à son enfant, & comme on luy auoit fait faire -vn beau cercueil, ce qui plaist infiniment à ces Barbares, -il se ietta sur le col du Pere Buteux, & luy dit -<i>Nikanis</i>, mon bien-aymé, en verité ie cognois que tu -m'ayme, & tous vous autres qui portez cét habit, vous -cherissez nostre Nation. Puis apostrophant son enfant; -Ma fille que tu es heureuse d'estre si bien logée: -cét homme est l'vn des principaux de sa nation, sa -femme s'est fait Chrestienne, comme nous dirons en -son lieu, nous esperons qu'il mourra Chrestien, aussi -bien que ses plus proches. Ainsi soit-il.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"><p>While they were making use of these fine remedies, -the Fathers were addressing themselves to God -for the salvation of this poor soul; they came to see -the wretched girl, but her [38] parents would not -permit them to talk to her about our belief, imagining -that Baptism injured the body, whatever it might -do for the soul. "Wait," said they; "when our -daughter is completely exhausted, when we have -tried all the remedies of which we can avail ourselves,—if -they do not succeed, we will permit you -to instruct her." The Fathers, upon hearing this, -desisted for a while from visiting the sick girl, negotiating -for the recovery of her soul with God. The -mother of the girl felt inclined to have her instructed, -her husband was opposed to this. At last, God, who -holds the hearts of all men in his hands, softened -those of these Barbarians, for the good of their child. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">265</a></span>Not only were they no longer averse to the Fathers, -but on the contrary they had them invited there, assuring -them that their daughter would listen to them -willingly. The Fathers immediately fly thither; Father -Buteux begins to talk, presenting as well as he -can the principal articles of our faith. The parents, to -assist the Father, who is not yet well versed in the -language, and to soothe their child, repeat softly and -explain in clearer terms [39] what was said to this -poor soul, which showed itself as thirsty for this -doctrine as the dry earth for the dew from Heaven; -some time was employed in instructing her, the parents -always contented, and the patient still more so. -During the night, she would sometimes say to her -mother, "Will it not soon be day? Will the Father -not come early in the morning?" Then addressing -God, she would say to him: <i>Missi ka khichitaien chaouerimitou</i>, -"Thou who hast made all, have pity -upon me." <i>Khiranau, oue ka nipien khita pouetatin -khisadkihitin.</i> "Thou who hast died for us, I believe -in thee, I love thee, help me." When the Father -visited her, she said to him, "Thou givest me joy -when thou comest to see me; I have remembered -what thou hast taught me," and thereupon she explained -it to him accurately. The evening before -her death, one of her uncles, having come to see the -Fathers and remaining to sup with them, said, "My -niece is very sick, you ought to baptize her." They -replied that they wished to instruct her sufficiently. -"If, however," they said to him, "thou see her -perceptibly weakening, call us, and we will go and -see her." At ten or eleven o'clock at night, this -poor Savage came through the snow and the [40] -piercing cold, and cried out in a loud voice when he -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">267</a></span> -neared the French settlement, that they should come -quickly and baptize the sick girl, for she was going -to die. The fathers, awakened by these cries, were -indeed astonished that neither the great dogs that are -let loose at night, nor the rigor of the cold, had prevented -this good man from coming to call them. -Sieur Nicolet and sieur de Launay<a name="endanchor_69_69" id="endanchor_69_69"></a><a href="#Endnote_69_69" class="endanchor">69</a> - accompanied -them; the latter was Godfather and gave her the -name Marie. Her father and mother, although Barbarians, -showed that they were pleased at this act, -and thanked the Fathers and our Frenchmen for having -taken the trouble to come out on a night so bad -that sieur Nicolet was made sick by it. The poor -girl had only words enough to accept the baptism -which she had so much desired; for, as soon as she -had received it, she entered into the pangs of death, -and soon after went to Paradise, clad in the robes of -innocence with which Heaven had just covered her. -When her uncle saw that she was dead, he had Father -Buteux called and said to him, "You love, not -only during life, but even after death; my niece belongs -to you, bury her in your [41] way. Make a -big grave, for my brother, whom grief has stricken -dumb, wishes to place with her her little belongings." -They wished to bury with this girl two dogs, -and several other things. As to the dogs, they were -told that the French would not be pleased if such -ugly beasts were placed among them. "Permit us, -then," said they, "to bury them near your Cemetery; -for the dead girl loved them, and it is our custom -to give to the dead what they loved or possessed -when they were living." We do all we can to oppose -this superstition, which is every day becoming -less general; nevertheless, one tolerates, in these -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">269</a></span> -first beginnings, many things which in time will disappear -of themselves. If these poor ignorant people -were refused the privilege of placing in the graves -of their dead their few belongings, to go with them -to the other life, they say, they would also refuse to -allow us to approach their sick; and thus many souls -would be lost which we are gathering in little by -little, until the days of the great harvest come. So -they enveloped the dead body in several robes; they -gave her her trinkets, [42] her ornaments, a quantity -of porcelain, which is the diamonds and pearls of this -country;<a name="endanchor_70_70" id="endanchor_70_70"></a><a href="#Endnote_70_70" class="endanchor">70</a> - and besides this they put in the grave two -paddles, and two large bags filled with their wealth, -and with different utensils or instruments which the -girls and women use. Finally, the father of this girl, -so dearly beloved,—seeing the honor they were showing -his child, and that they had made her a beautiful -coffin, a thing which gives infinite pleasure to these -Barbarians,—threw himself upon Father Buteux's -neck and said, "<i>Nikanis</i>, my well-beloved, in truth I -recognize that thou lovest me, and that all of you, -who wear this gown, cherish our Nation." Then -apostrophizing his child: "My daughter, how happy -thou art to be so well lodged!" This man is one of -the principal men of his nation; his wife has become -a Christian, as we shall relate in the proper place. -We hope that he will die a Christian as well as his -family. So may it be.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingtiesme du mesme mois Dieu fit paroistre sa -bonté en la conuersion & au Baptesme d'vn Sauuage, -dont nos Peres sembloient quasi auoir desesperé: ce -ieune homme estant malade, le Pere Buteux [43] l'alla -visiter: comme il y alloit grand nombre de personnes -dans sa cabane, il l'inuita de venir faire vn tour en -nostre maison, si sa maladie luy permettoit: il s'y -transporte incontinent, apres quelques discours le -Pere le iette sur les articles de nostre creance, mais -auec peu de succés: car ayant espousé la fille d'vn -des plus grands Charlatans du païs, il n'estoit pas -pour se rendre à la premiere semonce: comme on le -pressoit sur les biens de la vie future, s'il n'en vouloit -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">270</a></span> -pas iouïr, il repartit, qu'il ne pouuoit pas croire cela; -car mon ame, disoit-il, apres ma mort n'aura point -d'esprit, & par consequent ne sera pas capable de ces -biens. Comment sçais tu, luy fit le Pere, que les -ames apres leur trespas sont stupides, & sans connoissance; -deux de nos hommes, replique-il, sont retournez -autresfois apres leur mort, & l'ont dit à ceux -de nostre nation. Ces ames qui retournerent auoient-elles -de l'esprit? Non, fit-il. Tu te trompes, dit le -Pere, car c'est auoir de l'esprit, de cognoistre qu'on -n'a point d'esprit; mais laissons cette subtilité, est-ce -pas auoir de l'esprit que d'estre bon chasseur? iamais -les Sauuages ne nieront [44] cette proposition, car -leur plus grande Philosophie & Theologie n'est pas -en leur teste, mais en leurs pieds. Or est-il, poursuiuit -le Pere, qu'il y a des ames des Sauuages qui -chassent brauement aux ames des Castors & des Eslans, -donc elles ont de l'esprit. A cét argument vn peu -trop pressant pour vn Sauuage il ne respondit autre -chose, sinõ que puis que ses gens n'alloient point au -Ciel, qu'il n'y vouloit point aller; Vous autres, disoit-il, -vous asseurez que vous allez là haut, allez y -donc à la bonne heure, chacun aime sa nation, pour -moy i'iray trouuer la mienne. Le Pere voyant bien -qu'il s'opiniastreroit chãge de discours, l'interroge -sur son mal; C'est, respond-il, vn meschant Algonquain -qui m'a procuré cette maladie qui me tient dans -le corps, pource que m'estant fasché contre luy, la -peur qu'il eut que ie ne le tuasse l'a induit à traitter -de ma mort auec le Manitou. Et comment sçais-tu -cela? I'ay faict consulter le Manitou, qui m'a dit -que ie me hastasse de faire des presens aux <i>Manitousiouekhi</i>, -ce sont leurs Iongleurs, & qu'il preuiẽ droit -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">272</a></span> -mon ennemy, luy ostant la vie, & par ainsi que ie -guerirois: mais [45] mõ malheur est que ie n'ay plus -rien, i'ay donné ma Pourcelaine & mes Castors, & à -faute de pouuoir continuer ces presens il faut que ie -meure. Voila l'vnique vtilité de l'art de ces Iongleurs, -c'est qu'ils tirent tout ce qu'ils peuuent des -pauures malades, & quand ils n'ont plus rien ils les -abandonnent. Les Iaponois ont des erreurs toutes -semblables, ils croyent que les pauures ne pouuans -rien donner aux Bonzes, ne sçauroient aller en Paradis. -Les Chrestiens sont obligez d'adorer & de recognoistre -la bonté de leur Dieu. Que la foy a de -clarté pour estre vn flambeau obscur, & que nostre -creance pour estre releuée par dessus les forces de la -nature, s'accorde bien auec la raison! Les Theologiens -disent bien à propos, qu'il faut auoir <i>piam motionem</i>, -pour donner consentement aux propositions de -nostre foy; il faut que la volonté s'amolisse, & qu'elle -quitte sa dureté naturelle; ce qui se fait par vn doux -soufle ou mouuement du S. Esprit, lequel nous induit -à croire. Ie voy tous les iours des hommes conuaincus -sur cette verité, que nostre creance est bonne, -qu'elle est saincte, qu'elle est conforme à la raison, -& apres [46] tout cela, ne voyant aucune conclusion -de ces premices, ie m'escrie, Qu'auons nous faict à -Dieu pour nous auoir donné la Foy, qui a tant de -peine d'entrer en l'ame de ces pauures Sauuages! -Mais pour retourner à nostre ieune homme, les Peres -auoient comme desesperé de son salut; neantmoins -comme la conuersion d'vne ame depend de celuy qui -est tout-puissant, ils ne laissoient pas de le visiter, -pour luy donner de fois à autre quelque crainte de -l'enfer, ou quelque esperance de la vie eternelle. En -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">274</a></span> -fin ce pauure ieune homme fut touché tout à coup, -cet entendement plein de tenebres commence à voir -le iour, & sa volonté deuient soupple & obeyssante -aux volontez de Dieu, comme vn enfant bien né aux -desirs de ses parens. Les Peres entrans certain iour -en sa Cabane il leur fait present d'vn morceau d'Eslan -qu'on luy auoit donné: le Pere Buteux luy dit, Nous -ne venons pas icy pour receuoir, mais pour te donner; -nous ne cherchons pas tes biens, mais nous te -voulons donner ceux du Ciel; si tu voulois croire en -Dieu que tu serois heureux! Oüy, dit-il i'y veux -croire, & ie veux aller auec luy; il disoit [47] cela -les mains iointes, les yeux esleuez au Ciel, d'vn accent -si deuot, auec vne posture si composée, que les -Peres resterent tous remplis de ioye & d'estonnement, -voyant que Dieu en fait plus en vn moment que tous -les hommes en cent ans; aussi est-il le Dieu des -cœurs. Voila ce cœur de pierre changé en vn cœur -de chair, il escoute auidemẽt ce qu'il croioit déja, il -est tout plein de regrets de ses resistances, il ne peut -assez admirer la bonté de celuy qui l'a si doucement -vaincu. Les Peres l'ayant veu si bien disposé, offrent -pour luy le sacré sainct sacrifice de la Messe, & apres -vne bonne instruction luy changerent en fin le nom -sauuage d'<i>Amiskoueroui</i> au nom de Nicolas, qui luy -fut donné au sainct Baptesme. Dieu sçait prẽdre son -temps quand il luy plaist. A l'heure qu'il fut touché, -qu'il fut baptisé, & qu'il mourut, certains gauffeurs -& badins qui demeuroient en sa Cabane, & qui -auroiẽt faict leur possible pour le détourner du Christianisme -estoient allez a la chasse, ils retournerent -iustement deux heures apres sa mort, bien estonnez -de ce qui c'estoit passé: mais <i>quis vt Deus</i>? Qui pourra -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">276</a></span> -détourner la bonté de Dieu, [48] non plus que ses -foudres? <i>Non est qui se abscondat à calore eius.</i> Il n'y -a cœur de bronze qui ne se liquefie, quand Dieu le -veut brusler.</p> -</div> -<div class="translation"><p>On the twentieth of the same month, God showed -his goodness in the conversion and Baptism of a Savage, -of whom our Fathers had almost despaired. This -young man was sick, and Father Buteux [43] went -to visit him. As a great many people were going -into his cabin, he invited him to make a visit to our -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">271</a></span>house, provided his illness would permit it; he went -there immediately. After some conversation, the -Father reverted to the articles of our belief, but with -little success; for, having married the daughter of -one of the greatest Charlatans of the country, he -would not surrender at the first summons. When -the blessings of the future life were urged upon him, -and he was asked if he did not wish to enjoy them, -he answered that he could not believe those things. -"For," said he, "after my death my soul will have -no intelligence, and hence will not be capable of enjoying -these blessings." "How dost thou know," -replied the Father, "that souls, after their departure -from this life, are without sensibility and knowledge?" -"Two of our men," he answered, "once -returned, after their death, and told this to the people -of our nation." "Did those souls that returned -have any intelligence?" "No," he replied. "Thou -art mistaken," said the Father, "for it is intelligence -to know that one has not intelligence; but let us -leave these subtleties. Does it require intelligence -to be a good hunter?" The Savages will never deny -[44] this proposition, for their greatest Philosophy -and Theology is not in their heads, but in their feet. -"Now is it true," continued the Father, "that there -are souls of Savages that are bravely hunting the -souls of Beavers and of Elks? Then they must have -intelligence." To this argument, a little too forcible -for a Savage, he answered nothing, except, that as -his people were not going to Heaven, he did not -wish to go there. "You people," said he, "are sure -of going up yonder. Well and good, go there, then; -each one loves his own people; for my part, I shall -go and find mine." The Father, seeing clearly that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">273</a></span>he would be obstinate, changed the subject and asked -him about his disease. "It is," he replied, "a wicked -Algonquain who has given me this disease which -sticks in my body, because I was angry at him; and -his fear that I would kill him induced him to bargain -for my death with the Manitou." "And how dost -thou know that?" "I have had the Manitou consulted, -and he told me I should make haste and give -presents to the <i>Manitousiouekhi</i>,"—these are their -Jugglers,—"and that he would forestall my enemy, -taking his life, and that thus I would be cured; but -[45] my misfortune is that I have nothing more,—I -have given my Porcelain and my Beavers; and, because -I cannot continue these presents, I must die." -So the only use to which these Jugglers put their -art is to draw what they can from poor sick people; -and, when they have nothing more, they abandon -them. The Japanese have similar errors. They believe -that, as the poor can give nothing to the -Bonzes, they cannot go to Paradise. Christians are -obliged to adore and to acknowledge the goodness of -their God. What light there is in faith, though it be a -dark lantern; and how well our belief, though it may -be elevated above the forces of nature, conforms to -reason! Theologians say very truly that it is necessary -to have the <i>piam motionem</i> in order to consent to -the propositions of our faith; the will must be softened -and must give up its natural hardness. This is -done by the gentle breathing or stirring of the Holy -Spirit, which leads us to believe. I daily see men -who are convinced of this truth, that our belief is -good, that it is holy, that it conforms to reason; and, -after [46] all that, seeing no conclusions drawn from -these premises, I exclaim, "What have we done to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">275</a></span>God that he gives us this Faith, which enters with so -much difficulty into the souls of these poor Savages!" -But to return to our young man. The -Fathers had, as it were, despaired of his salvation; -nevertheless, as the conversion of a soul depends -upon him who is all-powerful, they did not cease to -visit him, to impart to him, from time to time, some -fear of hell, or some hope of eternal life. At last, -this poor young map was touched all at once; this -understanding full of darkness began to see the day; -and his will became supple and obedient to the will -of God, like a dutiful child to the desires of its parents. -One day, when the Fathers entered his Cabin, -he made them a present of a piece of Elk-meat which -had been given him; Father Buteux said to him, -"We do not come here to receive, but to give to -thee; we are not seeking thy goods, but wish to give -thee those of Heaven; if thou wouldst believe in -God, how happy thou wouldst be!" "Yes," said he, -"I wish to believe, and I wish to go to him." He -said [47] this with his hands clasped, his eyes raised -to Heaven, with an accent so devout and a manner -so composed, that the Fathers were filled with joy -and astonishment, seeing that God does more in a -moment than all men can do in a hundred years; he -is indeed the God of hearts. Behold this heart of -stone changed into a heart of flesh. He listens eagerly -to what he already believes; he is full of regret at -his former opposition; he cannot sufficiently admire -the goodness of him who has so gently vanquished -him. The Fathers, seeing him so well disposed, -offered for him the holy sacrifice of the Mass; and, -after thorough instruction, finally changed the savage -name <i>Amiskoueroui</i> to the name Nicolas, which was -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">277</a></span> -given to him in holy Baptism. God knows how to -take his time when he pleases. At the time he -was converted, when he was baptized and when he -died, certain scoffers and triflers who lived in his -Cabin, and who would have done all they could to -divert him from Christianity, had gone to the chase; -they returned exactly two hours after he died, very -much astonished at what had taken place; but <i>quis -ut Deus</i>? Who can turn away the goodness of God, -[48] any more than his thunderbolts? <i>Non est qui se -abscondat à calore ejus.</i> There is no heart of bronze -that will not melt when God wishes to heat it.</p> -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-cinquiesme, iour de la Conuersion de -sainct Paul, vn ieune Sauuage fut nommé Paul, son -pere luy procura dans sa maladie, ce qu'il ne prenoit -pas pour soy dans la santé: tant s'en faut qu'il se -monstrast fasché qu'on instruisist son fils, âgé de -quinze à seize ans, qu'au contraire il l'exhortoit à -prester l'oreille aux Peres, & par fois les venant visiter -luy-mesme, & les ayant ouy parler des choses de -l'autre vie, il racontoit par apres à ses enfans ce qu'il -auoit apris, n'ayant pas assez de courage d'embrasser -& professer les veritez qu'il aprouuoit en son cœur. -Les respects humains font bien du mal par tout.</p></div> - -<div class="translation"><p>On the twenty-fifth, the day of saint Paul's Conversion, -a young Savage was named Paul. His father -secured for him in his sickness what he did not -take for himself in health. So far was he from showing -anger at the instruction given his son, a boy of -fifteen or sixteen, that on the contrary, he urged -him to listen to the Fathers; and having sometimes -visited them himself, and having heard them speak of -the realities of the other life, he related afterwards to -his children what he had learned, not having enough -courage to embrace and profess the truths that he -approved in his heart. Fear of the world does a -great deal of harm everywhere.</p></div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<div class="original"><p>Le vingt-huictiesme & vingt-neufiesme, deux sœurs -ont esté enrollées au Catalogue des enfans de Dieu. -La plus petite, âgée de deux ans, chante maintenant -ses grandeurs parmy les Chœurs des Anges. L'aisnée -l'a suiuie quelque temps apres, elle auoit enuiron -seize ans, quand elle prit vne nouuelle naissance -en Iesus-Christ, [49] estant tombée malade, il ne fut -pas difficile de luy persuader qu'elle se fist Chrestienne. -Il semble qu'elle auoit déja la foy deuant que -les Peres luy parlassent; son frere frequentoit en nostre -Maison, instruisant nos Peres en sa langue, & -comme on luy parloit souuent de nos Mysteres, il racontoit -à sa sœur ce qu'il auoit appris. Il estoit plus -heureux iettãt cette semence sacrée, que les Peres -mesmes: car on n'a point remarqué qu'elle ait encore -germé en son ame, & elle a porté des fleurs & des -fruicts dans le cœur de sa sœur: laquelle interrogée -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">278</a></span> -en sa maladie, si elle ne vouloit pas estre baptisée, -répondit, qu'elle en auoit vn grand desir. Les Peres -la voulans instruire, trouuerent qu'elle en sçauoit -assez pour receuoir le sainct Baptesme, ce qui les -étonna & consola: Elle fut donc nommée Ieanne, -receuant auec ce nom si grande abondance de grace, -qu'il sembloit que le Fils de Dieu prist vn plaisir particulier -en cette nouuelle Espouse. Le Pere Buteux -la voyant sur son depart pour s'en aller dans les bois -auec sa mere, & les autres Sauuages, luy dit, Adieu -ma fille, souuenez vous que vous estes maintenant -[50] amie de Dieu, & que si vous mourez, il vous menera -dans sa maison, remplie de tout bon-heur. -Adieu mon Pere, repartit-elle, ie ne vous verray plus; -mais il importe peu que ie meure, puisque ie dois -aller en si bon lieu. Elle dit cela auec vn tel sentiment -de pieté, que les larmes en vindrent aux yeux -des deux Peres, rauis de voir vne petite Barbare, -parler en Ange de Paradis. Mais que vous pourrions -nous donner, Ieanne, puis que vous nous quittez pour -vn si long-temps? luy dirent-ils. Si vous auez du -raisin donnez m'en vn peu, ce sera la derniere fois -que vous me soulagerez en ma maladie, car ie m'en -vais mourir dans les bois: mais ie croy que i'iray au -Ciel; à vostre auis, mon Pere? Oüy ma fille, vous y -irez, si vous perseuerez en la foy. Asseurez vouz, -dit-elle, que ie croy en Dieu, & que i'y croiray toute -ma vie. Ils luy donnerent tout le raisin qu'ils auoient -de reste, qui n'estoit pas grande chose, le peu qu'on -leur auoit enuoyé, ayant déja esté distribué à beaucoup -d'autres malades. Quand on vint à lier cette -pauure fille auec sa petite sœur, toutes deux nouuellement -baptisées, sur leurs longues traisnes, pour les -<span class="pagenuml"><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">280</a></span> -mener [51] dans ces grandes forests, il sembloit aux -Peres qu'on leur arrachast le cœur: car ces pauures -gens n'auoient autres viures qu'vn peu de pain qu'ils -leur donnerent; leur disner & leur souper estoit en la -prouidence de Dieu, leurs hostelleries la neige & les -arbres, & vn peu d'écorce. Vn grand Nordoüest, qui -est le vent le plus froid de ces Contrées, souffloit sur -ces pauures malades, & cependant ils s'en alloient -tous aussi contens, comme s'ils eussent deu entrer dans -vne terre de promission. O que ie me voulois de mal, -m'écrit le Pere qui m'a enuoyé ces memoires, voyant -ce beau spectacle! ces gens me condamnoient de pusillanimité, -ne iettant pas si fortement ma confiance -en Dieu, qu'ils la iettent en leurs arcs & en leurs -fleches, & ne faisant par vertu, ce que ces Barbares -font par nature.</p> -</div> - -<div class="translation"> -<p>On the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth, two sisters -were enrolled in the Catalogue of the children -of God. The smaller, about two years old, now -sings his greatness among the Choirs of the Angels. -The elder followed her, a short time afterward. She -was about sixteen years old when she received a new -birth in Jesus Christ; [49] having fallen sick, it was -not hard to persuade her to become a Christian. It -seems that she had already possessed the faith, before -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">279</a></span> -the Fathers talked with her; her brother was in -the habit of visiting our House to instruct our Fathers -in his language; and, as they often spoke to -him of our Mysteries, he related to his sister what -he had learned. He was happier than the Fathers -themselves in scattering this sacred seed; although -it has not been observed to have as yet germinated -in his soul, it has borne flowers and fruit in the heart -of his sister. When she was asked during her sickness -if she did not wish to be baptized, she answered -that she greatly desired it. The Fathers, intending -to instruct her, found that she knew enough to receive -holy Baptism, which surprised and consoled -them. So she was called Jeanne, receiving with this -name so great an abundance of grace, that it seemed -as if the Son of God took particular pleasure in this -new Spouse. Father Buteux, seeing her at her departure -to go into the woods with her mother and -the other Savages, said to her, "Farewell, my -daughter; remember that you are now [50] a friend -of God, and that if you die he will take you to his -house, filled with all blessings." "Farewell, my -Father," she replied, "I shall see you no more; but -it matters little if I die, since I am to go to such a -good place." She said this with so deep a sense of -piety, that tears came to the eyes of the two Fathers, -who were carried away at seeing a little Barbarian -speak like an Angel of Paradise. "But what can we -give you, Jeanne, since you are going to leave us for -so long a time?" they said to her. "If you have -any raisins, give me a few; this will be the last time -you will relieve me in my sickness, for I am going to -die in the woods. But I believe that I will go to -Heaven. Do you think so, my Father?" "Yes, my -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">281</a></span> -daughter, you will go there, if you continue in the -faith." "Be assured," she said, "that I believe in -God, and that I will believe in him all my life." -They gave her all the raisins they had left, which -were not many,—the few that had been sent them -having already been distributed to many other invalids. -When they came to tie this poor girl with her -little sister, both newly baptized, upon the long -sledges, to take them [51] into these great forests, it -seemed to the Fathers like tearing out their hearts; -for these poor people had no other food than a little -bread that they gave them; their dinner and supper -depended upon the providence of God, their hostelries -were the snow and trees, and a little bark. A -strong Northwester, the coldest wind of these Countries, -blew upon these poor invalids, and yet they -went away as contented as if they were about to enter -a promised land. "Oh, how disgusted I was -with myself," writes the Father who sent me these -memoirs, "when I saw this beautiful sight! These -people condemned me of cowardice, for not placing my -confidence in God as strongly as they do theirs in -their bows and arrows, and in not doing from virtue -what these Barbarians do from nature."</p> - -</div> -<div class="sync"> </div> -<hr class="full" /> - -<h2><a id="BIBLIOGRAPHICAL_DATA_VOL_VIII"></a>BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA: VOL VIII</h2> - -<h3>XXV</h3> - -<p>See Vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">VII.</a>, for particulars of this document.</p> - -<h3>XXVI</h3> - -<p>As with its predecessor for 1635, the <i>Relation</i> of -1636 (Paris, 1637), although for the convenience of -bibliographers styled Le Jeune's, is a composite. -The first half, closing with p. 272, is the annual report -of Le Jeune, as superior, dated August 28, 1636; -the second half, separately paged, is a special report -on the Huron mission, by Brébeuf, dated Ihonatiria, -July 16, 1636.</p> - -<p>For the text of the document, we have had recourse -to the Lamoignon copy of the original Cramoisy -edition in the Lenox Library, which is there -designated as "H. 65," because described in Harrisse's -<i>Notes</i>, no. 65.</p> - -<p><i>Collation</i> (H. 65). Title, with verso blank; "Extraict -du Privilege du Roy" (dated Paris, Dec. 22, -1636), p. (1); "Approbation" by the provincial -(dated Paris, Dec. 15, 1636), p. (1); "Table des Chapitres," -pp. (4); Le Jeune's <i>Relation</i> (11 chaps.), pp. -1-272; Brébeuf's Huron <i>Relation</i>, (in two parts, 4 -and 9 chaps. respectively), pp. 1-223; verso of last -leaf blank.</p> - -<p>There are two copies in the Lenox Library, in -which we have discovered a number of textual variations -which have never been noted before. For the -sake of convenience we shall designate these as Lamoignon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">284</a></span> -and Bancroft, the names of former owners -whose individual impress they bear. Our reprint, as -previously stated, is from the Lamoignon copy. The -Quebec reprint (vol. 1, 1858) follows a copy with the -text corresponding with the Bancroft variations. All -the differences which we have discovered occur in -the Huron <i>Rel ation</i>, and the references are to the -pagination of that part. We give the principal ones -below.</p> - -<table summary="references"> -<tr><td class="br center"><span class="smcap">Lamoignon.</span></td> -<td class="center"><span class="smcap">Bancroft.</span></td></tr> -<tr> -<td class="br">P. 85, last line ends with "s'il ne leur fust"</td> -<td>P. 85, last line ends with: "s'il ne leur fust arriué"</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="br">The last four lines of p. 85 are spaced freely to make up for the -elision of "arriué."</td></tr> -<tr> -<td class="br">P. 146, l. 2, reads: "d'où ils tirent"</td> -<td>P. 146, l. 2, reads: "dont ils tirent"</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="br">P. 146, l. 22, reads: "alliance. Si leurs champs"</td> -<td>P. 146, l. 22, reads: "alliances, si leurs champs"</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="br">P. 146, l. 23, reads: "les occupe ils sont"</td> -<td>P. 146, l. 23, reads: "les occupe; ils sont"</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="br">P. 158, l. 9, reads: "cõtre"</td> -<td>P. 158, l. 9, reads: "contre"</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="br">P. 158, l. 10, reads: "les tourmentẽt: le"</td> -<td>P. 158, l. 10, reads: "les tourmentent"</td></tr> - -<tr><td class="br">P. 158, l. 13, reads: "que ces pauures miserables chanteront"</td> -<td>P. 158, l. 13, reads: "que ce pauure miserable chantera"</td> -</tr> -<tr><td class="br">P. 158, l. 18, reads "s'ils estoiẽt vaillãs hommes, ils leur arrachẽt"</td> -<td>P. 158, l. 18, reads: "s'il estoit vaillant homme, ils luy arrachent"</td></tr> -<tr><td class="br">P. 159, last line ends with "quelque Peuple auec qui ils"</td> - -<td>P. 159, last line ends with: "quelques Peuples auec lesquels ils"</td> -</tr> -</table> - -<p>There is still another edition of this <i>Relation</i> in -which the matter was reset entirely, and in which -the text-page is much larger than in the one described -above. Pilling (<i>Bibliography of the Iroquoian Lan<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">285</a></span>guages</i>, -p. 18) describes the British Museum copy, and -the following collation is based on his very careful -account of it.</p> - -<p><i>Collation</i> (H. 66). Title, with verso blank, 1 leaf; -"Table des Chapitres," pp. (2); Le Jeune's <i>Relation</i>, -pp. 1-199; Brébeuf's Huron <i>Relation</i>, pp. 1-164.</p> - -<p>Copies of H. 65 may be found in the following -libraries: Lenox (two variations), Harvard, Library -of Parliament (Ottawa), Brown (private), Archives of -St. Mary's College (Montreal), and the British Museum. -The Barlow copy (1889), no. 1276, sold for -$17.50. Priced by Harrassowitz (1882), no. 23, at -125 marks. Copies of H. 66 are in the British Museum, -and in the Bibliothèque Nationale (imperfect). -We know of no example in America.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a id="NOTES_TO_VOL_VIII"></a>NOTES TO VOL. VIII</h2> - -<p class="center">(<i>Figures in parentheses, following number of note, refer to pages -of English text.</i>)</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_1_1" id="Endnote_1_1"></a><a href="#endanchor_1_1"><span class="label">1</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_9">9</a>).—Concerning the increase of French colonists at this -time, see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">vii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm#Endnote_8_8">8</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_2_2" id="Endnote_2_2"></a><a href="#endanchor_2_2"><span class="label">2</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_13">13</a>).—<i>Pemptegoüs</i>: one of numerous variants of the name -Penobscot (often mentioned by Lescarbot and Biard as Pentegoët). -Specific reference is here made to the peninsula of Matchebiguatus -(contracted later to Bagaduce), the site of the present Castine, at -the mouth of Penobscot River (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm">ii.</a>, -<i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm#endnote_6._6">6</a>). It was visited -by Champlain in 1604, and by John Smith, twelve years later. From -that time, it was more or less frequented by English fishing vessels; -and, in 1630, the Plymouth Company established here a post for -traffic with the Indians. It is this trading station to which Le Jeune -refers; in 1635, it was taken for the French by Charles d'Aulnay de -Charnisay, a lieutenant of the Commander de Razilly.</p> - -<p>The family of Razilly (Razilli or Rasilly), of Touraine, was one -of rank, ability, and renown. Early in the seventeenth century it -was represented mainly by three brothers—François, who in 1612 -undertook, with Daniel de la Touche de la Ravardière, to found a -French colony at Maranham, in Brazil; Claude, seigneur de Launay, -who also went to Maranham—this colony being destroyed by the -Portuguese in 1615; and Isaac, a chevalier of Malta, and commander -of the isle Bouchard. All of these men held positions of honor and -responsibility in the court, the army, or the navy. François served -later as field marshal in the army, and was also sent as ambassador -to Savoy. Guérin says that Claude and Isaac became two of the -most skillful and renowned seamen of their age; they were commanders -of squadrons, and even admirals, in many important naval contests. -A memoir relating to "colonies, in view of the increase in -the maritime power of France," was presented (1626) by Isaac de -Razilly to Richelieu, to which Guérin ascribes much influence in -securing the formation of the Company of New France, in the following -year.</p> - -<p>Isaac was one of the Hundred Associates, and after 1628 was their -naval commander. In the spring of 1629, the company, hearing -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">288</a></span> -that Kirk's expedition was about to set out from England, prepared -a fleet, loaded with supplies for the suffering colonists at Quebec. -Orders were given that some of the vessels should sail directly from -Dieppe or La Rochelle for Canada, leaving the rest to go later, -under Razilly. These orders were neglected, so that, instead of -reaching Quebec by the end of May, and thus affording timely aid -to Champlain, the ships waited for Razilly—whose commission for -Canada was, however, revoked upon the conclusion of the peace of -Susa (April 24, 1629), and he was instead sent to Morocco. The -vessels finally set sail from La Rochelle, but were delayed by bad -weather, thus failing to reach Quebec before its capture by Kirk. -The ship commanded by De Caen was taken by the English; that -belonging to the Jesuits was wrecked off Canso (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm">iv.</a>, -doc. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#XIX">xix.</a>); -and those under Desdames and Joubert made their way back -to France. In the spring of 1630, another expedition was fitted out -by the Company of New France, under Razilly's command, for the -recapture of Canada; but it was not despatched thither, owing to -the promise of Charles I. to restore Quebec to France—an agreement -that was, however, not carried into effect until 1632, because -of Louis's delay in paying the dowry that he had promised with -Henrietta Maria, Charles's queen. Finally, in that year, De Caen -was sent to occupy Quebec for his king. At the same time, Razilly -was commissioned to "put the Company of New France in possession -of Port Royal"—for which purpose he was given an armed -ship named "Espérance en Dieu," and the sum of 10,000 livres; he -was also to take with him three Capuchin missionaries. The document -authorizing this enterprise was signed by Richelieu March 27, -1632, two days before the treaty of St. Germain-en-Laye. Razilly's -formal commission to receive Port Royal from the English bears -date of May 10 in the same year. These documents are given by -Margry, in <i>MSS. rel. Nouv. France</i>, vol. i., pp. 85, 110.</p> - -<p>Razilly was appointed governor of Acadia, D'Aulnay and Charles -de la Tour being his lieutenants; he also obtained from the Company -of New France (May 29, 1632) a concession at St. Croix river and -bay, 12 by 20 leagues in extent. He established his seat of government -at La Hêve. In January, 1635, was formed an association—headed -by Isaac and Claude de Razilly, and Cardinal Richelieu—to -colonize Port Royal and La Hêve. Isaac de Razilly died in November -of that year, and was succeeded by D'Aulnay as governor of -Acadia. Claude de Razilly inherited his brother's estates, which, -with his own interests in Acadia, he subsequently transferred to -D'Aulnay. Harrisse says (<i>Notes</i>, p. 57): "He seems to have died -in poverty, about the year 1666—at least, we have reason to suppose -this, from the petition in verse addressed to the king in 1667, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">289</a></span> -by his sister Marie, a celebrated poetess known as 'Calliope' [1621-1704] -to whom Louis XIV. granted a pension of 2,000 livres, in consideration -of the straitened circumstances to which she had been -reduced by her brother's losses (Titon du Tillet, <i>Parnasse François</i>, -Paris, 1732, fol., p. 487)."</p> - -<p>Concerning the Razillys, see Guérin's <i>Navig. Français</i>, pp. -313-338; Harrisse's <i>Notes</i>, pp. 53-57; and Moreau's <i>Histoire de -l'Acadie Françoise</i> (Paris, 1873), pp. 112-117, 129-144.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_3_3" id="Endnote_3_3"></a><a href="#endanchor_3_3"><span class="label">3</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_13">13</a>).—Quebec, like the other Canadian provinces, possesses -great mineral wealth. Magnetic and hematite iron ores are abundant; -and a rich vein of chromic iron has recently been found and -worked, at Coleraine. A considerable quantity of copper is also -mined in Quebec; gold to the amount of $260,905 was produced during -the years 1877-94; and in 1894, this province yielded 101,318 -ounces of silver. Among its other important mineral productions -are asbestos, phosphates, petroleum, and building-stones.</p> - -<p>Pierre Boucher (governor of Three Rivers in 1653-58 and 1662-67) -thus mentions the mineral products of Canada, in his <i>Histoire -véritable et natvrelle de la Novvelle France</i>, (Paris, 1664), chap. -i.: "Springs of salt water have been discovered, from which excellent -salt can be obtained; and there are others, which yield minerals. -There is one in the Iroquois Country, which produces a thick -liquid, resembling oil, and which is used in place of oil for many -purposes. There are also many mines, according to report; I am -certain that there are mines of iron and copper in many places. -Various reliable persons have assured me that there is a great abundance -of lead, and that not far from us; but, as it is along the road -by which our Enemies pass, no one has yet dared to go thither to -make its discovery."</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_4_4" id="Endnote_4_4"></a><a href="#endanchor_4_4"><span class="label">4</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_15">15</a>).—In regard to the Canadian policy of the Hundred Associates, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm">iv.</a>, <i>notes</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#endnote_21_21">21</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#endnote_38_38">38</a>; -and vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">vii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm#Endnote_18_18">18</a>. Cf. Faillon -(<i>Col. Fr.</i>, pp. 343-352); he complains that the company, although -at first making some efforts to bring over colonists, soon evaded the -obligations imposed by their charter, and sent to Canada few besides -their own fur-trade employees; that they cleared no land, and -only sent provisions to the colony; that they made concessions (as -to Giffard, Bourdon, and many others) obliging those to whom -lands were given to assume the company's duties of clearing lands, -and sending and supporting colonists—which acts should at the -same time inure to the benefit of the Associates, and be credited to -their account, as if performed by them.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_5_5" id="Endnote_5_5"></a><a href="#endanchor_5_5"><span class="label">5</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_17">17</a>).—Concerning Duplessis-Bochard, see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_34_34">34</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_6_6" id="Endnote_6_6"></a><a href="#endanchor_6_6"><span class="label">6</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_19">19</a>).—Le Jeune states, in the <i>Relation</i> for 1634 (vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">vii.</a> of -this series, p. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm#Page_229">229</a>), that this fort was built on St. Croix Island (see -vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm">ii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm#endnote_66._66">66</a>). The island was afterwards known by the name of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">290</a></span> -the fort. Ferland (<i>Cours d'Histoire</i>, vol. i., p. 260, <i>note</i>) thus cites -Faucher: "The little island below Richelieu, where now is a light-house, -is precisely the same where was formerly situated a fort, to -intercept passage in time of war. The channel adjacent to the -island has been measured, and its greatest width is seven arpents; -vessels generally pass at a distance of three or four arpents from the -island. In all the river, there is no place more suitable for the erection -of a fort. At low tide, no water remains in the channel."</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_7_7" id="Endnote_7_7"></a><a href="#endanchor_7_7"><span class="label">7</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_19">19</a>).—<i>Metaberoutin</i>: the Three Rivers (St. Maurice); see -vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm">ii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm#endnote_52._52">52</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_8_8" id="Endnote_8_8"></a><a href="#endanchor_8_8"><span class="label">8</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_45">45</a>).—Pierre Pijart was born at Paris, May 17, 1608, and, -soon after attaining his majority, became a Jesuit novice. His -studies were successively pursued at Paris, La Flèche, and Caen; -and, in July, 1635, he came to Canada. He was at once assigned to -the Huron mission, where he remained five years. In November, -1640, he went with Garnier to open the Mission of the Holy Apostles -among the Tionnontates or Tobacco Nation. This tribe, however, -refused to listen to them; and within a year they were obliged to -abandon this mission for a time. Pijart was employed at the Ste. -Marie residence for some three years. In September, 1645, he was -located at Three Rivers, being mentioned by Lalemant, in the <i>Journal -des Jésuites</i> (Quebec, 1871), p. 5, as "procureur des Hurons." -In August, 1650, he returned to France.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_9_9" id="Endnote_9_9"></a><a href="#endanchor_9_9"><span class="label">9</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_47">47</a>).—Pierre Feauté, a lay brother in the Jesuit order, came -to Canada in the summer of 1635; occasional mention of him in -<i>Journ. des Jésu.</i> shows that he was employed in the Jesuit residence -of Notre-Dame des Anges in 1636, and, later, at Quebec. In November, -1651, he made a voyage to France, whither he seems to -have finally returned in October, 1657.</p> - -<p>Rochemonteix (<i>Jésuites</i>, vol. i., p. 212) cites <i>Catalogus Provinciæ -Franciæ</i> to show that Brother Pierre le Tellier was, toward -1665, in charge of the <i>petite école</i>, or primary department, of the -college of Quebec.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_10_10" id="Endnote_10_10"></a><a href="#endanchor_10_10"><span class="label">10</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_47">47</a>).—Claude Quentin came to Canada in July, 1635, and -was assigned soon afterwards to the residence of Three Rivers, with -Buteux, where he remained two years. In the summer of 1638, he -was sent to the station at Miscou, returning some time later to Quebec, -on account of ill-health. In the autumn of 1641, he was appointed -procuror of the Canadian missions, occupying this position -about six years—during which time he made several journeys between -Canada and France, apparently making a final return to the -latter country Oct. 21, 1647.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_11_11" id="Endnote_11_11"></a><a href="#endanchor_11_11"><span class="label">11</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_47">47</a>).—François Joseph le Mercier was born at Paris, Oct. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">291</a></span> -4, 1604, and, at the age of eighteen, entered the Jesuit novitiate. In -1635, he came to Canada, and labored in the Huron mission until its -destruction; he was at Ossossané in 1641-42, and at Ste. Marie-on-the-Wye -in 1644. In June, 1656, he went, with other Jesuits, on the -mission to the Onondagas, returning to Quebec the following year. -He remained on the St. Lawrence during the rest of his labors in -Canada, being superior of the missions in that province from August, -1653, until 1658, and again from 1665 to 1670. In November, -1659, he was assigned to a mission at Côte de Beaupré, where he -labored nearly a year, being declared vicar of Quebec in October, -1660. Sommervogel says that Le Mercier returned to France in -1673, and was then sent to Martinique as superior of that mission, -where he remained until his death, June 12, 1690.</p> - -<p>Le Mercier, as superior, wrote various <i>Relations</i> of the Canadian -missions, which will appear in later volumes of this series. The -Hurons named him Chaüosé; the Iroquois, Teharonhiagannra.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_12_12" id="Endnote_12_12"></a><a href="#endanchor_12_12"><span class="label">12</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_49">49</a>).—<i>Echom</i> (correctly spelled Echon): see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_44_44">44</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_13_13" id="Endnote_13_13"></a><a href="#endanchor_13_13"><span class="label">13</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_55">55</a>).—<i>Anguien river:</i> named for the eldest son of the -prince of Condé, whose titular designation was duke of Anguien, or -Enghien, from the city of that name in Hainault, near Brussels. -The nobleman thus referred to (also mentioned in <i>Relation</i> for 1636, -chap. i.) was later known as "the great Condé;" in 1642, he married -a niece of Richelieu. The last scion of the house of Condé who -bore this name was the unfortunate Louis Antoine, duke of Enghien, -court-martialed and shot at Vincennes, March 21, 1804, by order of -Napoleon Bonaparte.</p> - -<p>The Anguien River cannot well be identified; the name does not -appear on maps of that time.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_14_14" id="Endnote_14_14"></a><a href="#endanchor_14_14"><span class="label">14</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_59">59</a>).—<i>Petite Nation:</i> see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_56_56">56</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_15_15" id="Endnote_15_15"></a><a href="#endanchor_15_15"><span class="label">15</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_61">61</a>).—Jean de Quen was born at Amiens in May, 1603, and -became a Jesuit novice Sept. 13, 1620, at Rouen. His studies were -pursued at Paris; and he afterwards became a teacher in the colleges -at Amiens (1630-31), and Eu (1632-35). Coming to Canada in the -summer of 1635, he was employed for several years at Quebec—at -the college, and at Notre-Dame de Récouvrance. In 1640, he was -at Sillery, of which mission he was the head from 1641 to 1649. -During this time, he also made evangelizing journeys to neighboring -tribes: and, at times, labored in the Ste. Croix mission at Tadoussac, -and at Three Rivers. In June, 1651, he went on a mission -to the Oumaniwek tribe, and apparently spent the ensuing two years -in labors with this and other tribes on the upper Saguenay, with -his headquarters at Tadoussac. To him is ascribed the honor of -having, while engaged in this work, discovered Lake St. John. In -1655-56, he was superior of the missions of New France, and seems -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">292</a></span> -to have remained at Quebec until his death, which occurred Oct. 1, -1659, occasioned by a contagious fever brought on a French vessel, -whose sick and dying sailors De Quen was nursing at the hospital.</p> - -<p>In August, 1878, the demolition of the old Jesuit College at Quebec -brought to light the remains of De Quen, Du Peron, and Jean -Liégeois. For detailed accounts of this discovery and its attendant -circumstances, with valuable historical information regarding this -and other buildings in that city, see Faucher de Saint-Maurice's -<i>Relation des fouilles dans le Collège des Jésuites</i> (Quebec, 1879); -also Rochemonteix's <i>Jésuites</i>, vol. i., pp. 225-227, 456-465.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_16_16" id="Endnote_16_16"></a><a href="#endanchor_16_16"><span class="label">16</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_61">61</a>).—Concerning these Turkish pirates, and others, see -vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm">iv.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#endnote_29_29">29</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_17_17" id="Endnote_17_17"></a><a href="#endanchor_17_17"><span class="label">17</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_65">65</a>).—André Richard (here written Antoine, apparently -by some error), born Nov. 23, 1600 (or 1599), became a Jesuit, Sept. -26, 1621, at Paris. A student successively at Paris, La Flèche, and -Rouen, he was a teacher at Amiens (1624-26), Orleans (1626-28), -Caen (1629-30), and Nevers (1631-33). In February, 1634, he departed -for Canada, and, with Perrault, was stationed at Cape Breton, -replacing Daniel and Davost. Richard remained at this mission -about six years, being then sent to Miscou as a co-worker with Jean -d'Olbeau, who had gone there in the preceding year; the latter fell -ill with scurvy in December, 1642, and, afflicted with paralysis resulting -therefrom, he was obliged to leave for France in the following -summer—dying, however, while on the voyage, through an -accidental explosion of powder, which destroyed the ship.</p> - -<p>In 1646, Richard was joined by De Lyonne; and he remained on -the coast of Gaspe—during most of the time, at Miscou—until 1661, -making voyages to France in 1658 and 1659. According to Dionne -("Miscou," in <i>Canada-Français</i>, July, 1889), he spent the year -1661-62 at Chedabouctou in Acadia, after which he went back to -France. Returning to Canada in 1666, he became superior of the -Jesuit residence at Three Rivers; he is said to have died in 1696.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_18_18" id="Endnote_18_18"></a><a href="#endanchor_18_18"><span class="label">18</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_65">65</a>).—Charles Turgis was born at Rouen, Oct. 14, 1606, -and became a Jesuit as soon as he attained his majority. He studied -at La Fléche and Clermont, and was a teacher in the former college -during two years. In 1635, he arrived in Canada, and was sent to -Miscou with Du Marché, to minister to the French (then 23 in number) -residing at that post. The climate of Miscou, although now -salubrious, seems to have been, at that early time, full of danger to -Europeans; the island was repeatedly swept by the scurvy, which -was usually fatal. The missionaries soon became its victims; Du -Marché was compelled to return to France, and Turgis, although -more robust, and longer resisting the disease, was laid low by it in -March, 1637, dying on May 4. An account of his illness and death -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">293</a></span> -is given in the <i>Relation</i> for that year, which says of him: "He was -equally regretted by the French and by the Savages, who honored -and tenderly loved him."</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_19_19" id="Endnote_19_19"></a><a href="#endanchor_19_19"><span class="label">19</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_65">65</a>).—Charles du Marché was assigned to the Miscou station -at the same time as Turgis (1635), the missionary residence -being named St. Charles. Within a year of their arrival, Du Marché -was attacked by the prevalent scourge of that region—the <i>mal du -terre</i>, or scurvy—and was compelled to return to Quebec. Here -he remained a few months, being employed at the chapel as confessor; -in August, 1636, he was aiding Buteux at Three Rivers; -later, he returned to France.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_20_20" id="Endnote_20_20"></a><a href="#endanchor_20_20"><span class="label">20</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_67">67</a>).—Concerning Jean Liégeois, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">vii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm#Endnote_7_7">7</a>.</p> - -<p>Gilbert Burel, a lay brother, had come to Canada with the first -Jesuit missionaries (1625), and again, with Le Jeune, in 1632. The -latter mentions him in 1626 (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm">iv.</a>, p. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#Page_183"><span class="err" title="original: 163">183</span></a>); but his name does -not occur in the <i>Relations</i>, excepting in this passage in our text.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_21_21" id="Endnote_21_21"></a><a href="#endanchor_21_21"><span class="label">21</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_69">69</a>).—<i>Sonontoerrhonons</i>, also variously written Entouhonorons -(Champlain), Sonnontouans, Tsonnontouans: the westernmost -and also the largest of the five Iroquois tribes or cantons; by -early Dutch writers called Sennecas or Sinnekens, by the English -Senecas, and among themselves Nun-dá-wa-o-nó (Morgan) or Nan-do-wah-gaah -(Marshall). The latter writer says that the name Sonnontouan -is derived from the Seneca words <i>onondah</i>, "hill," and -<i>go waah</i>, "great,"—"the people of the great hill," alluding to -Boughton Hill, where was located their principal village, Ga-o-sa-eh-ga-aah -(or Gandagaro); and that "Seneca" is a corruption of -Nan-do-wah-gaah.—See his pamphlet, <i>First visit of De la Salle to -the Senecas</i> [Buffalo, 1874], p. 44.</p> - -<p>Beauchamp, in his "Origin and Early life of the N. Y. Iroquois," -<i>Transactions of Oneida Hist. Society</i>, 1887-89, (Oneida, N. Y., -1889), p. 124, derives the Senecas "from the Eries, perhaps within -historic times. That the Senecas differed from the other Iroquois, -in religious observances, totems and clans, habits of life, and other -things, is very clear." He also writes, in a recent letter: "The -Senecas always had two great villages, and were probably at first a -minor confederacy—the two branches being clearly distinguished -in all historic times, and even now. Among the leading founders -of the League they had two great chiefs where the others had but -one, in every account. In the last half of the seventeenth century, -the two great Seneca towns, "held by their two branches, were at -Mendon, and at Boughton Hill, Victor. In 1660, the easternmost -Seneca village was 20 miles west of Geneva, and all were comprised -within a very few miles." Their villages are shown on J.S. Clark's -map of "Seneca Castles and Mission Sites," in Hawley's "Early -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">294</a></span> -Chapters in Seneca History," <i>Cayuga Co. Hist. Collections</i>, No. 3, -(Auburn, N. Y., 1884); see also his note identifying their sites, pp. -25, 26. This paper is a careful and minute account of the Jesuit -missions among the Senecas (1656-84), with valuable annotations -by both Hawley and Clark. The chief Seneca villages in recent -times were near the sites of the present Geneva, Canandaigua, -Lima, and Avon.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_22_22" id="Endnote_22_22"></a><a href="#endanchor_22_22"><span class="label">22</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_71">71</a>).—This chief, La Perdrix, is mentioned also in the <i>Relation</i> -for 1634. In regard to the Island tribe, see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_57_57">57</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_23_23" id="Endnote_23_23"></a><a href="#endanchor_23_23"><span class="label">23</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_71">71</a>).—<i>Attiguenongha</i> (Atignenongach, Attigneenongnahac, -Attiniatoenten): this and the Attignaouantan, or Bear Nation, -(see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_17_17">17</a>), were not only the most important, but the oldest -of the Huron tribes, "having received into their country, and -adopted, the others" (<i>Relation</i> for 1639, chap. i.), and being able to -trace their tribal history for two centuries back. This tribe was the -southernmost of the Huron clans; one of its most important towns -was Teanaustayé, located in what is now Medonté township. Here -was situated the Jesuit mission of St. Joseph, destroyed by the -Iroquois in 1649.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_24_24" id="Endnote_24_24"></a><a href="#endanchor_24_24"><span class="label">24</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_71">71</a>).—<i>Arendarhonons</i>, Ahrendarrhonons, or Renarhonons -(Sagard, who also calls them "nation de la Roche"): the easternmost -tribe of Hurons, located west of the Severn River. They were -the first of the Hurons to engage in trade with the French, and -regarded themselves as the special allies of the latter. It was with -this tribe that Champlain spent the winter of 1615-16 (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, -<i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_52_52">52</a>), at their village of Cahiagué, where, later, was established -the Jesuit mission of St. Jean Baptiste.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_25_25" id="Endnote_25_25"></a><a href="#endanchor_25_25"><span class="label">25</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_75">75</a>).—The Ottawa and St. Lawrence Rivers have many -and often dangerous rapids; but both rivers are now rendered navigable -by canals around the rapids. The Chaudière Falls above Ottawa, -and the Lachine Rapids above Montreal, are the most noted of -these obstructions. In the St. Lawrence River are 30 miles of -rapids. The elevation between Lake Ontario and tidewater is 240 -feet.</p> - -<p>The name "Rivière des Prairies" was at first applied to the Ottawa -River (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm">ii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm#endnote_53._53">53</a>); but it is now restricted to the channel -that separates Isle Jésus from the island of Montreal.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_26_26" id="Endnote_26_26"></a><a href="#endanchor_26_26"><span class="label">26</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_81">81</a>).—Simon Baron was one of the Jesuit donnés. Sulte -says (<i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. ii., p. 53): "He had lived at Chibou, -Cape Breton Island, about 1631, and had there acquired some surgical -knowledge. In 1634, he was in the service of the Jesuits, and -accompanied the missionaries to the Huron country, whence he -returned in 1637. He is mentioned at Three Rivers in 1637, 1658, -and 1664." During the epidemic of 1637, Baron acquired renown -through his facility in handling the lancet.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">295</a></span> - -<a name="Endnote_27_27" id="Endnote_27_27"></a><a href="#endanchor_27_27"><span class="label">27</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_85">85</a>).—Concerning La Rochelle, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_60_60">60</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_28_28" id="Endnote_28_28"></a><a href="#endanchor_28_28"><span class="label">28</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_91">91</a>).—For location of Toanché, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_61_61">61</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_29_29" id="Endnote_29_29"></a><a href="#endanchor_29_29"><span class="label">29</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_99">99</a>).—Jean Nicolet, a native of Cherbourg, France, came -to Quebec in 1618, probably at the age of about 20 years. Like -Marsolet, Brulé, and others, he was sent by Champlain to live among -the Indians, that he might acquire a knowledge of the country, of -the natives, and of their language. For this purpose, Nicolet went -(1620) to the Algonkins of Allumettes Island, where he remained -two years; while among this tribe, he accompanied a large body of -their warriors to the Iroquois country, in order to arrange a treaty -of peace—an enterprise successfully accomplished. He then spent -some nine years among the Nipissings, during which time he wrote -an account of these savages, their customs, etc., as Le Jeune informs -us in the <i>Relation</i> for 1636.</p> - -<p>Upon the recovery of Canada by the French, Nicolet returned to -Quebec, probably early in 1633. In June, 1634, Champlain sent him -on an exploring expedition westward—partly in the hope of finding -the "sea of China" which was at that time supposed to lie not far -west of the regions of America then known, and thereby discovering -the long-looked-for short passage to Asia; partly to become acquainted -with the savage tribes lying beyond the "Mer douce" -(Lake Huron), and to extend the French trade for peltries. Upon -this trip (accompanying Brébeuf as far as Allumettes Island), Nicolet -went to his old abode, Lake Nipissing. Thence, with a bark -canoe, and an escort of seven Hurons, he voyaged by French River -into Lake Huron, and northward to St. Mary's Straits and Mackinac; -and thence by Lake Michigan, Green Bay, and the Fox River, -as far as a village of the Mascoutins, probably in what is now Green -Lake county, Wisconsin. He was thus the first white man who, so -far as is recorded, had entered this region. From the Mascoutin -village, he journeyed southward to what is now Northern Illinois,—afterwards -returning to Canada by the same route on which he had -set out; he reached Quebec early in the autumn of 1635. This -notable voyage was generally supposed to have occurred in 1639, -until Sulte advanced the theory, in <i>Mélanges d'Histoire et de Littérature</i> -(Ottawa, 1876), pp. 426, 436, that it must have been in -1634-35—a theory apparently verified by Butterfield, in his painstaking -<i>Discovery of the Northwest by Jean Nicolet</i> (Cincinnati, -1881).</p> - -<p>Nicolet, after his return to Canada, resumed his employment (begun -in 1633) as clerk and interpreter at Three Rivers. Oct. 7, 1637, -he married Marguerite (then aged eleven years), second daughter -of Guillaume Couillard. Probably about this time, he obtained, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">296</a></span> -jointly with his brother-in-law, Le Tardif (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, -<i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_49_49">49</a>), the -estate of Belleborne (so named from the brook of Belleborne, which -traverses the "plains of Abraham"). In 1641, the Iroquois having -attacked the Algonkins in the near vicinity of Three Rivers, Nicolet, -with the Jesuit Ragueneau, attempted, but with little success, to -turn aside the hostile savages.</p> - -<p>Nicolet died Oct. 29, 1642, being drowned at Sillery; he left but -one child, Marguerite, who in 1656 married Jean Baptiste le Gardeur.</p> - -<p>Full accounts of Nicolet and of his discoveries are given in Butterfield's -monograph, and by Sulte, <i>ut supra</i>; also in Jouan's "Jean -Nicolet," and Butterfield's bibliography of the subject, <i>Wisconsin -Historical Collections</i>, vol. xi., pp. 1-25. Cf. also Sulte's "Notes -on Jean Nicolet," <i>Id.</i>, vol. viii., pp. 188-194. Nicolet river and -lake, in Wolfe county, Que., are named for this noted explorer; the -river had been, until about 1640, known as the St. Jean.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_30_30" id="Endnote_30_30"></a><a href="#endanchor_30_30"><span class="label">30</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_103">103</a>).—<i>Le Borgne</i>: this name, meaning "the one-eyed," -was applied by the French, during many years, to the Algonkin -chief at the head of the Island tribe (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_57_57">57</a>), whose -native name was Tessouehat (or Tessoueatch).</p> - -<p>Champlain mentions that, in June, 1603, he met at Tadoussac an -Algonkin sagamore named Besouat; Laverdière (<i>Champlain</i>, p. -76) thinks this is simply an error for Tesouat. Just ten years later, -Champlain visited Tessouat at Allumettes Island, and speaks of the -latter as "a good old Captain."</p> - -<p>Again, in 1629, he mentions Le Borgne (apparently the successor -of the first-named) as "a good Savage and a man of intelligence" -(Laverdière's ed., p. 1198). It was this man who is mentioned in -our text as alarming the Hurons by reports of Champlain's intended -vengeance for Brulé's murder; he died in August, 1635. In the -spring of that year, he had gone (as Brébeuf tells us) with an Algonkin -embassy to the Huron country, to ask the latter tribes to unite -with them in an attack upon the Iroquois, which proposal was declined -by the Hurons.</p> - -<p>A third Le Borgne was Tessouehat (called by the Hurons Andesson -or Ondesson), characterized by the missionaries as "unusually -arrogant and malicious" (<i>Relation</i> for 1641). Much to their surprise, -he came down to Montreal in March, 1643, for Christian instruction, -and was baptized under the name of Paul. In the <i>Relation</i> -for that year, Vimont says of this chief: "As soon as he became -a Christian, God gave him the gentleness and meekness of a little -child;" and the missionaries were greatly delighted and edified by -his piety.</p> - -<p>In May, 1646, a chief of this name took part in a council held at -Three Rivers with an embassy from the Iroquois; but, as he invoked -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">297</a></span> -the sun to be a witness of the negotiations, he must have been a -heathen, and therefore a successor to the preceding chief. This -same man was rebuked by a converted Indian at Sillery for not being -a Christian; but his pious death, after an illness of two years, is -recorded in the <i>Relation</i> for 1654. He, too, like his predecessor, -was renowned as much for his arrogance as for his eloquence.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_31_31" id="Endnote_31_31"></a><a href="#endanchor_31_31"><span class="label">31</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_105">105</a>).—<i>Oënrio</i> (Ouenrio, or Wenrio): the site of this village, -which was located in a populous Huron neighborhood, has not been -identified beyond question. Du Creux's map places it near the head -of an inlet—evidently the one now known as Dault's Bay, on the -west side of Tiny township; and he associates it with the mission -of St. Charles. There are remains which correspond very nearly to -this position; though some have supposed that Oënrio was nearer -Penetanguishene Bay, where the remains of another village have -been found. As it contained part of the Hurons from Toanché, it -may be assumed that it was not far from Thunder Bay.—A.F. -<span class="smcap">Hunter</span>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_32_32" id="Endnote_32_32"></a><a href="#endanchor_32_32"><span class="label">32</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_111">111</a>).—<i>Sagamité</i>: -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_28_28">28</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_33_33" id="Endnote_33_33"></a><a href="#endanchor_33_33"><span class="label">33</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_115">115</a>).—<i>Mer douce</i>: -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm">i.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm#endnote_54._54">54</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_34_34" id="Endnote_34_34"></a><a href="#endanchor_34_34"><span class="label">34</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_115">115</a>).—Brébeuf here gives the Huron names of the other -tribes composing the great Huron-Iroquois family. Concerning the -<i>Khionontaterrhonons</i> (Tobacco Nation), -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_18_18">18</a>.</p> - -<p><i>Atiouandaronks</i> (Attiwandarons, Atiraguenrek, or Atirhangenrets): -called by the French "Nation Neutre," because they were at -peace with both the Hurons and the Iroquois, between whom they -lived. Harris thus endeavors to account for this neutrality, in his -paper, "The Flint-Workers," <i>Publications of Buffalo Historical -Society</i>, vol. iv. (Buffalo, 1896), p. 239: "There is but one solution of -this problem, and that is to be found in the immense quantities of -flint along the east end of Lake Erie. Without flint arrow and -spear heads, the Iroquois could not cope with the Hurons, nor the -Hurons with the Iroquois; and, as the Neutrals controlled the chert -beds, neither nation could afford to make the Neutrals its enemy."</p> - -<p>Eastward of the Neutrals, lay the territories of the Five Nations, -or Iroquois League. Clark's map of this region, showing locations -of the several tribes and of their villages, is given in Hawley's -<i>Early Chapters of Cayuga History</i>, 1656-84 (Auburn, N. Y., -1879); Morgan (<i>Iroq. League</i>) also gives a map, showing locations -in recent times. For historical sketch of the tribes included in the -League, see Beauchamp's <i>Origin of N. Y. Iroquois</i> (cited in <i>note</i> -<a href="#Endnote_21_21">21</a>, <i>ante</i>) pp. 119-142; he says: "The Huron-Iroquois family thus -seems to have been the last wave of the migratory tribes advancing -from the west and northwest, and had not reached the sea 300 years -ago, except a few individuals on the St. Lawrence. The Tuscaroras -might also be excepted.... Almost parallel with these [the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">298</a></span> -Algonquins], but a little later as a whole, the Huron-Iroquois, finding -the southern regions occupied, advanced along the north, through -Michigan, Canada, and Ohio, pressing toward the sea, but generally -prevented from reaching it by the Algonquins. This is very nearly -the tradition of the Delawares, who represent the Iroquois as moving -from the west in a line parallel with their own migrations, but a -little in the rear. The Huron-Iroquois occupied temporarily the -solitudes of Canada and New York, as well as Michigan and Northern -Ohio, gathering strength within their narrow limits, until they -could force a passage south along the Susquehanna. There the -Andastis stopped and grew strong. The Eries passed along the -south shore of their lake, the Hurons and Neutrals on the north. -The Tuscaroras reached North Carolina, and all the southern Iroquois -may have had temporary homes in New York at an early day." -For estimates of the military strength of the respective tribes, in -1660 and 1677, see Parkman's <i>Jesuits</i>, p. 297.</p> - -<p>(1) <i>Sonontoerrhonons</i> (Senecas): see <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_21_21">21</a>, <i>ante</i>. (2) <i>Ouioenrhonons</i> -(Ouiogweronons, Oiogouins, or Goyogouins): the Cayugas, -next east from the Senecas, and probably kindred with them. The -name of the tribe is derived from that of the lake, the meaning of -which is variously rendered. Beauchamp says (<i>Iroq. Trail</i>, p. 57): -"D. Cusick makes it <i>Go-yo-goh</i>, 'mountain rising from water;' Albert -Cusick, <i>Kwe-u-kwe</i>, 'where they drew their boats ashore;' L. -H. Morgan, <i>Gwe-u-gweh</i>, 'at the mucky land.' All seem to refer -to the higher and firm land beyond the Montezuma marshes." -Much valuable information regarding this tribe is given in Hawley's -<i>Early Cayuga Hist.</i> (cited <i>supra</i>); on p. 21, a note by Clark thus -mentions their chief towns: "Their principal village, Goi-o-gouen -(a name also applied by the early French writers to the country and -canton of the Cayugas), appears to have been located at this time -[1657] about 3½ miles south of Union Springs, near Great Gully -Brook. Thiohero, ten miles distant, was on the east side of Seneca -River, at the northern extremity of Cayuga Lake. The archæological -remains in the vicinity of Goi-o-gouen indicate different locations -occupied at different periods, one of which was on a point at the -junction of two ravines about four miles from the lake; this was -very ancient, and probably occupied in the prehistoric age." The -site of Thiohero has been recently identified, 2½ miles east of Savannah. -(3) <i>Onontaerrhonons</i> (Onnontaes, Onnondaetonnons, or Onnontagués): -the Onondagas (in their own tongue, Onondáhka). -Beauchamp says (<i>Orig. of N. Y. Iroquois</i>, pp. 123, 124, 130): "It -is very likely that there was an earlier Huron-Iroquois settlement -of Central New York [before the coming of the Mohawks] from -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">299</a></span> -Jefferson county, where there are many fort sites. Among these -are traces of Huron burial customs, and the earthenware is generally -finer than that farther south, there being often temporary -deterioration in such things, as men recede from the parent stock. -From that region the Onondagas certainly came, as they relate.... I -have little doubt that the Onondagas were driven out of -Jefferson county by the Hurons, about the same time that the Mohawks -had to leave Montreal." An interesting mention of this -tribe, at nearly the same time as Brébeuf's (possibly a little earlier), -is made by Arent Van Curler (who calls them "Onnedagens"), in -his Journal of 1634-35, (accompanied by an Iroquois vocabulary), -a translation of which, with notes by James G. Wilson, is published -in <i>Annual Report of Amer. Hist. Association</i>, 1895, pp. 81-101. -This was probably the most influential of the Five Nations; their -village of Onnontagué (Onondaga) was the capital of the confederacy, -where their principal councils were held. Clark says (<i>Early -Cayuga Hist.</i>, p. 9): "This was situated on a considerable elevation -between two deep ravines, formed by the west and middle -branches of Limestone Creek, in the present town of Pompey, N. Y., -two miles south of the village of Manlius. It contained at this -time [1656] 300 warriors, with 140 houses, several families often occupying -a single house. Their cornfields extended for two miles, -north and south, and in width from one-half to three-fourths of a -mile, interspersed with their dwellings. The grand council chamber -was here, in which all matters of interest, common to the several -nations of the League, were decided. This site was abandoned -about 1680." Beauchamp writes: "At the time of Champlain's -attack on the Oneida town, the Onondagas were living on the east -side of Limestone Creek, about 1½ miles west of Cazenovia Lake. -Alarmed by this invasion, they went farther south, selecting a site -which commanded the whole valley. Then, as the Huron war -progressed favorably, they went northward again, crossing the -ridge and reaching the west branch of Limestone Creek, being on -its banks a little south of Pompey Center about 1640. In 1654, Le -Moyne visited them at their great village still farther north, at Indian -Hill, two miles south of Manlius village. Thence, by a gradual -removal, they went to the east side of Butternut Creek, where -their fort was burned in 1696. Soon afterward, they occupied the -east side of Onondaga Valley, but were almost entirely on the west -side of the creek by 1750; and after the sale of their lands they -retired to their present reservation." (4) <i>Onoiochronons</i> (Oneiouchronons, -Oneiouts, or Onneyouts): "the people of the stone," commonly -known as Oneidas. This tribe and the Cayugas were of -somewhat inferior rank among the other Iroquois tribes. According -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">300</a></span> -to Pyrtæus, "the alliance having been first proposed by a Mohawk -chief, the Mohawks rank in the family as the <i>eldest brother</i>, the -Oneidas as the <i>eldest son</i>; the Senecas, who were the last that consented -to the alliance, were called the <i>youngest son</i>." Cf. <i>Relation</i> -for 1646, chap. i.: "Onnieoute is a tribe which, the greater part of -its men having been destroyed by the upper Algonquins, was compelled -to call upon the Annierronnons to repeople it; whence it comes -that the Annierronnons call it their daughter." They lived almost -entirely in Madison county, having usually one village, but sometimes -two. Their settlements were entirely confined to the valleys -of Oneida and Oriskany Creeks,—mainly the former." (5) <i>Agnierrhonons</i> -(Agnongherronons, Anniengehronnons, Agniers, or Aniers): -"the people of the flint," called Maquas by the Dutch, and Mohawks -by the English; the easternmost of the Iroquois tribes, occupying -the lower part of the Mohawk River valley. They were probably -the inhabitants of Hochelaga (Montreal), whom Cartier found in -1535, and the name Canada, then first used by the French, is itself -a Mohawk word. Their own traditions represent the Mohawks as -living on the St. Lawrence, in alliance with the Algonkin tribe of -Adirondacks; a dispute arising between them, the former were -driven out by their Algonkin neighbors, probably late in the sixteenth -century.—See Beauchamp's <i>N. Y. Iroquois</i>; cf. Sulte's -sketch of the Algonkin-Iroquois wars, in vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a> of this series, <i>note</i> -<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_52_52">52</a>; -the latter thinks that the Montreal Iroquois had retired to Lake -Simcoe by 1615. Beauchamp says (<i>Iroq. Trail</i>, p. 55): "The three -Mohawk castles were in Montgomery county. When first visited -by the Dutch, there was a castle for each clan, the Bear, Wolf, and -Turtle. Two villages only were in existence about 1600, as the -Wolf clan sprang out of the Bear (according to an early writer), -having probably lived with them. One of the two villages is on the -south side of the river; the other is in Ephrata, in Fulton county." -Wilson says, in a note on Van Curler's Journal (<i>Am. Hist. Asso. -Rept.</i>, 1895, p. 99): "The abandoned castle pointed out by the Mohawks -seems to have marked their farthest eastern extension. -Their early villages were in a radius of a dozen miles from Canajoharie, -but they moved eastward until checked by the Mohicans. -Later, European pressure forced them back until the western castle -was at Danube." The sites of these Mohawk towns in 1642, as -identified by Clark, are thus given by Shea, in his translation of -Martin's <i>Life of Jogues</i> (3rd ed., N. Y., 1885), p. 85: "Ossernenon -(Osserinon, Agnié, Oneougiouré, or Asserua), later Cahniaga or -Caughnawaga, was near the present station of Auriesville; Tionnontoguen, -on a hill just south of Spraker's Basin, about 13 miles -west of Ossernenon; Andagaron, or Gandagaron, between them, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">301</a></span> -and also on the south side of the river." Beauchamp makes some -corrections on Clark's map, which will be noted in later volumes. -It was at Ossernenon that the martyrdom of Isaac Jogues occurred—an -event which is now being commemorated by the erection of a -costly memorial church, at Auriesville.</p> - -<p><i>Andastoerrhonons</i> (or Andastes): called Minquas by the Dutch, -and Susquehannocks or Conestogas by the English. Ragueneau -(<i>Relation</i> for 1648) mentions "the Andastoëronons, allies of our -Hurons, and who talk like them." Clarke (<i>Early Cayuga Hist.</i>, -p. 36, <i>note</i>) thus describes them: "<i>Andastes</i>, a term used generically -by the French, and applied to several distinct Indian tribes -located south of the Five Nations, in the present territory of Pennsylvania. -They were of kindred blood and spoke a dialect of the -same language as the Iroquois of New York. The most northerly -of these tribes, called by Champlain in 1615 Carantouannais, were -described by him as residing south of the Five Nations, and distant -a short three days' journey from the Iroquois fort attacked by him -that year, which fort is supposed to have been located in the town -of Fenner, Madison Co., N. Y. Late researches appear to warrant -the conclusion that the large town called Carantouan by Champlain -was located on what is now called "Spanish Hill," near Waverly, -Tioga Co., N. Y. One of the most southerly tribes was located at -the Great Falls between Columbia and Harrisburg, Pa., and in the -vicinity of the latter place; described by Gov. Smith in 1608 as occupying -five towns, and called by him Sasquesahanoughs or Susquehannas. -At an early date, a tribe resided in the vicinity of -Manhattan, called Minquas; and the Dutch colonists appear to have -applied this term to all cognate tribes west of them and south of the -Five Nations. The Jesuit Fathers had no missions among them, -although frequent reference is made in the <i>Relations</i> to the wars -between them and the Iroquois. These tribes were engaged in -various wars with the Iroquois, which began as early as 1600 and -continued with more or less frequency until 1675, those nearest the -Five Nations being first overthrown. At the latter date, their -power for further resistance appears to have been completely -broken, and they were incorporated into the League; a part, however, -retreated southward, and were menaced by the Maryland and -Virginia troops, the last remnant falling victims to the butchery of -the 'Paxton boys' [1763]." Cf. Shea's paper on these tribes, <i>Hist. -Mag.</i>, vol ii., pp. 294-297. In 1651, a part of the Minquas, then -living on the Delaware River, sold their lands to the Dutch West -India Company, reserving only the right of hunting and fishing -thereon (<i>N. Y. Colon. Docs.</i>, vol. i., pp. 593-600). There was also -a division known as the "Black Minquas," who were claimed by the -Mohawks as an offshoot.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">302</a></span> - -<i>Rhiierrhonons</i> (Riguehronons, Eriechronons, Errieronons, or -Erigas): called by the French "Nation du Chat" ("Cat Nation"). -This appellation was given, according to the <i>Relation</i> for 1654, "because -in their country are a prodigious number of wild cats." But -on this point Beauchamp writes thus: "Albert Cusick, my Onondaga -interpreter, tells me that <i>Kah-kwah</i> [another name applied to -this tribe] means 'an eye swelled like a cat's,'—that is, prominent -rather than deep-set; this would indicate that the name refers to a -physical characteristic, rather than to the wild cats mentioned by -the missionaries." This tribe inhabited the south shore of Lake -Erie; they were fierce and warlike, and used poisoned arrows; they -had frequent wars with the Iroquois, and were vanquished and utterly -destroyed by the latter in 1655-56.</p> - -<p><i>Ahouenrochrhonons</i> (Awenrherhonons, or Wenrôhronons): a -small tribe at the eastern end of Lake Erie, lying between the Eries -and the Neutrals. According to the <i>Relation</i> for 1639, this tribe -was for some time allied to the Neutrals; but, some dispute arising -between them, the Awenrherhonons left their own country in that -year, and took refuge with the Hurons. The <i>Relation</i> for 1641 -(chap. vi.) mentions them as living at the town of Khioetoa (St. -Michel), and as well disposed towards the missionaries.</p> - -<p>The two remaining tribes in Brébeuf's list have not yet been identified. -Beauchamp thinks the <i>Scahentoarrhonons</i> may have been -the Skenchiohronons, mentioned as a sedentary tribe in the <i>Relation</i> -for 1640 (indicated on Sanson's map as Squenguioron, at the -west end of Lake Erie); the <i>Conkhandeenrhonons</i> he conjectures to -have been the Carantouans, or possibly one of the divisions of the -Senecas (q.v., <i>ante</i>).</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_35_35" id="Endnote_35_35"></a><a href="#endanchor_35_35"><span class="label">35</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_117">117</a>).—<i>Sonontoen</i> (Sonnontouan, Tsonnontouan, or Tegarnhies): -see <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_21_21">21</a>, <i>ante</i>: the chief town of the Senecas. It was -also known by the names of Totiakton, Theodehacto and Dá-u-de-hok-to -(Morgan), meaning "at the bend," or "bended stream." It -is in the town of Mendon, on the N.E. bend of Honeoye Creek, two -miles N. of Honeoye Falls, and 12½ miles due S. from the centre of -Rochester; see Clark's map, cited in <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_21_21">21</a>, <i>ante</i>.</p> - -<p>Franquelin's <i>Carte de la Louisiane</i> (1684) shows Sonontouan east -of the present Genesee River; south of it a point is thus designated, -<i>fontaine d'eau qui brule</i>, "spring of water which burns." Cf. the -<i>fontaine brulante</i> on Bellin's map in Charlevoix's <i>Nouv. France</i>, -tome i., p. 440. René de Galinée, in his journal of La Salle's voyage -(1669-70), also mentions this spring, as situated four leagues -south of Sonnontouan. Marshall, commenting on this in his pamphlet, -<i>De la Salle among the Senecas</i>, p. 23, <i>note</i>, describes the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">303</a></span>spring (one of many in Western New York), in which an inflammable -gas rises from the water, and is readily lighted with a match.</p> - -<p>At Sonnontouan was located the Jesuit mission of La Conception.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_36_36" id="Endnote_36_36"></a><a href="#endanchor_36_36"><span class="label">36</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_117">117</a>).—A similar description of Ataentsic and Jouskeha is -given by Sagard (<i>Canada</i>, Tross ed., pp. 452-455), from whom -Brébeuf seems to have obtained part of the information given in the -text—two sentences being the same, word for word, as in Sagard—an -appropriation easily explained, in view of Brébeuf's recent arrival -among the Hurons, and consequent difficulties in obtaining a -knowledge of their beliefs. Sagard says that they told him that -"this God Youskeha existed before this Universe, which, with all -that was therein, he had created; that, although he grew old, like -all things in this world, he did not lose his being and his power; and -that, when he became old, he had power to rejuvenate himself in a -moment, and to transform himself into a young man of twenty-five -or thirty years; thus he never died, and remained immortal, although, -like other human beings, he was to some extent subject to -corporeal necessities."</p> - -<p>Lafitau (<i>Mœurs des Sauvages</i>, t. i., pp. 244, 401) also mentions -Ataentsic—"the Queen of the Manes"—but names her grandson -Tharonhiaouagon. Parkman thinks this latter personage (also -written Tarenyowagon) was a divinity peculiar to the Iroquois Five -Nations. Brinton discusses these legends at length in <i>American -Hero-Myths</i> (Phila., 1882), pp. 53-62; and also in <i>Myths of the New -World</i> (3rd ed.), pp. 156, 203-205; in the latter work, he considers -that Taronhiawagon was but Jouskeha (Ioskeha) under another -name, and explains the stories of all these deities as myths of the -Sun and Moon, of Night and Day, of the conflict between light and -darkness. Cf. Parkman's <i>Jesuits</i>, lxxv.-lxxvii., and the outline of -Huron cosmogony given by Hale in <i>Jour. Amer. Folk-Lore</i>, vol. i., -pp. 177-183; see also Cusick's account of the creation, in Beauchamp's -<i>Iroquois Trail</i>, pp. 1-5.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_37_37" id="Endnote_37_37"></a><a href="#endanchor_37_37"><span class="label">37</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_121">121</a>).—For references on the subject of the immortality of -souls, see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51262/51262-h/51262-h.htm">vi.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51262/51262-h/51262-h.htm#endanchor_17_17">17</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_38_38" id="Endnote_38_38"></a><a href="#endanchor_38_38"><span class="label">38</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_125">125</a>).—Scanonaenrat (where was the mission of St. Michael) -was one of the largest towns of the Huron country—itself comprising -the entire nation of the Tohontahenrats. It was on the forest -trail leading from the upper mission towns in Tiny township to -Teanaustayé (St. Joseph), and about 1¼ leagues from the latter -(<i>Relation</i> for 1639). Du Creux's map places it at a short distance -northwest of the small body of water now known as Orr Lake; and -there are extensive remains in the tract between this lake and the -modern village of Waverley that correspond very well with the -numerous references to St. Michael in the <i>Relations</i>. Here have -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">304</a></span> -been found, in a space about two miles square, traces of a large town, -and of half a dozen others, smaller, but similar. With each of these -sites there is, instead of the usual ossuary, a cemetery of isolated -graves. In this respect the Tohontahenrats appear to have differed -from the other Huron nations, who adopted the ossuary almost to -the exclusion of every other mode of burial. One small ossuary, -however, was found in this tract in 1895 (<i>Ontario Archæol. Rept.</i>, -1894-95, p. 42). Among its contents were four brass finger-rings, -on which can be distinctly seen the cross and the initials I. H. S. -Patches of ground strewn with iron tomahawks—indubitable signs -of Indian conflict—are common in this neighborhood, confirming -the Jesuits' accounts of the battles of 1648-50, when seven hundred -Huron warriors were quartered here (<i>Relation</i> for 1649, chap. iii.), -and suggesting other conflicts which these chroniclers had probably -overlooked in the general confusion of that period. Several farms -in the first concession of Medonté township (lots 68 to 74 inclusive), -in the immediate neighborhood of St. Michael, abound in this class -of relics. Dr. Taché's location of this mission town, as given in the -map of the Huron country in Parkman's <i>Jesuits</i>, is several miles -from the correct position.—<span class="smcap">A. F. Hunter.</span></p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_39_39" id="Endnote_39_39"></a><a href="#endanchor_39_39"><span class="label">39</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_125">125</a>).—<i>Lake of the Hiroquois</i>: see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm">i.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm#endnote_67._67">67</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_40_40" id="Endnote_40_40"></a><a href="#endanchor_40_40"><span class="label">40</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_135">135</a>).—See Hunter's note on the Tobacco Nation, -vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, -<i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_18_18">18</a>. Hale found, in 1872-74 (<i>Jour. Amer. Folk-Lore</i>, vol. i., -p. 178), among the Wyandots of the Anderdon Reserve, "the most -archaic form of the Huron-Iroquois speech that had yet been discovered. -I believe it to be the dialect which was spoken by the tribe -formerly known to the French colonists as the 'Tobacco People' -(Nation du Petun), but among the Hurons and Iroquois as the Tionontates -(corrupted by the English to Dionondaddies), which -means, apparently, 'people beyond the hills.'"</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_41_41" id="Endnote_41_41"></a><a href="#endanchor_41_41"><span class="label">41</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_139">139</a>).—<i>Neutral Nation</i> (Atiwandaronks): see <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_34_34">34</a>, -<i>ante</i>. Their villages were situated north of Lake Erie, mainly on -the western side of Niagara (Onguiaahra) River. The Récollet La -Roche-Daillon, writing in 1627, says (Shea's <i>Le Clercq</i>, vol. i., pp. -265, 266) that the Neutrals had then twenty-eight towns, cities, and -villages, under one renowned chief, Souharissen, who "acquired -this honor and power by his courage, and by having been repeatedly -at war with seventeen nations that are their enemies, and taken heads -or brought in prisoners from them all." Coyne writes us: "The -early reports and maps show clearly that they occupied the entire -north shore of Lake Erie, from river to river, besides extending a -short distance east of the Niagara. There can be no reasonable -doubt that the numerous earthworks and village sites from Detroit -to Buffalo, on the north shore, are remains of the Neutral tribes or -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">305</a></span> -nation. Sanson's map of 1656, and Du Creux's of 1660, are perfectly -clear on this point, and entirely consistent with Lalemant's relation -of the visit of Brébeuf and Chaumonot to this nation in 1640-41, -as well as with Champlain's brief reference and Daillon's letter -describing his sojourn there in 1626-27." Beauchamp writes: "A -fort and cemetery in Cambria, Niagara county, I consider a town -of the Neutrals. It contains French articles, and there were no -Seneca towns in that vicinity at any time." Cf. the description of -these remains given by O. Turner, in <i>Pioneer History of Holland -Purchase</i> (Buffalo, 1850), pp. 26-28.</p> - -<p>Morgan says (<i>Iroq. League</i>, p. 41, <i>note</i>): "The Neuter nation -were known to the Iroquois as the 'Cat Nation'—the word itself, -Je-go-sa-sa, signifying 'a wild cat' Charlevoix has assigned this -name to the Eries." Marshall thinks, in his <i>Niagara Frontier</i> -(rev. ed., Buffalo, 1881), p. 6, that "the Neutral Nation were called -Kah-kwas by the Senecas, and were exterminated by them as early -as 1651." Beauchamp differs from this opinion, saying: "On the -map of 1680, the Kakouagoga, 'a nation destroyed,' is placed near -Buffalo, but no mention is made of the Eries; for this reason I think -Marshall mistaken in identifying the Kah-kwas with the Neutrals."</p> - -<p>For a more detailed account of this tribe, see Harris's <i>Flint-Workers</i>, -cited in <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_34_34">34</a>, <i>ante</i>; and Coyne's <i>Country of the -Neutrals</i>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_42_42" id="Endnote_42_42"></a><a href="#endanchor_42_42"><span class="label">42</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_139">139</a>).—The village of Onentisati (Onnentisati) was situated -about midway on the west side of Tiny township. In the Ontario -Archæological Museum are some relics taken from a bone-pit at the -supposed site of Onentisati—three portions of beavers' jaws with -teeth, two bone awls, one trumpet-mouthed pipe-head, and one of -cylindrical shape.—<span class="smcap">A. F. Hunter.</span></p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_43_43" id="Endnote_43_43"></a><a href="#endanchor_43_43"><span class="label">43</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_141">141</a>).—François Petit-Pré was one of the Jesuit engagés; -he remained with the missionaries in the Huron country during -several years, and was the only Frenchman at the mission who -escaped the pestilence of 1637. The registers of Three Rivers mention -him as present there in 1635, and again in 1641. The river -Petit-Pré, in Montmorency county, Que. (granted to Jean de -Lauson, in 1652), may have been named for him.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_44_44" id="Endnote_44_44"></a><a href="#endanchor_44_44"><span class="label">44</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_157">157</a>).—Julien Perrault arrived in Canada April 30, 1634, -and, with André Richard, was sent to the Cape Breton mission. He -must have returned to France within a year, for his name does not -appear in the list given by Le Jeune at the end of the <i>Relation</i> for -1635, nor is his name mentioned elsewhere in the <i>Relations</i>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_45_45" id="Endnote_45_45"></a><a href="#endanchor_45_45"><span class="label">45</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_157">157</a>).—For various names applied to Cape Breton Island, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm">ii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm#endnote_62._62">62</a>. For its history, with copious bibliographical -and statistical notes, see Bourinot's valuable monograph, <i>Historical -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">306</a></span> -and Descriptive Account of the Island of Cape Breton</i> (Montreal, -1892). An excellent map of the island is given at the end of -Brown's <i>Cape Breton</i>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_46_46" id="Endnote_46_46"></a><a href="#endanchor_46_46"><span class="label">46</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_157">157</a>).—<i>Chibou</i>: also known as Grand Chibou or Cibou; the -inland estuary or lake now called Bras d'Or, which extends from -the eastern to the southwestern part of the island, almost severing -it in two. The name Bras d'Or is modern (perhaps a corruption -of Labrador, the name, given the inlet on old charts, both -French and English). See Bourinot's <i>Cape Breton</i>, p. 93; and -Brown's <i>Cape Breton</i>, pp. 2, 5, 77.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_47_47" id="Endnote_47_47"></a><a href="#endanchor_47_47"><span class="label">47</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_159">159</a>)—<i>Marmot</i>: either the hoary marmot -(see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51262/51262-h/51262-h.htm">vi.</a>, -<i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51262/51262-h/51262-h.htm#endanchor_22_22">22</a>), or the allied species, <i>Arctomys monax</i>, commonly called -"woodchuck," which abounds throughout the northern United -States and Canada.</p> - -<p><i>Parrot fish</i>: a name given to various species of the families <i>Labridæ</i> -and <i>Scaridæ</i>, from their brilliant colors, or the peculiar shape -of the head. Most of these species belong to tropical or semi-tropical -regions, but several are found along the northern Atlantic coast. -That mentioned in the text may be the cunner or blue-perch, <i>Ctenolabrus -adspersus</i>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_48_48" id="Endnote_48_48"></a><a href="#endanchor_48_48"><span class="label">48</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_185">185</a>).—For origin of the term "patriarch," as applied to -priests, see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm">i</a>, pp. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm#Page_161">161</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm#Page_163">163</a>, and <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44669/44669-h/44669-h.htm#endnote_25._25">25</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_49_49" id="Endnote_49_49"></a><a href="#endanchor_49_49"><span class="label">49</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_215">215</a>).—The war here referred to was a part of the Thirty -Years' War. Gustavus Adolphus, the leader of the Protestant -alliance, was killed at the battle of Lutzen, Nov. 16, 1632. Richelieu -had, in 1631, formed a treaty of alliance between France and Sweden; -this was renewed in 1633, with Oxenstiern, the successor of -Gustavus; and France, in accordance therewith, gave moral and -financial support to the Protestants in their struggle against Austria -and Spain. Finally, in May, 1635, France, having formed an -alliance with Holland, declared war against Spain, and the allied -armies invaded the Netherlands; while other French armies were -sent into Lorraine, Germany, and Italy. Thus scattered, and often -under inefficient commanders, the armies of France could accomplish -little; and for years the war continued with but slight advantage -for either side. Not until Oct. 24, 1648, was the long conflict -ended by the treaty of Westphalia.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_50_50" id="Endnote_50_50"></a><a href="#endanchor_50_50"><span class="label">50</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_217">217</a>).—The death of Champlain, who had long been governor -of New France (see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm">ii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45256/45256-h/45256-h.htm#endnote_42._42">42</a>), occurred Dec. 25, 1635. -His successor was Charles Huault de Montmagny, a chevalier of the -military order of St. John of Jerusalem, more commonly known as -Knights of Malta. His commission was dated March 10, 1636; but -Sulte (<i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. ii., p. 59) notes that certain official -"acts" of the Hundred Associates, dated at Paris Jan. 15, 1636, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">307</a></span> -mention Montmagny as "governor for the said company, under the -authority of the king and of the cardinal duke of Richelieu, of Quebec -and of other places on the river St. Lawrence." This would -imply that the Associates had appointed him to this post in anticipation -of Champlain's death, or possibly to supersede the latter. He -arrived at Quebec on June 11 following.</p> - -<p>The praises lavished by the missionaries upon Montmagny seem -largely justified by his conduct as governor, and by the opinions of -other historians. He was a man of great personal courage, executive -ability, good judgment, and profound piety. He was a warm -friend and supporter of the Jesuit missions, as also of the new religious -colony founded at Montreal, which he escorted thither in -May, 1642. Montmagny's commission was renewed June 6, 1645. -Eleven months later, he received from the Company of New France -a concession of land at Rivière du Sud, 1½ leagues along the St. -Lawrence, and four leagues in depth; also of two islands in the -same river, Île aux Oies and Île aux Grues.</p> - -<p>Recalled to France, Montmagny left Canada Sept. 23, 1647. He -remained at Paris at least four years; Ferland (<i>Cours d'Histoire</i>, -vol. i., p. 363, <i>note</i>) cites a MS. of Aubert de la Chesnaye as stating -that Montmagny spent the last years of his life with a relative at St. -Christopher's, W.I., but thinks there is no proof of the correctness -of this assertion.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_51_51" id="Endnote_51_51"></a><a href="#endanchor_51_51"><span class="label">51</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_217">217</a>).—Pierre Chastellain and Charles Garnier arrived at -Quebec with Montmagny, June 11, 1636; and on July 21 they left -Three Rivers with the Indian trading canoes, to join the mission in -the Huron country. Both were attacked by the smallpox in the following -September, but in due time recovered their health. Chastellain -labored at Ihonatiria about two years; was at Ossossané in -1638-39; then at St. Joseph (Teanaustayé). In November, 1640, he -was left in sole charge of the residence of Ste. Marie-on-the-Wye, -and was there in 1644. The <i>Journ. des Jésu.</i> mentions him as -officiating at Quebec from December, 1650, to March, 1664. The -Hurons called him Arioo.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_52_52" id="Endnote_52_52"></a><a href="#endanchor_52_52"><span class="label">52</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_217">217</a>).—Charles Garnier was born May 25, 1606, and became -a Jesuit novice Sept. 5, 1624, at Paris. His studies were pursued at -Clermont, 1626-36, except while he was an instructor at Eu (1629-32). -In 1636 he came to Canada (see <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_51_51">51</a>, <i>ante</i>), and labored -among the Hurons. In November, 1639, he went with Isaac Jogues -on a mission to the Tobacco Nation; but this tribe feared them as -sorcerers, owing to the calumnies of certain Hurons, and after a few -months the Jesuits were driven away, and obliged to return to the -Huron missions. A year later, Garnier, with Pierre Pijart, made -another though similarly unavailing attempt to reach this tribe. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">308</a></span>But in 1647 a third effort proved successful, and Garnier, with several -assistants, established in the Tobacco Nation two missions, St. -Jean and St. Mathias. These were highly prosperous until Dec. 7, -1649, when the town of Etarita (St. Jean) was destroyed by an Iroquois -band, most of the inhabitants killed or made prisoners, and -Garnier himself slain. The <i>Relation</i> for 1650 (chap. iii.) gives a -long account of the life, death, character, and devoted piety of this -missionary. Among the Hurons he was known as Ouaracha (Waracha). -Two of his brothers were also priests—Henry a Carmelite, -and Joseph a Capuchin.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_53_53" id="Endnote_53_53"></a><a href="#endanchor_53_53"><span class="label">53</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_219">219</a>).—Upon the death of Champlain (see <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_50_50">50</a>, <i>ante</i>), a -temporary successor was appointed, Marc Antoine de Brasdefer, -sieur de Chasteaufort, the commandant of the new post at Three -Rivers, whose commission had been for some time in the hands of -Le Jeune—the former, according to Kingsford (<i>Canada</i>, vol. i., p. -149), having "been appointed to act as Governor in case of any extraordinary -event. The Jesuit Father had accordingly possessed -the unusual power of superseding Champlain, when he had deemed -it advisable." Chasteaufort accordingly administered the affairs of -the colony until the arrival of Montmagny (June, 1636). He then -resumed command of the post at Three Rivers, where he still was -in February, 1638.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_54_54" id="Endnote_54_54"></a><a href="#endanchor_54_54"><span class="label">54</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_221">221</a>).—M. de Courpon was admiral of the fleet of Canada in -1641. Sulte says (<i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. ii, p. 119, <i>note</i>) that De -Courpon, in that year, gave his own surgeon to Maisonneuve for the -new colony at Montreal.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_55_55" id="Endnote_55_55"></a><a href="#endanchor_55_55"><span class="label">55</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_221">221</a>).—Nicolas Adam, four days after his arrival (June 12, -1636), was seized by a fever which brought on a stroke of paralysis, -disabling his hands and feet. In the <i>Relation</i> for 1637 (chap. xv.) -he relates how he was cured, after an illness of three months, by a -novena of communions in honor of the Virgin. He remained at -Notre-Dame des Anges, giving religious instruction to the residents -there. In the summer of 1642, he returned to France, at the command -of his superiors; according to Rochemonteix (<i>Jésuites</i>, vol. -i., p. 433, <i>note</i>), because he could not learn the Indian language.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_56_56" id="Endnote_56_56"></a><a href="#endanchor_56_56"><span class="label">56</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_221">221</a>).—Ambroise Cauvet, a lay brother, is mentioned by -<i>Journ. des Jésu.</i> as at Quebec in 1645, 1646, and 1648, employed in -various ways as a domestic and artisan; he returned to France Sept. -18, 1657.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_57_57" id="Endnote_57_57"></a><a href="#endanchor_57_57"><span class="label">57</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_221">221</a>).—The Norman families of Le Gardeur and Le Neuf -(allied by marriage) came together to Canada with Montmagny -(June, 1636), and were prominent and influential among the early -colonists. Catherine de Cordé, widow of René le Gardeur, sieur de -Tilly, came with two sons and a daughter; and Jeanne le Marchant, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">309</a></span> -widow of Mathieu le Neuf de Hérisson, brought two sons and two -daughters. Some of these had also wives and children; in all, they -numbered 18 persons; Sulte gives a list of their names and relationships -in <i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. ii., p. 60. The remainder of the 45 persons -mentioned in the text probably included their servants, and -families brought over as colonists.</p> - -<p>Pierre le Gardeur, sieur de Repentigny, (born about 1610?) had at -this time three children, and fixed his residence at Quebec. During -1642-47, he was commander of the Canadian fleet of the Hundred -Associates; and in his care Dauversière placed the provisions, -arms, and other supplies purchased by the latter for the colony of -Montreal (1642). In the autumn of 1644, Le Gardeur and Jean Paul -Godefroy (afterwards his son-in-law), went to France as delegates -from the inhabitants of Canada, to obtain from the government -some restriction of the fur-trade monopoly hitherto enjoyed by the -Company of New France; they also requested that Récollets might -be sent to Canada as parish priests, for the benefit of the French -population—the Jesuits being mainly missionaries to the Indian -tribes. The latter effort failed; but the fur trade was ceded by the -company to the French colonists of the St. Lawrence valley; the -latter were obliged to support their government, the garrisons, and -the religious establishments, and to pay the company 1,000 pounds -of beaver skins annually as a seignorial rent. For particulars of -this arrangement, see Ferland's <i>Cours d'Histoire</i>, vol. i., pp. 338, -339; the royal decree confirming it (dated March 6, 1645) is given in -<i>Édits du Conseil du Roi concernant le Canada</i> (Quebec, 1854), -pp. 28, 29. Other decrees (March 27, 1647, and March 5, 1648) reorganized -the government, and granted a considerable degree of -autonomy to the inhabitants.—See Ferland, <i>ut supra</i>, pp. 356-358, -363-365; and Sulte's <i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. iii., pp. 7, 8, 14; cf. Faillon's -<i>Col. Fr.</i>, vol. ii., pp. 92-94.</p> - -<p>Pierre le Gardeur had done much to bring about these political -changes; but, for some reason, he opposed the new ordinances, so -strongly that he was superseded in the command of the fleet. Departing -immediately afterwards for Canada, he died at sea (July, -1648), from an epidemic disease that prevailed on shipboard. He -had obtained from the Company of New France (April 16, 1647) two -concessions on the St. Lawrence—the seigniory of Lachenaye, and -that afterwards known as Cournoyer, opposite Three Rivers.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_58_58" id="Endnote_58_58"></a><a href="#endanchor_58_58"><span class="label">58</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_221">221</a>).—Jacques le Neuf de la Poterie (born 1606) came to -Canada in 1636, with Pierre le Gardeur, whose sister Marguerite -was his wife (see <i>note</i> <a href="#Endnote_57_57">57</a>, <i>ante</i>). In the preceding January, De la -Poterie had obtained a grant of the seigniory of Portneuf, above -Quebec, on which he made improvements, and where at first he resided. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">310</a></span>He was governor of Three Rivers during November, 1645-August, -1648; June, 1650-August, 1651; September, 1652-July, -1653; and July, 1658-December, 1662. In 1649, he purchased a fief -at Three Rivers from Champflour; and in the same year he obtained -a grant of the Isle aux Cochons, at the mouth of the St. Maurice -River. About this time, he was active in the organization of a -volunteer militia. In 1665, De Mézy (then governor of New France) -a few days before his death gave De la Poterie a commission appointing -the latter as his successor, in case of that event; but the -council refused to recognize his authority, excepting over the militia. -In October, 1666, he went to France; but it is not known whether he -returned thence.</p> - -<p>Sulte says (<i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. vii., p. 42) that the Le Neuf -family became extinct after the conquest of Canada.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_59_59" id="Endnote_59_59"></a><a href="#endanchor_59_59"><span class="label">59</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_227">227</a>).—Concerning the Marquis de Gamache, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51262/51262-h/51262-h.htm">vi.</a>, -<i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51262/51262-h/51262-h.htm#endanchor_9_9">9</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_60_60" id="Endnote_60_60"></a><a href="#endanchor_60_60"><span class="label">60</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_227">227</a>).—Various acts of the Hundred Associates, from 1634 -to 1647, are signed by Lamy (L'Amy), "for the company;" but -other information regarding him is not available.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_61_61" id="Endnote_61_61"></a><a href="#endanchor_61_61"><span class="label">61</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_229">229</a>).—This was Emery de Caen; concerning his indemnification -for losses incurred at the capture of Quebec by Kirk, see vol. -<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm">iv.</a>, p. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#Page_258">258</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#endnote_21_21">21</a>; and vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm">vii.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53138/53138-h/53138-h.htm#Endnote_18_18">18</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_62_62" id="Endnote_62_62"></a><a href="#endanchor_62_62"><span class="label">62</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_235">235</a>).—Marie Madeleine de Wignerod (Vignerot) was the -daughter of René de Wignerod, marquis du Pont de Courlai (who -died in 1625), and of Françoise Duplessis, sister of Cardinal Richelieu. -About 1620, Marie became the wife of Antoine de Beauvoir -de Roure, marquis de Combalet; two years later, an officer in the -Huguenot war, he fell in battle at Montpellier. His widow refused -to marry again, and devoted her time and fortune to works of piety -and charity. Le Jeune's <i>Relation</i> for 1635 directed her attention to -the Canadian missions, and his suggestion as to the foundation of a -hospital at Quebec at once appealed to her heart—an impression -doubtless strengthened by the counsel of Vincent de Paul, who was -an intimate friend of the Cardinal. She offered to send thither, at -her own expense, some Hospital nuns from Dieppe; the Company of -New France granted them lands; and the undertaking was aided -not only by Madame de Combalet, but by Richelieu himself, who -also gave his niece (1638) the estate of Aiguillon, and conferred -upon her the title of duchess. After various delays, the Hotel-Dieu -of Quebec was established in 1639. The Duchess d'Aiguillon continued -for many years to aid this and other charitable enterprises; -she died April 17, 1675.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_63_63" id="Endnote_63_63"></a><a href="#endanchor_63_63"><span class="label">63</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_237">237</a>).—<i>Montmartre</i>: an eminence on the western side of -Paris, about three hundred feet in height; so called (Lat. <i>mons martyrum</i>) -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">311</a></span> -because St. Denis, bishop of Paris in the third century, and -two other Christians, were beheaded at the foot of the hill. The -Chapel of Martyrs built here was still visible in the seventeenth -century; and in it Ignatius Loyola pronounced his first vows, Aug. -15, 1534. The church of St. Pierre de Montmartre, evidently the -one referred to in the text, was built in the twelfth century, by Louis -VI. It served as a chapel for the Benedictine convent also founded -by that monarch, and rebuilt by Louis XIV.; this was a "royal convent," -the abbess being appointed by the king, not elected by the -nuns. During the Reign of Terror, the abbess and all the inmates -of this house were guillotined. A costly church has recently been -erected on the highest point of Montmartre, where formerly stood -temples dedicated to Mars and Mercury.</p> - -<p>The heights of Montmartre were long famous for quarries of -gypsum (hence the name "plaster of Paris"). Here, too, was begun -the Communist insurrection of 1871.—See Hare's <i>Walks in -Paris</i> (N.Y. and London, 1888), pp. 481-486.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_64_64" id="Endnote_64_64"></a><a href="#endanchor_64_64"><span class="label">64</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_237">237</a>).—Concerning the Ursulines, -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Endnote_3_3">3</a>. Sulte -says (<i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. ii., p. 67): "The seigniory of Ste.-Croix, -in Lotbinière county, measuring one league of frontage by six in -depth, was granted Jan. 15, 1637, by the company, to Jean de Beauvais, -commissary of the French marine, in order to found at Quebec -a convent of Ursuline nuns."</p> - -<p>There were many orders of hospital nuns, formed mainly to nurse -the sick, but often also caring for neglected children and repentant -women. The one introduced by the duchess d'Aiguillon was apparently -that of the Hospital Sisters of the Mercy of Jesus, established -in 1630, according to the rule of St. Augustine: it was confirmed -eight years later by letters patent, and in 1664 and 1677 by -papal bulls.</p> - -<p>Both the Ursuline and the Hospital nuns arrived at Quebec Aug. 1, 1639.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_65_65" id="Endnote_65_65"></a><a href="#endanchor_65_65"><span class="label">65</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_253">253</a>).—Sulte (<i>Can.-Français</i>, vol. ii., pp. 40, 54, 92) gives -this information regarding him: "André de Malapart, a native of -Paris, a soldier and a poet, wrote an account of this campaign [the -expulsion of Stewart's colony from Cape Breton by Charles Daniel; -see vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm">iv.</a> of this series, <i>note</i> <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/47577/47577-h/47577-h.htm#endnote_46_46">46</a>], which he addressed to M. Jean de -Lauson, and which was published in 1630. In 1635, he was at Three -Rivers, and four years later was commandant at that post. He was -still in Canada in 1641." Tanguay (<i>Dict. Généal.</i>, vol. i., p. 406) -says: "In 1649, the registers designate him as 'arcis moderator' -[commandant];" but the date here given is apparently a typographical -error.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_66_66" id="Endnote_66_66"></a><a href="#endanchor_66_66"><span class="label">66</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_253">253</a>).—M. de Maupertuis was in charge of the trading post -at Three Rivers, in 1635-36.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">312</a></span> -<a name="Endnote_67_67" id="Endnote_67_67"></a><a href="#endanchor_67_67"><span class="label">67</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_253">253</a>).—<i>Capitanal</i>, or Kepitanal (Creuxius, <i>Hist. Canad.</i>, pp. -116, 182): a Montagnais chief of great ability. Le Jeune gives at -length (vol. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm">v.</a>, -pp. <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/48562/48562-h/48562-h.htm#Page_205">205-211</a>) the speech delivered by this man at a -conference between Champlain and the Montagnais savages, May -24, 1633, and highly praises his intellect and eloquence. Capitanal -died in the autumn of 1634: his traits of character, and his relations -with the French, are described by Le Jeune in the <i>Relation</i> for 1635, -<i>ante</i>, p. 55.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_68_68" id="Endnote_68_68"></a><a href="#endanchor_68_68"><span class="label">68</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_259">259</a>).—Adrien du Chesne (Duchêne), a surgeon, came from -Dieppe to Canada, probably about 1620. He remained with his -wife at Quebec during the English occupation; and, after the return -of the French, practised his profession at Quebec and Three Rivers. -In October, 1645, he is mentioned by the <i>Journ. des Jésu.</i> (p. 9), in -connection with his nephew Charles le Moyne, the father of the -noted explorer Le Moyne d'Iberville.—See Sulte's <i>Can.-Français</i>, -vol. ii., pp. 7, 144.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_69_69" id="Endnote_69_69"></a><a href="#endanchor_69_69"><span class="label">69</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_267">267</a>).—Pierre de Launay (born 1616), a native of the province -of Maine, France, is first mentioned in January, 1636, as an -agent of the Hundred Associates; this position he seems to have retained -at least until 1645; in that year he married Françoise Pinguet, -at Quebec. Certain Indians from Tadoussac made complaints to -the Quebec council (June, 1646) concerning De Launay's methods -of trade, and the exorbitant prices charged by him. He was killed -by the Iroquois, Nov. 28, 1654.</p> - -<p><a name="Endnote_70_70" id="Endnote_70_70"></a><a href="#endanchor_70_70"><span class="label">70</span></a> (p. <a href="#Page_269">269</a>).—<i>Porcelain, which is the diamonds and pearls of this -country</i>: According to Littre, <i>porcelain</i> (a word of Italian origin; -adopted, with slight variations, into nearly all European languages) -was a name given, from very early times, to a univalvular, gastropodous -mollusk, <i>Cypræa;</i> especially used for the species <i>C. moneta</i>, -the money cowry of Africa and the East Indies, and for its shell. -The same term was applied to the nacre (from which were made -vases, ornaments, etc.) obtained from the shells of this and many -other mollusks; and the enameled pottery brought from the Orient -about the 16th century was also called "porcelain," from its resemblance -to this nacre.</p> - -<p>The early explorers on this continent found shells, or beads made -therefrom, everywhere in use among the natives as currency. Cartier -mentions this article as called "esurgny" by the Indians at -Montreal; Champlain and other French writers applied the term -already familiar to them, "porcelain;" the English colonists -adopted the name in use among the natives of New England, -"wampum" (from <i>wompi</i>, "white"); while the Dutch traders -called it "sewan" (seawant, or zee-wand; a corruption of <i>seah-whóun</i>, -"scattered, loose").</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">313</a></span> - -An interesting account of this Indian money is given by Roger -Williams, in his <i>Key into the Language of America</i> (London, -1643),—reprinted, with careful and extensive annotations (mainly -philological) by J. H. Trumbull, in <i>Publications of the Narragansett -Club</i>, vol. i. (Providence, R. I., 1866). In chap. xxvi. of this -work, pp. 173-178, "Concerning their Coyne," the author says: -"The <i>Indians</i> are ignorant of Europes Coyne; yet they have given -a name to ours, and call it <i>Monêash</i> from the <i>English</i> Money. -Their own is of two sorts; one white, which they make of the stem -or stocke of the <i>Periwincle</i>, which they call Meteaûhock, when all -the shell is broken off: and of this sort six of their small beads (which -they make with holes to string the bracelets) are currant with the -<i>English</i> for a peny. The second is black, inclining to blew, which -is made of the shell of a fish which some <i>English</i> call <i>Hens</i>, Poquaûhock, -and of this sort three make an <i>English</i> peny.... -This one fathom of this their stringed money, now worth of the English -but five shillings (sometimes more), some few yeeres since was -worth nine, and sometimes ten shillings per Fathome: the fall is -occasioned by the fall of Beaver in <i>England</i>: the Natives are very -impatient, when for English commodities they pay so much more -of their money, and not understanding the cause of it; and many -say the English cheat and deceive them, though I have laboured to -make them understand the reason of it.... Their white they -call <i>Wompam</i> (which signifies white): their black <i>Suckduhock</i> -(<i>Súcki</i> signifying blacke). Both amongst themselves, as also the -English and Dutch, the blacke peny is two pence white: the blacke -fathom double, or two fathom of white. Before ever they had -<i>Awle blades</i> from <i>Europe</i>, they made shift to bore this their shell -money with stone, and so fell their trees with stone set in a wooden -staff, and used wooden <i>howes</i>: which some old & poore women -(fearfull to leave the old tradition) use to this day. They hang these -strings of money about their necks and wrists, as also upon the -necks and wrists of their wives and children." Trumbull (pp. 140, -175, <i>ut supra</i>) says that the Poquaûhock was the <i>Venus mercenaria</i>, -the round clam, or quahaug; the Meteaûhock was probably the -<i>Pyrula carica</i> or <i>P. canaliculata</i>, which have retained the name -of "periwinkle" on the coast of New England. (The two latter species -are also known as <i>Fulgur carica</i> and <i>Scycotypus canaliculata</i>.) -From these shells were cut beads of cylindrical shape, through -which holes were drilled; these beads were then strung upon cords, -or the sinews of animals, and, when woven into plaits about as broad -as the hand, made wampum "belts." In early times, various articles -were used as substitutes for the shell beads—colored sticks of wood, porcupine quills, and glass or porcelain beads, brought from Europe -by the traders.</p> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">314</a></span> -The early traders readily adopted wampum as a medium of exchange -in their transactions with the Indians, in both purchase and -sale. Thus it "quickly became a standard of values, the currency -of the colonists to a great extent in their transactions with each -other, and even a legal tender." In Massachusetts, "wampampeag" -was legal tender (Act of 1648) for all debts less than forty -shillings, "except county rates to the treasurer,"—the white at -eight for a penny, and the black at four for a penny. "So slow -were the red men to relinquish this currency, that wampum continued -to be fabricated until within fifty years in several towns of -New York State (chiefly at Babylon, L. I.) to meet the demand for -it by Western fur traders."—See Ingersoll's "Wampum and its -History," in <i>American Naturalist</i>, vol. xvii. (1883), pp. 467-479.</p> - -<p>Beauchamp says (<i>N. Y. Iroquois</i>): "I have mentioned the lack -of wampum among the early New York Iroquois, as a proof that -they had not reached the sea; but it was not abundant even on the -coast in prehistoric times. On early Iroquois sites it is not found, -nor anything resembling it.... A few stray, prehistoric, -small wampum beads might be expected low down in the Mohawk -valley, but I know of none; west of this, they are absolutely unknown. -When, therefore, we are told of ancient wampum belts in -New York, coeval with and recording the formation of the Iroquois -league, we may settle it in our minds that such do not exist and -never did. The most ancient Onondaga belt is modern, and it is -doubtful if any one is much over a century old."</p> - -<p>Wampum was used not only as money, and for purposes of ornament; -it was sent with a messenger as his credentials, and was the -mark of a chief's authority; it was used for "presents" or gifts, -both within and without one's tribe; it was paid as ransom for a -prisoner, or as atonement for a crime; and was used in negotiating -and in recording treaties. The wampum "means nothing to white -man, all to Indian," said recently a prominent Onondaga. Cf. -Hale's "Indian Wampum Records," in <i>Popular Science Monthly</i>, -February, 1897.</p> -<hr class="full" /> -<div class="transnote"> -<h2><a id="Transcribers_Note"></a>Transcriber's Note.</h2> - -<p>Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation -inconsistencies have been silently repaired.</p> - -<h3>Corrections.</h3> - -<p>The first line indicates the orginal, the second the correction.</p> -<p>Note <a href="#Endnote_20_20">20</a></p> -<ul> -<li>latter mentions him in 1626 (see vol. iv., p. 163); but his name does</li> -<li>latter mentions him in 1626 (see vol. iv., <span class="u">p. 183</span>); but his name does</li> -</ul> -</div> - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied -Documents, v. 8: Quebec, Hurons, by Various - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JESUIT RELATIONS, VOL VIII *** - -***** This file should be named 54797-h.htm or 54797-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/9/54797/ - -Produced by Karl Hagen, Eleni Christofaki and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions -(www.canadiana.org)) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> |